diff options
Diffstat (limited to '14625-h/14625-h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | 14625-h/14625-h.htm | 18985 |
1 files changed, 18985 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/14625-h/14625-h.htm b/14625-h/14625-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b929a28 --- /dev/null +++ b/14625-h/14625-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,18985 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Military Instructors Manual, by James P. Cole and Oliver Schoonmaker</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + P { margin-top: .5em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .5em; + text-indent: 1em; + } + H1 { + text-align: center; font-size: 175%; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */ + } + H5,H6 { + text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */ + } + H2 { + text-align: center; font-size: 145%; font-family: garamond, serif; /* centered and coloured */ + } + H3 { + text-align: center; font-size: 125%; font-family: garamond, serif; /* centered and coloured */ + } + H4 { + text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; font-weight: normal;/* all headings centered */ + } + H1.pg {text-align: center; + font-size: 100%; + font-family: Times Roman, serif; } + H3.pg {text-align: center; + font-size: 100%; + font-family: Times Roman, serif; } + HR { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + font-family: "Times New Roman", garamond, Times, serif; + } + dt { margin-left: 5%; text-indent: -5% } + a.noline {text-decoration: none} + ol.decimal {list-style-type: decimal} + ol.lroman {list-style-type: lower-roman} + ol.uroman {list-style-type: upper-roman} + ol.lalpha {list-style-type: lower-alpha} + ol.ualpha {list-style-type: upper-alpha} + div.ctr table { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + .indent1 {margin-left: 5em;} + .indent2 {margin-left: 10em;} + .indent3 {margin-left: 15em;} + .indent4 {margin-left: 3em;} + .indent5 {margin-left: .5em;} + .indent6 {margin-left: 4.5em;} + .indent7 {margin-left: 4em;} + .noindent {text-indent: 0em;} + .cen {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;} /* centering paragraphs */ + .sc {font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 100%;} /* small caps, normal size */ + .sc2 {font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 110%;} /* small caps, 110% size */ + .sc3 {font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 90%;} /* small caps, 90% size */ + .img {text-align: center;} /* centering images */ + .tble {text-align: center;} /* centering tables */ + .tble2 {text-align: center; font-family: times, serif; font-size: 10pt;} /* centering tables, font change */ + .tble3 {margin-left: 2em;} + .tdright {text-align: right;} /* aligning cell content to the right */ + .tdcenter {text-align: center; white-space: nowrap;} /* aligning cell content to the center, no wrap */ + .tdleft {text-align: left; white-space: nowrap;} /* aligning cell content to the left */ + .tdleftsc {text-align: left; font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 110%; white-space: nowrap;} /* aligning cell content and small caps */ + .tdleftn {text-align: left; white-space: nowrap; font-variant: normal; font-size: 90%;} /* aligning cells normal font, no wrap */ + .dedic {margin-left: 20em; margin-right: 20em; text-align: center;} + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .totoc {position: absolute; right: 2%; font-size: 85%; text-align: right;} /* page numbers */ + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} /* footnote */ + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller; text-align: right;} /* page numbers */ + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span {display: block; margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em;} + hr.full { width: 100%; } + a:link {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + link {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + a:visited {color:blue; + text-decoration:none} + a:hover {color:red} + pre {font-size: 8pt;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14625 ***</div> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Military Instructors Manual, by James P. Cole +and Oliver Schoonmaker</h1> +<hr class="full" /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<h1><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i"></a>MILITARY INSTRUCTORS MANUAL</h1> + +<br /> +<br /> + +<h3 style="font-size: 115%;">BY</h3> + +<br /> +<br /> + +<h2>CAPTAIN JAMES P. COLE, 59th INFANTRY</h2> +<h4>Instructor 3rd Battalion, 17th Provisional Training Regiment, Plattsburg, N.Y.</h4> + +<br /> +<br /> + +<h3 style="font-size: 115%;">AND</h3> + +<br /> +<br /> + +<h2>MAJOR OLIVER SCHOONMAKER, 76th DIVISION</h2> +<h4>Assistant Instructor 3rd Battalion, 17th Provisional Training Regiment, Plattsburg, N.Y.</h4> +<a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii"></a> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii"></a> + +<div style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 105%">To<br /> +Colonel Wolf</div> +<br /> + +<div style="margin-left: 35.5%; margin-right: 35.5%; text-align: justify;"> + <p style="text-indent: 0em; text-align: justify;"> + Under whose careful supervision so many + have received their Military Training in + order that they may show the world in + battle the true spirit of American manhood.</p> +</div> +<a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv"></a> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<br /> + +<a name="Acknowledgment" id="Acknowledgment"></a><h3><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v"></a>Acknowledgment.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>To have prepared this book within the time allotted to it, without the +assistance of Candidates <span class="sc">Alcott Farrar Elwell</span> +and <span class="sc">Lyle Milton Prouse</span> +would have been impossible, and grateful recognition is made of their +services. Not only much of the manual labor, but the preparation of +entire chapters, has been in their hands.</p> + +<p>Candidates <span class="sc">Charles Huntington Jacobs</span> and +<span class="sc">Michael Francis Mcaleer</span> have +rendered very valuable assistance and we wish to thank the following +candidates for the loan of materials used elsewhere, for typewriting +and other work:</p> + +<div class="sc" style="margin-left: 35%;"> +Glenn Mack Ainsworth.<br /> +Philip M. Brown.<br /> +Nelson P. Bump.<br /> +Edwin G. Burrows.<br /> +Philip Doremus.<br /> +Walter Lane Hardenbrook.<br /> +Albert Blanchard Kellogg.<br /> +Henry Pratt Mckean.<br /> +Loren Ray Pierce.<br /> +Harry Raphael Saftel.<br /> +Roland Emery Packard.<br /> +Hoyt Sherman.<br /> +<a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi"></a> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<br /> + +<a name="Introduction" id="Introduction"></a><h3><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii"></a>Introduction.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The officer of to-day has big problems to face at short notice. His +training has necessarily been so intensive that he cannot absorb a +large amount of it. He has little time to make out schedules or even +to look over the hasty notes he may have made during his training +period, yet he finds himself facing problems which force him to +immediate action.</p> + +<p>This book so condenses and systematizes general military instruction +and the work done at Plattsburg so that it may be easily utilized in +training other troops. No broad claim for originality is made except +in the arrangement of all available material; the bibliography makes +acknowledgment to all texts so utilized. Besides bringing helpful +reminders to new officers regarding the elements of modern warfare, +much of the material will be found of radical importance, as it is +practically new and never before condensed. Since under the new army +organization the platoon leader virtually has assumed the roll of a +captain of a company, it is not enough for him to know simply his own +part; he must be ready with all the information that his +non-commissioned officers and men should know, and more important +still, he must know how to teach them. Having little or no time to +work over and digest for himself this mass of new material pouring in +upon him, the officer may find in this book, material condensed and +already arranged.</p> + +<p>It is hoped that this work will serve to recall to many officers, +valuable points of military training which <a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii"></a>would otherwise be lost, +to them in the mass of notes never looked at since the day they were +made. More than this, every reader will find help in planning his +work, saving thereby precious hours already too full of necessary +duties, and will find fresh material for progress in the game of war.</p> + +<p>It is the purpose of this book to help men who are in the service of +the United States, and through them to share in bringing victory.</p> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<br /> + +<a name="toc" id="toc"></a><h3><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix"></a><b>Table of Contents</b>.</h3> + + <table border="0" width="100%"><tr><td width="50%" align="center"> + <table border="0" width="60%" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="1" summary="Table of Contents"> + <tr> + <td width="25%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_1">Chapter 1.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Schedules</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_2">Chapter 2.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Infantry Drill Regulations</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_3">Chapter 3.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Physical Training<br /> + Voice Culture</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_4">Chapter 4.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Use of Modern Arms + + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents"> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td class="tdleftn">1. S.A.F.M.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td class="tdleftn">2. Range Practice.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td class="tdleftn">3. Pistol.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td class="tdleftn">4. Bayonet.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td class="tdleftn">5. Machine Guns.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td class="tdleftn">6. Grenade Instruction.</td> + </tr> + </table> + + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_5">Chapter 5.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Map Sketching</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_6">Chapter 6.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Articles Of War. + (<span style="font-variant: normal; font-size: 90%">Courts-Martial</span>.)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_7">Chapter 7.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Army Regulations</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_8">Chapter 8.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Practice Marches<br /> + Field Work</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_9">Chapter 9.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Feeding Men<br /> + Camping And Camp Sanitation.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_10">Chapter 10.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Personal Hygiene</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_11">Chapter 11.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Signaling</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_12">Chapter 12.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Guard Duty</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_13">Chapter 13.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Company Administration</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x"></a><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_14">Chapter 14.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Conferences + + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents"> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="90%" class="tdleftn">Study.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="90%" class="tdleftn">Small Problems in Infantry.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="90%" class="tdleftn">Examinations.</td> + </tr> + </table> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"><a class="noline" href="#CHAPTER_15">Chapter 15.</a></td> + <td class="tdleftsc">Trench Warfare + + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents"> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="90%" class="tdleftn">1. General Principles.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="90%" class="tdleftn">2. Siting Trenches.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="90%" class="tdleftn">3. Construction.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="90%" class="tdleftn">4. Occupation.</td> + </tr> + </table> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"> </td> + <td class="tdleftsc"><a class="noline" href="#Conclusion">Conclusion</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"> </td> + <td class="tdleftsc"><a class="noline" href="#Bibliography">Bibliography</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="15%" valign="top"> </td> + <td class="tdleftsc"><a class="noline" href="#INDEX">Chapter Index</a></td> + </tr> + </table> + </td></tr></table> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_1" id="CHAPTER_1"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1"></a>CHAPTER 1.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Schedules.</h3> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_2-3" id="Page_2-3"></a><span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Reserve Officers' Training Camp</span> <br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., August 27 to September 1, 1917</i></p> + + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 1"> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> Organization.<br /> + Issue of Equipment.<br /> + Organization of<br /> + Barracks</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill<br /> + Physical<br /> + M.P.T. </td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Practice<br /> + March</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Musketry<br /> + Training<br /> + S.A.F.M.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Conferences</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter"> Monday, Aug. 27</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> 7.00-12.00 a.m. <br /> + 1.30-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-21<br /> + par. 48-73- 101-132<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter"> Tuesday, Aug. 28</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> Without arms<br /> + 7.00-8.00 a.m. <br /> + pars 48-73<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.30-10.30 a.m. <br /> + pars. 101-132</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> 8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-30</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> 1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-21<br /> + S.A.F.M. <br /> + <br /> + 7.00-9.00 p.m. <br /> + par. 74-100<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> 2.30-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Care of arms and<br /> + equipment</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Aug. 29</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">With arms<br /> + 7.00-8.00 a.m. <br /> + pars 48-100<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.30-10.30 a.m.<br /> + par. 101-132</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-33</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Without arms<br /> + 10.45-11.45 a.m.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-2.30 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-21</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-31<br /> + S.A.F.M. <br /> + —————<br /> + 7.00-9.00 p.m. <br /> + par. 159-198<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.30 p.m. <br /> + Assembling and<br /> + adjusting pack</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Thursday, Aug. 30</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + par. 48-100<br /> + <br /> + 8.30-9.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 101-132<br /> + <br /> + 9.30-10.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 159-198</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-36</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.45-11.45 a.m.<br /> + With arms</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-2.30 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-31</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + par. 159-198<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2.30-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Assembling and<br /> + adjusting pack </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Friday, Aug. 31</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m. <br /> + par. 48-100<br /> + <br /> + 8.30-9.30 a.m. <br /> + pars. 101-132<br /> + <br /> + 9.30-10.30 a.m. <br /> + pars. 159-198</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-39</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">With arms and<br /> + light pack<br /> + 10.45-11.45 a.m.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-31</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + par. 199-257-<br /> + 758-765<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="14%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Military<br /> + Courtesy </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Sept. 1.</td> + <td colspan="6" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_4-5" id="Page_4-5"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Reserve Officers' Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., September 3 to September 8, 1917</i></p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 2"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill<br /> + Physical<br /> + M.P.T.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Musketry<br /> + Training<br /> + S.A.F.M.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Semaphore<br /> + Signalling</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Companies<br /> + Practice March<br /> + Full Kit</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Monday, Sept. 3</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 101-158<br /> + 159-193</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-42</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.45-9.45 a.m.<br /> + par. 1-31</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.45-10.45 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, Sept. 4</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 48-100<br /> + 158-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-45</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.00-11.00 a.m.<br /> + par. 1-31</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-11.30 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.45-9.45 a.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Sept. 5</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 101-158<br /> + 158-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-48</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.45-9.45 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-31</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.45-10.15 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Thursday, Sept. 6</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 48-100<br /> + 159-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.30 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-52</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + par. 1-31</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.45-10.15 a.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Friday, Sept. 7</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 101-158<br /> + 159-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-55</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.45-9.45 a.m.<br /> + par. 1-31 </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.45-10.15 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Sept. 8.</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_6-7" id="Page_6-7"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., September 3 to September 8, 1917</i>—(<i>Concluded</i>)</p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 3"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Grenade Instruction<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_A_1"><sup>[A]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Bayonet Drill</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Voice Culture</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Conferences</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, Sept. 3</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-11.30 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Lesson 1<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.30-12.00 m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + par. 1-100 I.D.R.<br /> + pgs. 7-46 M.G.D.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 1-158 I.D.R<br /> + pgs. 7-46<br /> + M.G.D.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, Sept. 4</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.30-12.00 m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Lessons 1 and 2<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 101-158 I.D.R.<br /> + pgs. 7-88 M.G.D.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + par. 159-174 I.D.R.<br /> + pgs. 47-88<br /> + M.G.D.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Sept. 5</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.30-11.00 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Lessons 1 and 3<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-12.00 m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Physical Exam.<br /> + 1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 159-174<br /> + part 5, 6, 10, 19<br /> + U.S.S.B.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + par. 175-198 I.D.R.<br /> + part III—U.S. <br /> + Signal Book</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, Sept. 6</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.30-12.00 m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Lessons 1 and 4<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 175-198, 1-61<br /> + S.A.F.M.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + par. 792-798 I.D.R.<br /> + par. 1-61<br /> + S.A.F.M.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, Sept. 7</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.30-11.00 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Lessons 1 and 5<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-12.00 m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 792-798 I.D.R.<br /> + 1-61 S.A.F.M.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + par. 199-220 1-61<br /> + S.A.F.M.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Sept. 8.</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"> +<a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_A_1">[A]</a> As prescribed by Senior Grenade Instructor.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_8-9" id="Page_8-9"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., September 10 to September 15, 1917</i></p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 4"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill<br /> + I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Musketry Training<br /> + S.A.F.M.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">First Aid Manual,<br /> + N.C.O's and<br /> + Privates</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Signaling<br /> + Morse Code<br /> + (wig wag)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Practice March<br /> + Full Kit</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, Sept. 10</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-7.30 a.m. <br /> + pars. 133-150<br /> + —————<br /> + 7.30-8.00 a.m. <br /> + pars. 123-127<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.00-8.30 a.m. <br /> + pars. 159-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.30 a.m. <br /> + pars. 35-43<br /> + Sight setting<br /> + and loadings</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.30-10.30 a.m. <br /> + Wounds<br /> + pgs. 286-288</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.30-11.00 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, Sept. 11</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Same as for Monday</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.30-10.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 35-51<br /> + Sight setting<br /> + and loadings</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.30-11.00 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.30 a.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Sept. 12</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 199-211<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 159-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 35-57<br /> + Sight setting<br /> + and loadings</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.30-10.30 a.m.<br /> + Fractures<br /> + pgs. 288-290</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.30-11.00 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, Sept. 13</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 199-224<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 159-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.00-11.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 35-60<br /> + Sight setting<br /> + and loadings</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-10.00 a.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, Sept. 14</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 159-224</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 35-61<br /> + Sight setting<br /> + and loadings</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.30-10.00 a.m.<br /> + Resuscitation<br /> + pgs. 290-296</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">10.00-11.00 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Sept. 15.</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_10-11" id="Page_10-11"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., September 10 to September 15, 1917</i>—(<i>Concluded</i>)</p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 5"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Grenade Instruction<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_B_2"><sup>[B]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill, Physical<br /> + M.P.T. </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Bayonet Drill</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Conference</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, Sept. 10</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-11.30 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-58<br /> + pgs. 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-2.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 123-127,<br /> + 199-223 I.D.R.<br /> + —————<br /> + 2.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 32-61 S.A.F.M.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 123-127,<br /> + 199-223 I.D.R.<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 32-61 S.A.F.M.<br /> + <br /> + 7.00-8.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 225-248 I.D.R.<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 5-11<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, Sept. 11</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-11.30 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-61<br /> + pgs. 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 225-248 I.D.R.<br /> + pgs. 5-11<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 249-257 I.D.R.<br /> + pgs. 12-19<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Sept. 12</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-11.30 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-64<br /> + pgs. 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + pars. 249-257 I.D.R.<br /> + pgs. 12-19<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Bayonet Training</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 p.m.<br /> + Patrolling, messages,<br /> + orders, etc.<br /> + pgs. 12-24 F.S.R.<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Grenade Warfare</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, Sept. 13</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-11.30 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-67<br /> + pgs. 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-2.30 p.m.<br /> + Patrolling, messages,<br /> + orders, etc.<br /> + pgs. 12-24 F.S.R.<br /> + —————<br /> + 2.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + Notes on<br /> + Grenade Warfare</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 p.m.<br /> + Advance and<br /> + Rear Guards<br /> + pgs. 25-24 F.S.R.<br /> + —————<br /> + 8.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Training &<br /> + Employment of<br /> + Bombers</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, Sept. 14</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">11.00-11.30 a.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3.30-4.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-70<br /> + pgs. 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">4.00-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1.30-2.30 p.m.<br /> + Advance and<br /> + Rear Guards<br /> + pgs. 25-34 F.S.R.<br /> + —————<br /> + 2.30-3.30 p.m.<br /> + Training &<br /> + Employment of<br /> + Bombers</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Sept. 15.</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"> +<a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_B_2">[B]</a> As prescribed by Senior Grenade Instructor.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_12-13" id="Page_12-13"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., September 17 to September 22, 1917</i></p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 6"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Musketry Training<br /> + S.A.F.M.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill, Physical<br /> + M.P.T.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Sketching<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_C_3"><sup>[C]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, Sept. 17</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 48-198<br /> + close order only</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 32-61</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.00 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-73, 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.00-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.30-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pgs. 20-34<br /> + Notes on Bayonet<br /> + Training<br /> + pars. 232-257, I.D.R.<br /> + pars. 258-276, I.D.R.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, Sept. 18</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 48-198<br /> + close order only</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 32-61</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.00 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-76, 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.00-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.30-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Outposts<br /> + pgs. 35-42, F.S.R.<br /> + pars. 277-289, I.D.R.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Sept. 19</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 48-198<br /> + close order only</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 32-61</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.00 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-79, 133-184</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.00-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.30-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Orders<br /> + pgs. 43-50, F.S.R.<br /> + pars. 290-326, I.D.R.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, Sept. 20</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 48-198<br /> + close order only</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 32-70</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.00 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-82, 133-132</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.00-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.30-4:30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Marches<br /> + pgs. 51-65, F.S.R.<br /> + pars. 1-9, 14-18,<br /> + E.F.M.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, Sept. 21</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-8.00 a.m.<br /> + pars. 48-198<br /> + close order only</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.00-8.30 a.m.<br /> + pars. 32-70</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">8.30-9.00 a.m.<br /> + pgs. 1-85, 133-134</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">9.00-11:30 a.m.<br /> + 1.30-4.30 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 37-42, 61-72,<br /> + 101-109, E.F.M.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Sept. 22</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_C_3">[C]</a> As prescribed by Senior Instructor in Sketching.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"><i>September 24-29, 1917.</i> +<span class="sc2"> +Construction Of Trenches.</span></p> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_14-15" id="Page_14-15"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 1 to October 6, 1917.</i></p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 7"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Physical<br /> + M.P.T.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Bayonet<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_D_4"><sup>[D]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Range Practice<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_E_5"><sup>[E]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Signalling</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, Oct. 1</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pars. 48-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 86-89 and 142<br /> + Arm Combinations</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, Oct. 2</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Company<br /> + ½ hour<br /> + pars. 48-198</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 90-93 and 142<br /> + Arm Combinations</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Semaphore and<br /> + Wigwag</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Oct. 3</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Battalion<br /> + ½ hour<br /> + pars. 258-289</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 90-93 and 142<br /> + Arm Combinations</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday. Oct. 4</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Battalion<br /> + ½ hour<br /> + pars. 258-289</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93 and 142<br /> + Arm Combinations</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Semaphore and<br /> + Wigwag</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, Oct. 5</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Battalion<br /> + ½ hour<br /> + pars. 258-289</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93 and 142<br /> + Arm Combinations</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Oct. 6</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_D_4">[D]</a> Per Bayonet Program.</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_E_5">[E]</a> Per schedule Senior Instructor Musketry Training.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_16-17" id="Page_16-17"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 1 to October 6, 1917</i>—(<i>Concluded</i>)</p> + + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 4"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Field Work</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Pistol</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Conference</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, Oct. 1</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Patrolling +</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + Nomenclature<br /> + ½ hour<br /> + Manual</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 258-274, I.D.R.<br /> + Prob. 1 to Situation 3.<br /> + S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 263-285, I.D.R.<br /> + Problem 1, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, Oct. 2</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Same as for Monday</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 275-285, I.D.R.<br /> + Situation 3, Prob. 1, to<br /> + end of Problem, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 286-304, I.D.R.<br /> + Problem 2, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, Oct. 3</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Patrolling</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + Manual<br /> + ½ hour<br /> + Position and Aiming</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 286-304, I.D.R.<br /> + Problem 2, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 305-326, I.D.R.<br /> + Problem 3 to Situation 4<br /> + S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, Oct. 4 </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Same as for Wednesday</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 305-326, I.D.R.<br /> + Prob. 3 to Situation 4,<br /> + S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 327-349, I.D.R.<br /> + Situation 4, Problem 3 to<br /> + end of Problem, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, Oct. 5</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Patrolling</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Same as for Wednesday</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 327-349, I.D.R.<br /> + Situation 4, Prob. 3, to<br /> + end of Problem, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Per later<br /> + announcement</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, Oct. 6</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_18-19" id="Page_18-19"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 8 to October 13, 1917</i>.</p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 9"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Physical Drill<br /> + M.P.T.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Bayonet<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_F_6"><sup>[F]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Range Practice<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_G_7"><sup>[G]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Signaling</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, October 8</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + pars. 48-289<br /> + 1 hour<br /> + pars. 123-158<br /> + 199-224</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93, 133-142</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7-30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, October 9</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + pars. 48-289<br /> + 1 hour<br /> + pars. 123-158<br /> + 199-224</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93, 133-142</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7-30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, October 10</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pars. 48-289<br /> + 1 hour<br /> + pars. 123-158<br /> + 199-224</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93, 133-142</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7-30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, October 11</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + pars. 48-289<br /> + 1 hour<br /> + pars. 123-158<br /> + 199-224</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93, 133-142</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7-30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, October 12</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, October 13</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_F_6">[F]</a> Per Bayonet Program.</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_G_7">[G]</a> Rifle, pistol, machine gun, estimating distances, etc., +as prescribed by Senior Instructor Musketry Training.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_20-21" id="Page_20-21"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 8 to October 13, 1917</i>—(<i>Concluded</i>)</p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 10"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Field Work<br /> + (Company) <a name="FNanchor_H_8" id="FNanchor_H_8"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_H_8"><sup>[H]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Conferences</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, October 8</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + Prob. 4 to Situation 5<br /> + exclusive, S.P.I.<br /> + pars. 596-622, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 4, S.P.I<br /> + pars. 596-660, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, October 9</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + Situation 5, Prob. 4 to<br /> + end of Problem, S.P.I.<br /> + pars. 623-660, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 5, S.P.I.<br /> + pars. 661-677, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, October 10</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + Problem 5, S.P.I.<br /> + pars. 661-677, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 6, S.P.I.<br /> + pars. 678-707, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, October 11</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + Problem 6, S.P.I.<br /> + pars. 678-707, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 7 to<br /> + Situation 5, exclusive<br /> + pars. 350-370, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, October 12</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.30-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Advance and rear<br /> + guards, outposts,<br /> + patroling, messages<br /> + and orders</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + as per later<br /> + announcement</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, October 13</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_H_8" id="Footnote_H_8"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"> +<a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_H_8">[H]</a> + To include conferences and critique on the ground of exercise conducted.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"><i>October 15-17, 1917</i>. +<span class="sc2">Construction Of Trenches.</span></p> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"><i>October 18-19, 1917</i>. +<span class="sc2">Occupation Of The Trenches From 8.00 a.m.</span> +<i>October 18, 1917</i> <span class="sc2">To 8.00 a.m.</span> <i>October 19, 1917.</i></p> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em"><i>October 20, 1917</i>. +<span class="sc2">7.30 a.m.-11 a.m. Conference Of Trench Occupation, +11 a.m. Inspection.</span></p> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_22-23" id="Page_22-23"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 22 to October 27, 1917</i></p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 11"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill, I.D.R.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Physical Drill<br /> + M.P.T.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Bayonet +<a name="FNanchor_I_9" id="FNanchor_I_9"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_I_9"><sup>[I]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Range Practice +<a name="FNanchor_J_10" id="FNanchor_J_10"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_J_10"><sup>[J]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Signaling</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, October 22</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + pars. 48-289</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93<br /> + pg. 149</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, October 23</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + pars. 48-289</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93<br /> + pg. 149</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, October 24</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + pars. 48-289</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93<br /> + pg. 149</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, October 25</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + pars. 48-289</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour<br /> + pgs. 17-93<br /> + pg. 149</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, October 26</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, October 27</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_I_9" id="Footnote_I_9"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_I_9">[I]</a> Per Bayonet Program.</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_J_10" id="Footnote_J_10"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_J_10">[J]</a> Rifle, pistol, machine gun, estimating distances, etc., as prescribed by Senior Instructor of Musketry Training.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_24-25" id="Page_24-25"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 22 to October 27, 1917</i>—(<i>Concluded</i>)</p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 12"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Field Work<a name="FNanchor_K_11" id="FNanchor_K_11"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_K_11"><sup>[K]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Conferences</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, October 22</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 350-370, I.D.R.<br /> + Review Problems 1-6<br /> + S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 371-401, I.D.R.<br /> + Prob. 7 to Situation 5,<br /> + S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, October 23</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 371-401, I.D.R<br /> + Prob. 7 to Situation 5<br /> + S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 402-441, I.D.R.<br /> + Situation 6, Prob. 7 to<br /> + end of Prob. S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, October 24</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 402-442, I.D.R.<br /> + Situation 6, Prob. 7<br /> + to end of prob.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 442-494, I.D.R.<br /> + Prob. 8, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, October 25</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 442-494, I.D.R.<br /> + Problem 8, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + pars. 495-536, I.D.R.<br /> + Problem 9, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, October 26</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.30-4.30 p.m.<br /> + Companies in attack<br /> + and defense (to include<br /> + siting of trenches)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + as per later<br /> + announcement</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, October 27</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_K_11" id="Footnote_K_11"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_K_11">[K]</a> To include conferences and critique on the ground of exercise conducted.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_26-27" id="Page_26-27"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 29 to November 3, 1917</i></p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 13"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Drill</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Physical Drill</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Bayonet<a name="FNanchor_L_12" id="FNanchor_L_12"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_L_12"><sup>[L]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Signaling<a name="FNanchor_M_13" id="FNanchor_M_13"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_M_13"><sup>[M]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Range Practice</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, October 29</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Attack Formation<br /> + [Trench]</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, October 30</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Attack Formation<br /> + [Trench]</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, October 31</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Attack Formation<br /> + [Trench]</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, November 1</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">1 hour<br /> + Attack Formation<br /> + [Trench]</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">½ hour</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.30-11.30 a.m.<br /> + 1.15-4.15 p.m.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, November 2</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, November 3</td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_L_12" id="Footnote_L_12"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_L_12">[L]</a> Per Bayonet Program.</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_M_13" id="Footnote_M_13"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_M_13">[M]</a> Rifle, pistol, machine gun, estimating distances, etc., as prescribed by Senior Instructor of Musketry Training.</p></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><a name="Page_28-29" id="Page_28-29"></a> +<span class="sc2"> +Schedule Of Instruction, Plattsburg Training Camp</span><br /> +<i>Plattsburg, N.Y., October 29 to November 3, 1917</i>—(<i>Concluded</i>)</p> + +<div class='tble2'> + <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="Schedule 14"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Field Work<a name="FNanchor_N_14" id="FNanchor_N_14"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_N_14"><sup>[N]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Conferences</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Study</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Monday, October 29</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + pars. 495-536, I.D.R.<br /> + Problem 9, S.P.I.</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 10, S.P.I.<br /> + Battle Fire Training<br /> + (lesson scheduled later)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Tuesday, October 30</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + Problem 10, S.P.I.<br /> + Battle Fire Training<br /> + (lesson scheduled<br /> + later)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 11, S.P.I.<br /> + Battle Fire Training<br /> + (lesson scheduled later)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Wednesday, October 31</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + Problem 11, S.P.I.<br /> + Battle Fire Training<br /> + (lesson scheduled<br /> + later)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 12, S.P.I.<br /> + Battle Fire Training<br /> + (lesson scheduled later)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Thursday, November 1</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">2 hours<br /> + Problem 12, S.P.I.<br /> + Battle Fire Training<br /> + (lesson scheduled<br /> + later)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">3 hours—1 hour daily<br /> + and 7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + Problem 13, S.P.I.<br /> + Battle Fire Training<br /> + (lesson scheduled later)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Friday, November 2</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">Battalions in attack<br /> + and defense<br /> + (Field Kit)</td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">7.00-9.00 p.m.<br /> + as per later<br /> + announcement<a name="FNanchor_O_15" id="FNanchor_O_15"></a> + <a class="noline" href="#Footnote_O_15"><sup>[O]</sup></a></td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + <td width="16%" valign="middle" class="tdcenter"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="16%" valign="top" class="tdcenter">Saturday, November 3 </td> + <td colspan="5" valign="middle" class="tdcenter">As prescribed by Senior Instructors.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Footnote_N_14" id="Footnote_N_14"></a><div class="note"> +<p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_N_14">[N]</a> + To include conferences and critique on the ground of exercise conducted.</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_O_15" id="Footnote_O_15"></a><div class="note"> +<p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_O_15">[O]</a> + During the week each Battalion will be given ½ day's instruction in camouflage + under direction Senior Engineer Instructor.</p></div> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> + + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30"></a> +<span class="sc2">Schedules.</span></p> +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><i>November 5th-9th, 1917.</i></p> + +<div style="margin-left: 5%;"> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Infantry Drill Regulations, 2 hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">March in full kit, 2-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Signaling, ½ hour.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Physical drill, 2-½ hours,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bayonet, 2-½ hours,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Machine gun instruction, 7-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Field fortification, 10 hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Conferences, 10 hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Study, 10 hours.</span><br /> +In the study and conferences the following will be taken up:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Manual of Courts-Martial—pp. 305 to end.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">First Aid.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Personal Hygiene.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Camp Sanitation.</span><br /> +</div> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><i>November 12th-17th, 1917.</i></p> + +<div style="margin-left: 5%;"> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Physical, drill, 2-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bayonet drill, 2-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Battalion ceremonies, 1-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Battalion march, full kit, 2-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Field fortification and trench warfare, 23 hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Study and conferences, 10 hours.</span><br /> +In the study and conference's the following will be taken up:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Trench Warfare.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Grenades</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Gas Attack and Defense.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Communication.</span><br /> +</div> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"><i>November 19th-23rd, 1917.</i></p> + +<div style="margin-left: 5%;"> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Physical, drill, 2-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bayonet drill, 2-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Infantry Drill Regulations, 2-½ hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Company administration and Army regulations, 40 hours.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ceremonies, parades and reviews, 5 hours.</span><br /> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_2" id="CHAPTER_2"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31"></a>CHAPTER 2.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Infantry Drill Regulations.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>The greatest lesson of the present war is that the keynote of success +is discipline. In trenches the direct control of the men is even less +than in extended order in open warfare, and only thoroughly +disciplined troops with a trusted leader can hope to succeed.</p> + +<p>The successful officer will show anger or irritation only in rare +cases, and then by design: he will know his men individually and be as +considerate of them as possible, ready to do himself what he asks to +have done; just in administering punishments; clear in giving his +commands and insistent that they be carried out promptly; he will +learn from drilling his men the quickest way a desired result can be +accomplished, and to give the necessary commands in the most effective +manner.</p> + +<p>He will read his Infantry Drill Regulations through each month and +will always find something that he never knew or has forgotten. He +will always consult it before going to drill. In explaining movements +he will use blackboard diagrams in conferences. On the field he will +take the fewest possible men and have movement executed by the numbers +properly before the other men. Then have all the men go through the +movement a number of times.</p> + +<p>The object of each exercise or drill should be explained to the men +whenever possible.</p> + +<p>"Success in battle is the ultimate object of all military training."</p> +<br /> + + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"><b>School of the Soldier</b>.</p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Instruction Without Arms.</p> + +<p>The object of the facings and marchings is to give the soldier +complete control of his body in drills so that he can move easily and +promptly at any command.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%;"> +<a name="Page_32" id="Page_32"></a><b>Attention</b>.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Position Of Attention</span>.—This is the position a soldier assumes when in +ranks or whenever the command <i>attention</i> is given.</p> + +<p>In the training of anyone nothing equals the importance of a proper +posture; it is the very foundation upon which the entire fabric of any +successful training must be founded.</p> + +<p>Instructors must persist in the development of this position until the +men assume it from habit.</p> + +<p>At the command, 1. Company (Squad, etc.), 2. Attention, the following +position is assumed:</p> + +<p>1. <span class="sc">Heels Together And On A Line</span>.—If the heels are not on a line, the +hips and sometimes even the shoulders, are thrown out of line.</p> + +<p>2. <span class="sc">Feet Turned Out Equally, Forming An Angle Of 45 Degrees</span>.—If the +feet are not turned out equally, the result will be the same as above.</p> + +<p>3. <span class="sc">Knees Extended Without Stiffness</span>.—Muscles should be contracted +just enough to keep the knees straight. If locked, men tire easily and +faint if at attention a long time.</p> + +<p>4. <span class="sc">The Trunk Erect Upon The Hips</span>, the spine extended throughout its +entire length; the buttocks well forward.</p> + +<p>The position of the trunk, spine and buttocks is most essential. In +extending the spine the men must feel that the trunk is being +<i>stretched up</i> from the waist until the back is as straight as it can +be made.</p> + +<p>In stretching the spine the <i>chest</i> should be <i>arched</i> and raised, +<i>without</i>, however, <i>raising the shoulders or interfering with natural +respiration</i>.</p> + +<p>5. <span class="sc">Shoulders Falling Naturally</span> and moved back until they are square.</p> + +<p>Being square, means having the shoulder ridge and the point of the +shoulder at right angles to a general anterior-posterior plane running +through the body. <a name="Page_33" id="Page_33"></a>They should never be forced back of this plane, but +out rather in line with it.</p> + +<p>6. <span class="sc">Arms Hanging Naturally</span>, thumbs against the seams of the trousers, +fingers extended, and back of hand turned out.</p> + +<p>The arms must not be forcibly extended nor held rigidly; if they are, +a compensating faulty curve will occur in the lumbar region.</p> + +<p>7. <span class="sc">Head Erect, Chin Raised</span> until neck is vertical, eyes fixed upon +some object at their own height.</p> + +<p>Every tendency to draw the chin in must be counteracted.</p> + +<p>8. When this position is correctly assumed, the men will be taught to +<i>incline the body forward</i> until the weight rests chiefly upon the +balls of the feet, heels resting lightly upon the ground.</p> + +<p>When properly assumed, a vertical line drawn from the top of the head +should pass in front of the ear, shoulder and thighs, and find its +base at the balls of the feet.</p> + +<p>Every tendency toward rigidity <i>must be avoided</i>; all muscles are +contracted only enough to maintain this position, which is one of +co-ordination, of <i>physical and mental alertness</i>, that makes for +mobility, activity and grace. A man who faints standing at attention +has not taken the proper position.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"><b>Rests.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Position Of Rest And At Ease</span>.—When +men are standing <i>at rest</i> or <i>at +ease</i> they must be cautioned to avoid assuming any position that will +nullify the object of the position of Attention. Standing on one leg, +folding arms, allowing shoulders or head to droop forward, must be +discountenanced persistently until the men form the habit of resting +with feet separated but on the same line, hands elapsed behind the +back,—<a name="Page_34" id="Page_34"></a>head, shoulders and trunk erect, (m.p.t., pp. 21 and 22.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fall Out</span>.—Leave ranks.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Rest</span>.—One foot in place. Can talk.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">At Ease</span>.—One foot in place. Silence.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Parade Rest</span>.—Do not slouch down on right foot. Keep chest well up.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Eyes Right, 2. Front</span>.—Have it snappy.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Right Face</span>.—To face <i>in marching</i> and advance, turn on the ball of +either foot and step off with the other foot in the new line of +direction. (Do not confuse with the ordinary command, "Right Face.")</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Right Half Face</span>.—45 degrees, used to show position in Right Oblique.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">About Face</span>.—Have weight well back. Not necessary to move right foot +after turn is made.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Hand Salute</span>.—Manner of rendering is index to manner in which all +other duties are performed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Forward March</span>.—Shift weight to right foot, <i>mentally</i>.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Double Time, March</span>.—Tendency to go too fast. Time it. 30 steps in 10 +seconds. Take one step quick time, then take up double time.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Mark Time, March</span>.—Given as either foot strikes the ground. To resume +full step, <i>Forward, March.</i></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Half Step, March</span>.—All steps and marchings executed from a halt, +except Right Step, begin with left foot.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Right Step, March. Backward, March</span>.—Executed in quick time only and +at trail, without command. 15 inch Step.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Squad, Halt</span>.—Given as either foot strikes the ground.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">By The Right Flank, March</span>.—Step off with right foot.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35"></a><span class="sc">To The Rear, March</span>.—Given as right foot strikes the ground. If +marching in double time, turn to the rightabout taking 4 steps, in +place, in cadence, and step off with left foot.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Change Step, March</span>.—Being in march; given as either foot strikes the +ground.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Manual of Arms.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Purpose</span>.—To make the man so accustomed to the rifle that he handles +it without a thought.</p> + +<p>Eight rules govern the carrying of the piece. See paragraph 75, +Infantry Drill Regulations.</p> + +<p>Six rules govern the execution of the manual. See paragraph 76, +Infantry Drill Regulations.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Commands and Cautions.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Order, Arms</span>.—See that all the fingers of the right hand are around +the piece.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Present, Arms</span>.—Left forearm horizontal and against the body.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Port, Arms</span>.—Right forearm horizontal. Left forearm against the body.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Right Shoulder, Arms</span>.—Insist on an angle of 45 degrees. Trigger guard +in hollow of shoulder. Right hand does the work.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Left Shoulder, Arms</span>.—Right hand in next to last position grasps small +of stock.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Parade, Rest</span>.—Left hand grasps piece just below stacking swivel. +Right foot straight back 6 inches.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Trail, Arms</span>.—Piece at angle of about 30 degrees, about 3 inches off +the ground.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Rifle Salute</span>.—Left forearm horizontal.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fix Bayonet</span>.—Parade Rest and resume order after bayonet is fixed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36"></a>Unfix Bayonet</span>.—Parade Rest and resume order after bayonet is unfixed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Inspection Arms</span>.—Be sure men glance down in chamber and keep hold of +bolt handle.</p> + +<p>Parade, Rest can be executed only from order arms, and the command +Attention follows Parade, Rest.</p> + +<p>Any movement not in the manual, <i>e.g.</i>, Right, Face, breaks the +execution of movements by the numbers. The number of counts in the +execution of each command must be remembered.</p> + +<p>Distinguish between <i>raise</i> and <i>carry</i> and <i>throw</i>.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>School of the Squad.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Object</span>.—To give basic element, the squad, its first lesson in team +work.</p> + +<p>Team work wins battles just as it does football games.</p> + +<p>Avoid keeping men too long at the same movement.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Composition Of Squad</span>.—7 men and a corporal. Never less than 6 nor +more than 11 men.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fall In</span>.—Instructor 3 paces in front of where center is to be.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fall Out</span>.—If under arms, always preceded by Inspection Arms. Does not +mean dismissed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Count Off</span>.—Right file front and rear do not execute eyes right. Front +and rear rank men count off together.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Inspection Arms</span>.—</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Right Dress, Front</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent1"> +<li> Company Commander must establish base file or files before giving the command Right Dress.</li> +<li> Right flank men remain facing to front.</li> +<li> Be sure first four men are on desired line and rest of company can easily be made to conform.</li> +<li><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37"></a>Right guide may be established at any point desired and at command Right Dress all march to their proper positions + without other command, and at the trail.</li> +<li> Have men beyond base files step forward until one pace beyond where new line is to be and then dress back on line + established. </li></ol> + +<p><span class="sc">Guide Right</span>.—Keep head and eyes off the ground. Close in or open out +gradually.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Take Interval, To The Right, March, Squad, Halt</span>.—(At +command "To the +Right") Rear rank falls back 60 inches. At March, all face to right +and leading man of each rank steps off, followed by the others at +four-pace intervals, rear-rank men marching abreast of their file +leaders. When halted all face to the front.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">To Reform, Assemble To The Right (Left), March.</span></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Take Distance, March</span>.—1-2-3-4 front rank, 1-2-3-4 rear rank, 4-pace +intervals. Guide in each four is right.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Assemble, March</span>.—No. 1, Front rank stands fast.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Stack Arms</span>.—Piece of even number front rank: butt between his feet, +barrel to front. Even number rear rank passes piece to file leader.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Take Arms</span>.—Loose pieces are returned by even numbers front rank. If +No. 2 of rear rank is absent, No. 1 rear rank takes his place in +making or breaking stacks and resumes his post. Pieces are never +stacked with bayonet fixed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Oblique, March</span>.—Taught from Right half face. Half faced to front +after obliquing, Forward, March. If at half step or mark time while +obliquing, Oblique, March.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">In Place, Halt</span>.—All halt and stand fast without changing position of +pieces.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +<a name="Page_38" id="Page_38"></a>Resume March</span>.—Only given after In place, Halt.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Right Turn</span>.—Turn on moving pivot is used by subdivisions of a column +in executing change of direction.</p> + +<p>Each rank successively and on same ground executes movement. All +except pivot man execute two right obliques. No marking time. Arriving +on new line, all take the half step, glance toward marching flank and +take full step without command as last man arrives on the line.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Right Half Turn</span>.—Executed in similar manner.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Squads Right</span>.—Turn on fixed pivot is used in all formations from line +into column and the reverse. No half step. Right flank man faces to +right in marching and marks time. Rest of front rank oblique once to +new position. Step off on 5th step.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Squad Right About</span>.—Front rank twice executes squads right.</p> + +<p>In rear rank, No. 3 with No. 4 abreast of him on his left and followed +in column by the second and first moves straight forward until on +prolongation of new line he is to occupy; faces to right in marching +and proceeds to place. Then all face to the right in marching, mark +time and glance toward marching flank. As last man arrives on new line +all step off without command on 9th step.</p> + +<p>Deploying as skirmishers and following the corporal are covered under +Company Extended Order.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>School of the Company.</b></p> + +<p>The company is the basic fighting and administrative unit, and must be +easily handled and capable of promptly carrying out the will of its +commander.</p> + +<p>Team work among the squads, so that the company can be easily managed +as a whole, is the purpose of company drill.</p> + +<p>Close order drill is for discipline.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39"></a>Numerical designations of squads or platoons do not change.</p> + +<p>Center squad is middle or right middle squad of the company.</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 10%;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="90%" summary="Table1"> + <tr> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft">8 (6-11) men</td> + <td width="5%" class="tdcenter">=</td> + <td width="75%" class="tdleft">1 squad.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft">7 (2-7) squads</td> + <td width="5%" class="tdcenter">=</td> + <td width="75%" class="tdleft">1 platoon.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft">4 platoons</td> + <td width="5%" class="tdcenter">=</td> + <td width="75%" class="tdleft">1 company.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft">4 (2-6) companies</td> + <td width="5%" class="tdcenter">=</td> + <td width="75%" class="tdleft">1 battalion (1,026 officers and men).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft">3 battalions</td> + <td width="5%" class="tdcenter">=</td> + <td width="75%" class="tdleft">1 regiment (3,755, including medical detachment).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft">2 regiments</td> + <td width="5%" class="tdcenter">=</td> + <td width="75%" class="tdleft">1 brigade (8,210 officers and men).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft">2 brigades</td> + <td width="5%" class="tdcenter">=</td> + <td width="75%" class="tdleft">1 division (27,152 officers and men).</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<p>First Sergeant when not commanding a platoon is opposite the 3rd file +from outer flank of first platoon, in line of file closers.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fall In</span>.—First Sergeant 6 paces front of center, facing company. +Right guide takes post at such point that the center will be 6 paces +from and opposite the First Sergeant.</p> + +<p>Squad leaders salute and report all present; or Private(s) —— +absent. First Sergeant does not return salute of squad leaders.</p> + +<p>Captain takes post 12 paces in front of center of company in time to +receive report of First Sergeant, "Sir, all present or accounted for," +or names of unauthorized absentees. E.G. A man in hospital might be +reported absent by squad leader if he did not know where he was, but +First Sergeant would know, and would not report him absent.</p> + +<p>Captain returns salute of First Sergeant who then takes his post +<i>without command</i>.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em;"> +<a name="Page_40" id="Page_40"></a>Platoon Movements In Platoon Column.</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 23%;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="55%" summary="Platoon Movements"> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" class="tdcenter"><i>Leading Platoon, C.O.</i></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">On Right into Line</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Right Turn.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Column Right</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Right Turn.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Right Front into Line</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Continue. (<span style="font-size: 80%;">Caution</span>) If halted, Forward.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<div style="margin-left: 23%;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="55%" summary="Platoon Movements"> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" class="tdcenter"><i>Rear Platoon, C.O.</i></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">On Right into Line</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Continue. (<span style="font-size: 80%;">Caution</span>) If halted, Forward.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Column Right</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Continue. (<span style="font-size: 80%;">Caution</span>) If halted, Forward.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Right Front into Line</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">Right Oblique.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> +<br /> + +<p class="sc" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em;"> +Questions Which Come Up In Daily Military Life.</p> + +<p>It is well to have a solution on hand.</p> + +<p>(1) The company is in line reversed,—16th squad where 1st squad +should be. Bring the company into proper line, 1-2-3-4; 5-6-7-8; +9-10-11-12; 13-14-15-16.</p> + +<p>(2) You are platoon leader. Your platoon is drilling separately and +you get assembled in company line.</p> + +<p>16-15-14-13; 12-11-10-9; 4-3-2-1; 5-6-7-8.</p> + +<p>What commands do you give to get the platoon into line properly +arranged?</p> + +<p>(3) You are in charge of the company and find yourself marching into +the company street in reverse order. What commands do you give to +correct this?</p> + +<p>(4) You are marching your company to the rear along a road through a +narrow cut. Suddenly around a bend comes an ambulance. To let it pass, +you must immediately reduce your marching front. What is the quickest +method? (This can be used also in arranging the advance party of the +outguard.)</p> + +<p><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41"></a>(5) You are marching your company in company front, and wish to march +in column of platoons. What do you command?</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em;"> +Answers.</p> + +<ol class="indent3"> +<li> Right (left) by squads.<br /> +Column left (right).<br /> +Squads right (left)<br /> +Company, Halt. +</li> +<li> Forward; 2 March.<br /> +On left into line; 2 Platoon; 3 Halt.</li> +<li> On right (left) into line.</li> +<li> 1 Squads right; 2 March.<br /> +2 By the left flank; 2 March.</li> +<li> 1 Right by squads; 2 March.<br /> +2 Platoons left front into line; Double time;<br /> +2 March.</li></ol> + +<p>On the O.D. Shirt Collar Insignia is worn as follows:</p> + +<p>"On the right side, in the middle of the collar, the letters (U.S.), +(U.S.R.), (U.S.N.A.), and the insignia of rank; the letters one inch +from the end of the collar and the insignia of rank one-half inch from +letters."</p> + +<p>"On the left side in the middle of the collar, and one inch from the +end, the insignia of the arm of the service."</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em"><i>For Second Lieutenants.</i></p> + +<p>On the right side, in the middle of the collar, and one inch from the +end, the letters (U.S.), (U.S.R.), (U.S.N.A.).</p> + +<p>On the left side, in the middle of the collar and one inch from the +end, the insignia of the arm of service.</p> + +<p>When the Star Spangled Banner is played, an officer in uniform if +uncovered stands at Attention. If covered he salutes. An officer +"Presents his compliments" only to his juniors.</p> + +<a name="Page_42" id="Page_42"></a><ol class="indent4"> +<li><span class="sc"> +Company Right, March; Company</span>, Halt; Forward March.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Being in line to turn. Right-flank man is pivot. +Right guide steps back at command March, and marks time.</p> +</li> + +<li><span class="sc">Platoons Right, March</span>; +Company, Halt; Forward March.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Line to Column Platoons, reverse.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Guides must be covering.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Squads Right</span>, +MARCH; Company, Halt.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Line to Column Squads, reverse.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Line of Platoon to Column Platoons, reverse.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Right Turn, March</span>; Forward, March.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Line to change direction. Right guide is pivot. Men do not glance +toward flank. Rear rank begins oblique on same ground as front rank.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">All take full step at command, Forward, March.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Column Right, March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">First Platoon Leader, Right Turn.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Other Platoon Leaders (if halted), Forward; (if marching), cautions, +continue the march. All Platoons execute right turn on same ground.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Column of Platoons to change direction.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Column Right, March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Column Squads to change direction.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Platoons, Column Right, March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Column Squads to Line of Platoons.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Squads Right, Column Right, March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Right by Squads, March.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Line to Column Squads and change direction.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Right guide posts himself and takes 4 short steps. Right Squad +conforms.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Squads Right, Platoons, Column Right, +March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Platoons right by Squads, March.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Line to line of Platoons. Guide same as in 8.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43"></a> +Squads Right About, March</span>; Company, Halt.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">To face or march to the rear.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"><i>About Face</i>; Forward, March.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">To the rear a few paces.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc"> +On Right Into Line, March</span>; Company, Halt, Front.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Column Platoons or Squads to line to side.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">If executed in double time, leading squad marches double time until +halted.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc"> +Right Front Into Line, March</span>; Company, Halt, Front.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Column Platoons or Squads to line (front).</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">In double time, halting and aligning are omitted. Guide is toward side +of first unit in line. If halted, leader of leading unit commands, +Forward.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc"> +Platoons, Right Front Into Line, March</span>; Company, Halt, Front.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Column Squads to Column Platoons.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Line of Platoons to Company line.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Route Step, March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Muzzles kept elevated. +Ranks cover, preserve distances. (If halted, at +rest.)</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">At ease, March. Silence preserved. (Halted, at ease.)</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Right By Twos, March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">All but 2 right files of leading Squad execute in place, Halt.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Right By Files, March.</span></p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">To diminish the front in Column Squads.</p></li> + +<li><span class="sc">Squads Right Front Into Line, March.</span><br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Twos right front into line, march.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Twos or files, to Column Squads. Leading file or files halt.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">N.B.—If right by twos, then left into line or reverse.</p></li> +</ol> + +<p><span class="sc">Dismiss The Company</span>.—First Sergeant places himself 3 paces to front. +2 paces from nearest flank, salutes, <a name="Page_44" id="Page_44"></a>faces toward opposite flank, +commands, Inspection Arms, Port Arms, Dismissed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Fall In Company When It Cannot Be Formed By Squads</span>.—Inspection +Arms.</p> + +<p>Right Shoulder Arms.</p> + +<p>Roll Call. Each man as name is called, executes Order Arms.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">For Muster, Commands Are</span>: Open Ranks, +<span class="sc">March, Front</span>. (At command Open +Ranks, Rear Rank drops back 4 steps, 5 counts.)</p> + +<p>(As mustering officer approaches) Right Shoulder Arm's. Attention to +Muster.</p> + +<p>Each man, as name is called, answers "Here" and comes to Order Arms.</p> + +<p>Company Commander is on right flank, in same place as "Prepare for +Inspection."</p> + +<p><span class="sc">In Aligning Company</span>.—Captain +places himself 2 paces from and facing +the flank toward which dress is made, verifies alignment and commands +Front.</p> + +<p>(Platoon leaders same position for Platoon alignment.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To March Squad Without Unnecessary Commands</span>.—The Corporal commands, +<i>Follow Me</i>.</p> + +<p>Men always at ease. Squad conform to pace of Corporal, and carry +pieces as he does.</p> + +<p>In line or skirmish line, No. 2 front rank follows in trace of +Corporal at 3 paces. Others guide on No. 2.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">As Skirmishers, March</span>.—At +run. Rear rank men on right of file +leaders. All conform to Corporals gait. In squad alone, skirmish line +is formed on No. 2, front rank, Corporal ahead when advancing, in rear +when halted.</p> + +<p>Regular interval in skirmish line ½ pace = 1 yard per man.</p> + +<p>Squad deployed = 10 paces.</p> + +<p>Any number of paces may be specified, <i>e.g.</i> As Skirmishers, at 10 +paces, March.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45"></a><span class="sc"> +Assemble, March</span>.—Men form on corporal. If he continues to advance, +move in double time, form and follow. Do not assemble while marching +to rear.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Kneel</span>.—Left +forearm and left lower leg form straight line.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Lie Down</span>.—On both knees, then both elbows.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Rise</span>.—Stand on point marked by both knees.</p> + +<p>(When deployed, may sit instead of kneel.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Loadings And Firings</span>.—Loadings are executed only in line and skirmish +line.</p> + +<p>Firings are always executed at a halt.</p> + +<p>When kneeling and lying down in double rank, rear rank does not load, +aim or fire.</p> + +<p>In both cease firing and suspend firing pieces are loaded and locked. +(Sec. 150, i.d.r., April, 1917, is incorrect.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +1. Aiming</span>.—Target carefully pointed out.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +2. Sight-setting Announced</span>. (Battle sight if none announced.)</p> + +<p>3. (If by volley), Ready, Aim, Squad <span class="sc">Fire</span>.</p> + +<p>To continue volley firing, Aim, Squad <span class="sc">Fire</span>.</p> + +<p>Volley fire is used against large, compact enemy or in fire of +position.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fire At Will</span>.—Normally +employed in attack and defense; 3 shots per +minute at effective ranges (600 to 1,200 yards); 5 to 6 shots per +minute at close ranges (up to 600 yards).</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .1em"><span class="sc">Clip Fire</span>:</p> + +<div class="tble3"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="65%" summary="Clip Fire"> + <tr> + <td width="8%" valign="middle" class="tdleft">Used</td> + <td width="4%" class="tdleft">(1)</td> + <td width="88%" class="tdleft">To steady men.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="8%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="4%" class="tdleft">(2)</td> + <td width="88%" class="tdleft">To produce a short burst of fire.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em;"> +Extended Order.</p> + +<p>A squad acting alone, as one out on a patrol or for instruction, the +corporal acts as the leader of a small platoon leading the advance, +and in rear when halted.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46"></a>Men come to trail as they come on the skirmish line.</p> + +<p>On halting, a deployed line faces front (direction of real or assumed +enemy), and takes cover.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Corporal Cautions</span>.—By the Right Flank (if halted). Corporal steps out +looking back to get his 10-pace interval. Squad Halt.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Left Face</span>.—Base squad deploys as soon as it has room.</p> + +<p>Guide of a deployed squad is center without command.</p> + +<p>Captain indicates point on which corporal of base squad is to march.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Company Right</span> is executed as explained for front rank of Company, but +at ½ pace intervals.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Deployments.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<i>From Line, to Form Skirmish Line to Front.</i></p> + +<p><span class="sc">As Skirmishers, Guide Right, March</span>.—1. If marching, corporal +commands, Follow Me. Corporal of base squad moves straight to front, +deploys as soon as possible and advances until Company, Halt, is +given.</p> + +<p>Other squads move to left front and place squads on the line.</p> + +<p>If guide is center, other corporals on right of center squad move to +the right, and squads on the left to the left, and bring their squads +on the line.</p> + +<p>If guide is left, other corporals move to right front.</p> + +<p>2. If at halt, base squad deploys abreast of its corporal, 3 paces in +front of the former line, as soon as it has room.</p> + +<p>Other squads are conducted by the left flank, to their places.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Deploy From Column Of Squads, Forming Skirmish Line To The +Front</span>.—If at a halt, base <a name="Page_47" id="Page_47"></a>squad deploys abreast of its corporal 3 +paces in front of its former position.</p> + +<p>If marching, base squad deploys and moves straight to the front.</p> + +<p>If guide is right, other corporals move to left front and place squads +on line.</p> + +<p>If guide is center, corporals in front move to right (if at a halt, to +right rear), the corporals in rear of center squad move to left and +come on line in succession.</p> + +<p>Column of twos or files are deployed by same commands in same manner.</p> + +<p>If deployment in an oblique direction is desired, the captain points +out desired direction.</p> + +<p>Column of squads may be turned to the flank or rear and then deployed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Assemble, March</span>.—In skirmish line, men assemble at a run, to their +places individually. Squads do not assemble and march to places as +units as do platoons.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Platoons, Assemble</span>.—Men assemble individually on the run, in their +platoons and are then marched to relative position on base platoon as +indicated by position or command of captain.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Platoon Columns</span>.—Platoon leaders should be sure to go through center +of platoon.</p> + +<p>Platoon guides in rear.</p> + +<p>Columns should be 20 yards apart, or more.</p> + +<p>(Used to take advantage of few favorable routes where cover is poor or +ground difficult.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Squad Columns</span>.—Men oblique and follow squad leader. No advantage in +cover, but used to advance more quickly over rough or brush grown +ground.</p> + +<p>(It might be desirable to teach men to take squad columns from column +of squads.)</p> + +<p>In assembling from Platoon or Squad columns, the men reform by +platoons or squads and are conducted by their leaders to point +indicated by captain.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48"></a><i>Thin lines</i> are used to cross wide stretches under artillery fire or +heavy, long range rifle fire which cannot be profitably returned.</p> + +<p>No. 1's <span class="sc">Forward, March</span>.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .1em">First line is led by platoon leader, right platoon.</p> +<p style="margin-bottom: .1em; margin-top: .1em;">Second line is led by platoon guide, right platoon.</p> +<p style="margin-bottom: .1em; margin-top: .1em;">Third line is led by platoon leader, next platoon, etc.</p> +<p style="margin-top: .1em">Quick time, unless conditions otherwise demand.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Captain Points Out New Line</span>.—Original intervals preserved.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Disadvantage</span>.—Serious loss of control over company.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Advantage</span>.—Offers less definite target and is less likely to draw +fire.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Being In Skirmish Line.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +By Platoon (2 Platoons, Squads, 4 Men, Etc.), From The Right, +Rush</span>.—Leader of rush usually platoon leader.</p> + +<ol class="indent1"> +<li>Selects new line.</li> +<li>Cease firing.</li> +<li>Prepare to rush.</li> +<li>Follow me.</li> +<li>Commence firing.</li></ol> + +<p>When whole company rushes, it is led by Captain. Platoon leader lead +their platoons.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Commands.</p> + +<p>Commands should be so given as to be distinctly heard by all the men +who have to execute them. It is unfair to expect good execution of a +slovenly command or one that cannot be heard. A sufficient interval +should be allowed between the preparatory command and the command of +execution, proportioned to the size of the command, so that each man +has time to grasp the movement before execution is required.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<a name="Page_49" id="Page_49"></a><b>School of the Battalion.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Basis</span>.—4 companies to a battalion.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Arrangement</span>.—Right to left by rank of Captains. After formation order +is not kept with reference to rank of Captains.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Number</span>.—From right to left in whatever direction.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Center</span>.—Actual center or right center company.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Band</span>.—Places itself as if it were an adjoining battalion on right.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Dressing</span>.—Each company is dressed by its Captain who places himself +on the flank toward which the dress is to be made.</p> + +<p>In battalion line beside the guide (or beside flank file of the front +rank if guide is not in line) facing front.</p> + +<p>In column of companies—2 paces from the guide and facing down the +line.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>To Form the Battalion.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Other Than Ceremonies</span>.—Column of squads. Adjutant does not take his +post until companies are formed. Each Captain halts company and +salutes Adjutant. Adjutant returns salutes and when last Captain has +saluted, faces Major and reports "Sir, the Battalion is formed." He +joins Major without command.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +For Ceremonies</span>.—Or when directed, Battalion is formed in line. +Adjutant places himself 6 paces to right of right company and facing +in direction line is to extend. Guides precede companies on line by 20 +paces. Adjutant causes guides to cover. Companies are halted one pace +in rear of line and dressed to right against arm of guide. When guides +of left company have been posted, Adjutant by shortest route moves to +post facing Battalion midway between post of Major and center of +Battalion. Adjutant commands: <a name="Page_50" id="Page_50"></a>1. Guides, 2. Posts, 3. Present, 4. +Arms. He then faces about and reports, "Sir, the Battalion is formed." +Major commands, "Take your post, sir."</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Dismiss The Battalion</span>.—Dismiss your companies.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Rectify The Alignment</span>.—See Infantry Drill Regulations, paragraphs +273-274.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Rectify The Column</span>.—See Infantry Drill Regulations, paragraph 275.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Helpful Hints To Beginners</span>.—These hold good with few exceptions.</p> + +<p>When in column of squads; first command of Captain begins with word +"Column."</p> + +<p>When in column of companies; first command of Captain begins with word +"Squads."</p> +<br /> + +<p><span class="sc"> +In Column Of Squads</span>.—</p> + +<p>Major: <i>On right (left) into line.</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Squads right. (Captain marches beside right guide.)</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Continue to march (If halted, forward).</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: (Upon uncovering preceding company) Squads right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Battalion</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: Company.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Halt</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: Right Dress, Front.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: (Coming on line). Company Halt, Right Dress, Front.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Right (left) front into line.</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Column right.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Column half right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: (Halts and allows company to pass him and form column +of squads to right.) Squads left, Company Halt, Left Dress, Front.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51"></a>Rear Captains: When company in column of squads arrives one pace in +rear of the right flank of the company that has formed in line. Column +half right, March. The Captain then takes 5 paces beyond the flank of +the last company in line, allows company to pass him, and as rear +guide reaches him, commands: Squads left, March, Company Halt, Left +Dress, Front.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Line of companies at</i> (seven) paces, guide left (right). +(Close on first company from column of squads is no longer used in +Battalion drill.)</p> +<br /> + +<p>First Captain: Continue to march (if halted, forward).</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Column half right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: (When company reaches a position 7 paces to the flank +of the leading company.) Column half right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Battalion</i>.</p> + +<p>All Captains: Company.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Halt</i>.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Column of companies, first company</i> squads right (left).</p> + +<p>First Captain: Squads right.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Continue to march (if halted, forward.).</p> + +<p>As each company reaches the point where the first company formed line +the Captain commands: Squads right, March.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span class="sc"> +In Column Of Companies Or Close Column Of Companies</span>.—</p> + +<p>Major: <i>On right (left) into line.</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Right turn.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Continue to march (if halted, forward).</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52"></a>Rear Captains: Each Captain takes 5 paces beyond the left flank of the +company that has just executed the turn and commands: Right turn, +March.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Battalion</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: Company.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Halt</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: Right Dress, Front.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: (As they come on line.) Company Halt, Right Dress, +Front.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Right (left) front into line.</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Company.</p> + +<p>Second Capt: Right by Squads.</p> + +<p>Third and fourth Captains: Squads Right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: Halt, Left Dress, Front.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Column half left, March, Column half right March. +Taking 5 paces from the flank of the company last on line and allowing +the company to pass by him until the rear guide reaches him, Captain +commands: Squads left, March, Company Halt, Left Dress, Front.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Close on first company</i> (Never any other).</p> + +<p>First Captain: Company.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Continue to march (if halted, forward).</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: Halt.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: As each successive company closes to 8 paces from the +company immediately in front, the Captain commands: Company Halt.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Extend on fourth company.</i> (Never any other.)</p> + +<p>First Captain: Continue to march (if halted, forward).</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Company.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53"></a>Rear Captains: Halt. Then as each company in rear of the leading +company gets the proper distance (company front plus 5 paces) the +Captain commands: Forward March.</p> + +<p>Close column not extended in double time.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Column of squads, first company</i> squads right (left).</p> + +<p>First Captain: Squads right.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Continue to march (if halted, forward). As each company +reaches the point where the first company formed column of squads, the +Captain commands: Squads right, March.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Column right (left).</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Right turn.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Continue to March (if halted, forward).</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: When the marching flank of the company is one pace from +the new line the Captain commands: Forward March.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: Other companies march squarely up to the turning point +and each changes direction at the Captain's command: Right turn, +March, Forward, March.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Line Of Companies Or Close Line Of Companies</span>.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Battalion right (left).</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Column right.</p> + +<p>Flank Captains: Column half right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>Flank Captains: When each company has moved 7 paces to the flank of +the base company the command is: Column half right, March. The +companies are then marched echeloned with an interval of 7 paces.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Battalion</i>.</p> + +<p>First Captain: Company.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Halt</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54"></a>Flank Captains: Continue to march. As each company comes into line +with the base company the Captain commands: Company, Halt.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Close on first (fourth) company.</i></p> + +<p><i>Extend on first (fourth) company.</i> Both movements executed in the +same manner.</p> + +<p>First Captain: (If marching.) Halt. (If halted, cautions "Stand +Fast.")</p> + +<p>Flank Captains: Squads right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March.</i></p> + +<p>Flank Captains: Right Oblique, March. (When the company has closed +sufficiently): Forward March, Squads left, March. (Then as the company +comes on the line with first company): Company, Halt.</p> +<br /> + +<p>Major: <i>Column of Squads, first (fourth) company, forward.</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Forward.</p> + +<p>Flank Captains: Column half right (left).</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March.</i></p> + +<p>Flank Captains: As their companies come onto the line behind the +leading company (at 4.4 paces) the Captain commands: Column half +right, March.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +In Battalion Line.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Close on first (fourth) company.</i></p> + +<p>First Captain: Stand fast (Caution).</p> + +<p>Second Captain: Squads right, column right.</p> + +<p>Third and fourth Captains: Squads right, column half right.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>March.</i></p> + +<p>Second, third and fourth Captains: As each company reaches a point 8 +paces behind the company just preceding it into close column, the +command is given: Column half right, March. (Cautioning "Guide left" +when closing on first company—"Guide right" when closing on fourth +company): Squads left, March, Company, Halt.</p> + +<p>Major: <i>Halt.</i></p> + +<p><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55"></a>First Captain: Right Dress, Front.</p> + +<p>Rear Captains: (As they come on the line): Company Halt, Right Dress, +Front.</p> +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 85%;"> +<a href="images/image-1.jpg"> +<img border="0" src="images/image-1.jpg" width="100%" alt="Proper Arrangement Of Shelter Tents" /></a> +<p style="text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<span class="sc">Plate No. 2A. <br />CO. I—N.E. Proper Arrangement Of Shelter Tents</span>.</p> +</div> + +<div class="img" style="width: 85%;"> +<a href="images/image-2.jpg"> +<img border="0" src="images/image-2.jpg" width="100%" alt="Layout Of Equipment For Inspection" /></a> +<p style="text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<span class="sc">Plate No. 2B. <br /> Layout Of Equipment For Inspection.<br /> +Tent Pins Should Be Laid In Echelon Three Inches Apart</span>.</p> +</div> +<br /> + + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Inspections.</b></p> + +<p style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 0em;"> +(Kitchen and mess inspections have been covered under Feeding Men.)</p> + +<p>Daily inspection of the barracks should be made and rigid discipline +enforced as to the floors being kept clean, scrubbed once a week, +bedding and bed clothes aired out of doors every Tuesday, shoes +cleaned and kept in order under bunks, lockers under bunks, toilet +articles and books all kept in order. Sheets, comforters and blankets +should be shaken out, folded as for pack and laid on top of pillow +until afternoon, each day.</p> + +<p>In inspecting men every week see that hair is kept short and feet +clean and in good condition, toe nails trimmed. Insist on woolen +socks.</p> + +<p>Equipment must be inspected carefully, each week, to see that it is in +good condition.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Special Points Of Company Inspection.</p> + +<p>After Open Ranks, March, given from usual position in front of +Company, the Captain takes his post 3 paces in front of Right Guide, +facing to the left and commands:</p> + +<p>1. Front. 2. Prepare for Inspection.</p> + +<p>The Lieutenants are 3 paces in front of the center of their +respectives Platoons, facing to front.</p> +<br /> + +<p>If equipment is also to be inspected, commands are as follows:</p> + +<p>1. Close Ranks. 2. March. Stack Arms. Backward, March. Take Interval +to the Right, March. Company, Halt.</p> + +<p>1. Unsling Equipment. 2. Open Packs. Close Packs. Sling Equipment.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<a name="Page_56" id="Page_56"></a><b>Battalion Inspection.</b></p> + +<p>At command, Prepare for Inspection, given by the Major, each Captain +commands, Open Ranks. They do not salute when the Major and Inspector +approach.</p> + +<p>The Lieutenants take their places as in Company Inspection. Each +Captain commands:</p> + +<p>Company Attention. Prepare for Inspection.</p> + +<p>Lieutenants face about and stand at ease, after being inspected or +passed.</p> + +<p>After inspection:</p> + +<p>Close Ranks, march.</p> + +<p>Rest.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Regimental Inspection.</b></p> + +<p>Commands mean and principles are same as for Battalion. (Look up Post +of Colonel, par. 754, Infantry Drill Regulations.)</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Ceremonies.</b></p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Battalion Review.</p> + +<p>After Battalion is formed in line, Major faces front.</p> + +<p>When Reviewing Officer halts, Major turns about and commands:</p> + +<p>Present Arms; turns to front and salutes. Major turns about; commands +Order Arms, and again faces front.</p> + +<p>When Reviewing Officer is within 6 paces, the Major salutes, takes +post on the right and accompanies him.</p> + +<p>On arriving at the right of the line again, Major salutes, halts, +takes his post in front of Battalion and commands:</p> + +<p>Pass in Review. Squads Right, March.</p> + +<p>Major and Staff execute Eyes Right and take post on right of Reviewing +Officer remaining until Battalion has passed, when he salutes and +rejoins it.</p> + +<p>Double time is given by Major when the Battalion comes to its original +starting place and the Battalion <a name="Page_57" id="Page_57"></a>passes in review as before except +that Eyes Right is omitted and Major salutes only when he leaves +Reviewing Officer.</p> + +<p>Major and Staff may be dismounted at discretion of Commanding Officer.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Battalion Parade.</p> + +<p>When band sounds off, the Reviewing Officer and his Staff stands, if +dismounted, with arms folded: if mounted they remain at attention at a +convenient distance in front of the center and facing the Battalion.</p> + +<p>The Battalion is not presented for Battalion Parade.</p> + +<p>The Lieutenants take posts in front of center of their Platoons at +Captain's command for dressing his Company on the line.</p> + +<p>After Guides Posts, the Adjutant commands:</p> + +<p>(To Battalion) Parade Rest.</p> + +<p>(To Band) Sound Off.</p> + +<p>Battalion, Attention. Present Arms.</p> + +<p>At conclusion of National Anthem Adjutant reports:</p> + +<p>Sir: The parade is formed.</p> + +<p>The Major directs: <i>Take your post, sir</i>.</p> + +<p>Major then commands: <i>Order Arms</i>.</p> + +<p>At conclusion of Manual of Arms, Major directs: <i>Receive the reports, +sir</i>.</p> + +<p>Captains report "'C' Company present or accounted for," or "'C' +Company, 1 officer, 7 enlisted men are absent."</p> + +<p>Publish the orders, sir:</p> + +<p>After publishing them, Adjutant commands: Officers, Center, March. At +command Center, Officers face center: at command March, march to +center and halt, facing front.</p> + +<p>Commands Forward and Halt are given by Senior Officer. Left Officer of +center Company is guide and marches on the Major. Halt at 6 paces from +Major, salute and come down with the Major.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58"></a>At command Officers Posts, March, Officers face about at command +"posts" and are conducted by Senior Officer who halts them 3 paces +from line. Officers, Halt. Posts, March. Face outward at command, +Posts, step off with 4 pace intervals. Lieutenants go to their posts +by shortest route, in rear of Company.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Regimental Parade.</p> + +<p>Lieutenants remain in file closers.</p> + +<p>At command, Officers Center, Captains remain at their posts with their +Companies.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span class="sc">Regimental Review</span>.</p> + +<p>Regiment formed in line or line of masses.</p> + +<p>Colonel commands: Pass in Review.</p> + +<p>Each Major commands: 1, <i>Squads Right</i>; 2, <i>March</i>.</p> + +<p>If in line of masses, Colonel commands: "Pass in Review." Major of +Right Battalion commands: <i>Column of Squads, First Company Squads, +Right, March</i>.</p> + +<p class="sc"> + Fire Direction Is The Function Of The Captain And Higher + Commanders. Above The Grade Of Captain And Direction Is + Principally Tactical. With A Captain It Implies The Ability To + Issue Correct Fire Orders To Meet Given Situations In Order + That The Fire Of The Company May Be As Effective As Possible.</p> + +<p class="sc"> + Fire Control Is The Combined Product Of The Fire Unit + Commanders And The Firers. The Fire Unit Is The Platoon.</p> + +<p class="sc"> + Fire Discipline Means Strict Attention To The Signals And + Orders Of The Commander, And Is The Faculty Developed In The + Men By Instruction And Training, Of Commencing, Ceasing, Oe + Diminishing Fire, Or Of Concentrating It Upon A <a name="Page_59" id="Page_59"></a>defined Object + In Obedience To The Deliberate Will Of The Commander.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Note</span>.— +It is to be remembered that all grades of commanders are +supposed to be familiar with the duties of all below them.</p> + +<p>In issuing orders all Officers, in addition to announcing where they +will be found will give the location of the next higher Commander.</p> + +<p>The authorities for statements under the Platoon Leader and below are +not given after each statement but the paragraphs from which they are +deduced are given under the heading for each grade. This course was +thought necessary to avoid repetition.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +I. The Colonel.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Position</span>—(369, 380, 528—i.d.r.)</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Advancing to the battlefield as: + <ol class="lalpha"> + <li>Independent commander ordinarily with + the advance guard in order that + he may: + <ol class="decimal"> + <li>Receive information promptly.</li> + <li>Personally see the situation (reconnoiter).</li> + <li>Order the deployment.</li> + <li>Begin the action strictly in accordance with his own wishes.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li>Subordinate commander (427, i.d.r.).<br /> + After receiving his order for the action, + precedes his command as far + as possible in order to: + <ol class="decimal"> + <li>Personally reconnoiter the ground.</li> + <li>Be prepared to issue his orders promptly.</li> + </ol> + </li> + </ol> +</li> + <li>During the action; such as will enable him to:<a name="Page_60" id="Page_60"></a> + <ol class="lalpha"> + <li>Observe the progress of events.</li> + <li>Receive and transmit messages and orders.</li> + <li>Be in constant, direct, and easy communication with the + reserve. (369, i.d.r.) </li> + </ol> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Note—For a discussion of the position of leaders see Subject V.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Duties</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>After having received his orders, the regimental commander + leads his regiment forward in a column, or in line of columns, + until the time arrives for issuing the regimental order, he + then: (426, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Assigns targets and sectors or tasks to battalions and special + units. (312, 381 and 426, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Provides for necessary reconnaissance to front and flank. (428, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Announces his position and also that of the next higher + commander.</li> +<li>Controls the reserve as the tactical situation demands. (441, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Regulates ammunition supply. (316, f.s.r. and 552, i.d.r.) See + also full discussion of the ammunition supply in Subject VIII. </li> +</ol> + +<p>Note—The colonel is assisted in the performance of his duties by the +regimental staff.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +II. The Major.</p> + +<p>The battalion is the attack unit whether acting alone or as part of a +larger force. (305, i.d.r.)</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc">Position</span>:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">(The general rules for a colonel apply)</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Where he can best: + <ol class="lalpha"> + <li>Direct the reinforcing of the firing line from the + support. (315, i.d.r.)</li> + <li><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61"></a>Observe the progress of events, (369, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Maintain contact with regimental headquarters. (369, + i.d.r.)</li> + </ol> + +</li> +<li>On the firing line when all the supports have joined. (315, + i.d.r.) (See Subject V.) </li> +</ol> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +General.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Duties</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Conducts his battalion according to sector and mission assigned + him.</li> +<li>Directs first disposition of battalion by tactical orders, + giving subordinates— + + <ol class="lalpha"> + <li>Information of the enemy.</li> + <li>Position of supporting and neighboring troops.</li> + <li>The general object to be attained.</li> + <li>The special problem for each company (291, i.d.r.) <br /> + (This includes making the primary apportionment of the + target.) (303, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>If practicable, the point or time at which the fire fight + is to open. (304, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Orders for flank protection and reconnaissance, unless + specifically provided for by higher authority. (293, 397 + and 398, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>His position and that of the next higher commander.</li> + </ol> + +</li> +<li>Controls supports, dispatches reinforcements from support to + firing line. (226 and 297, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Controls subsequent movements by suitable orders or commands. + (291, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Regulates ammunition supply—(See Subject VIII, also Pars. + 316-317, f.s.r.) (The <a name="Page_62" id="Page_62"></a>combat train is the immediate reserve + supply of the battalion.) + + <ol class="lalpha"> + <li>Is responsible for the proper use of the combat train.</li> + <li>Insures maintenance of the prescribed allowance at all + times.</li> + <li>Causes combat trains to march immediately in rear of the + battalion unless directed otherwise. (548, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>When battalion deployed on his own initiative, indicates + whether extra ammunition shall be issued. (294, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>When battalion deployed pursuant to orders from higher + authority, causes issue of extra ammunition unless + specifically ordered not to do so. (294, 548, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>When combat wagons are emptied, directs them to proper + rendezvous to be refilled. (548, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Sees that combat wagons and belts of men are refilled as + soon as possible after an engagement. (553, i.d.r.) </li> + </ol> + +</li> +<li>Maintains contact with adjoining troops. (399 i.d.r.)</li> +<li>May harmonize ranges used by the companies on the firing line.</li> +<li>Determines when bayonets shall be fixed. (318, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Subject to orders from higher authority, determines the point + from which the charge to be made. (319, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Orders the charge. (318, i.d.r.) </li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Special.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li><i>In attack</i>: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>May select formation in which companies advance. (212, + i.d.r.)</li> + <li><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63"></a>Designates— + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> + <li>The direction of the objective. (303, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>The companies for the firing line.</li> + <li>The companies for the support.</li> + <li>The order and front of the companies in the firing line.</li> + <li>The right or left company of the firing line as the base + company.</li> + <li>May indicate when the advance by rushes is to start. + (311, i.d.r.) </li> + </ol> + </li> + </ol> +</li> +<li><i>In defense</i>: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Describes front of each company. (292, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Assigns sector of fire. (244, 302, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Locates fire, communicating and cover trenches.</li> + <li>Directs preparation of obstacles.</li> + <li>Assigns companies to construct trenches and obstacles.</li> + <li>Details troops to occupy trenches. (321, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Causes firing line and supports to fix bayonets when a + charge by the enemy is imminent. (324, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Seeks opportunities for counter attacks. (326, i.d.r.) </li> + </ol> +</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +III. Battalion Staff.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc"> +Positions</span>:</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="65%" summary="aligning headings"> + <tr> + <td width="3%"> </td> + <td width="25%" class="tdleft" valign="middle" style="white-space: nowrap"> + Battalion Adjutant<br /> + Battalion Sergeant Major</td> + <td width="5%" valign="middle" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap; font-size: 28pt"> + }</td> + <td valign="middle" width="67%" class="tdleft"> + with Major.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="3%"> </td> + <td colspan="3" class="tdleft" valign="middle" style="white-space: nowrap"> + Mounted orderlies—both with Major (one with major and one with + <br /> Adjutant) until horses are sent to rear when both may be with + <br /> the horses or one take the horses and the other remain with the + <br /> major, as he may direct. + </td> + </tr> + </table> +<br /> +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc"> +<a name="Page_64" id="Page_64"></a>Duties:</span></p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">All assist the major in any way directed, by</p> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Reconnaissance. (565, i.d.r., 25, f.s.r.)</li> + <li>Observation of the firing line.</li> + <li>Maintaining contact with regimental headquarters.</li> + <li>Maintaining contact with the support.</li> + <li>Receiving, communicating, and sending visual signals from and + to front and rear.</li> + <li>Observing fire effect and progress of events.</li> + <li>Keeping copies of all orders, messages, and other data + necessary, for his war diary. (35, f.s.r.)</li> + </ol> + +<p>When there is only one range finder to the battalion, the Battalion +Sergeant Major is the Battalion Range Taker. When not actually engaged +in taking ranges, he assists the Major as above or, preferably, he may +be charged with the duty of maintaining communication with the +companies of the firing line.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">The major designates a sergeant to take charge of the battalion combat +train. Under the Major's direction, he</p> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Conducts combat train as far to the front with the battalion + as directed.</li> + <li>Issues ammunition to the battalion.</li> + <li>Takes combat train to rendezvous for refilling, under + direction of the regimental commander.</li> + <li>Rejoins battalion, if it is not in action, or, if it be + engaged, joins or establishes communication with the + regimental reserve. (548, 549 and 553, i.d.r.)<br /> + (This sergeant is not provided for in the present + organization. Recommendation has been made to the War + Department that he be included in the Tables of + Organization.) + </li> + </ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +<a name="Page_65" id="Page_65"></a>IV. The Captain.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +(The Fire Director.)</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Position</span>: <i>Where he can best:</i></p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Control his four platoons. (248, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Observe fire effect. (249, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>See the major and platoon chiefs. (234, i.d.r.) </li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Duties</span>: <i>Before fire action:</i></p> + +<div class="indent4"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="95%" summary="align"> + <tr> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft">1.</td> + <td colspan="3" class="tdleft"> + Conducts his company to place of deployment assigned by the + major's orders (297, i.d.r.) in best manner. (212, i.d.r.)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft">2.</td> + <td colspan="3" class="tdleft"> + Designates target, and allots part to each platoon. (245 and + 249, i.d.r.) (See Overlapping Method, page 15, Subject V. Fire + Tactics.)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft">3.</td> + <td colspan="3" class="tdleft"> + Determines the range. (240 and 249, i.d.r.)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft">4.</td> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft"> + Announces the sight setting.</td> + <td rowspan="3" width="5%" valign="middle" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap; font-size: 36pt"> + }</td> + <td rowspan="3" width="69%" valign="middle" class="tdleft">(249, i.d.r.)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft">5.</td> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft"> + Indicates class of fire and</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft">6.</td> + <td width="20%" class="tdleft"> + Time to open fire.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="3%" class="tdleft">7.</td> + <td colspan="3" class="tdleft"> + Informs the subordinates as to the location of the battalion + commander, and, when necessary, announces his own position.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em"><i>During the Action:</i></p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Observes fire effect. (249, 414, 415, i.d.r., and 216, + s.a.f.m.)</li> +<li>Corrects material errors in sight setting. (249, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Prevents exhaustion of ammunition supply. (249, 550, 551, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Distributes ammunition received from rear. (249, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Provides for the collection and distribution of the ammunition + of the dead and wounded. (551, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Is on the alert for the Major's signals or commands. (226 and + 234, i.d.r.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66"></a>In the absence of express directions from the major, if + commanding a flank company, determines when advances by rushes + shall be attempted. (311, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Indicates size of fractions to rush. (311, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Leads a rush by entire company. (223, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Leads the charge. (319, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>When necessary, designates new platoon leaders and sees that new + squads are organized and new squad leaders designated to replace + those disabled. (104, 375, i.d.r.) </li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +V. Buglers.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc"> +Position</span>:</p> + +<p>Join the Captain when the company deploys. (164, i.d.r.)</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Duties</span>: (235, i.d.r.)</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li><i>One Bugler</i>— + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Observes the enemy.</li> + <li>Observes the target.</li> + <li>Observes for fire effect.</li> + <li>Watches platoon leaders for signals.</li> + <li>Transmits signals to platoon leaders.</li> + </ol> +</li> +<li><i>The other</i>— + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Watches the Major for signals and repeats them back.</li> + <li>Transmits information to the Major.</li> + </ol> +</li> + +<li><span class="sc">Both</span>— + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Repeat bugle signals "charge." (319, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Carry field glasses, message pads, pencils and signal flags. + (i.u.a.e.m., 387, i.d.r.)</li> + <li>Act as messengers.</li> + </ol> + +<span class="sc"> +All Of The Above Implies That They Must Be Proficient In</span>:<br /> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Signaling—Hand, Arm and Letter Codes.</li> + <li>Observation for fire effect.</li> + <li><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67"></a>Location and definition or description of targets.</li> + <li>Bugle calls.</li> + </ol> +</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +VI. Range Estimators.</p> + +<p>Five or six officers or men, selected from the most accurate +estimators in the company are designated "Range Finders." (240, +i.d.r.)</p> + +<p>The term "Range Finder" is a misnomer as a range finder is an +instrument. The school uses the term "Range Estimator" when applied to +an individual. The attention of the War Department has been called to +this.</p> + +<p>The range estimators are given special training in the estimation of +ranges.</p> + +<p>When an action is pending, the Captain receives from the Major the +primary apportionment of the target or sector of fire. (303, i.d.r.)</p> + +<p>The Captain returns to the company, and, avoiding dangerous grouping, +assembles the platoon leaders and range estimators, and points out to +both the target of the Battalion and Company.</p> + +<p>The Range Estimators immediately begin their estimation of the range +to the company target; the Captain meanwhile continues with his +instructions to the Platoon Leaders.</p> + +<p>The instructions to the Platoon Leaders completed, the Range +Estimators announce to the Captain either their individual estimates, +or the mean of their estimates as deduced by one of the estimators. +The Range Estimators then take their customary posts (240, i.d.r.), +and the Captain indicates to the Platoon Leaders the range to be used.</p> + +<p>The Range Estimators act in an advisory capacity to the Captain. The +mean of their estimates will usually be the most accurate deduction +available in <a name="Page_68" id="Page_68"></a>battle. The adoption by the Captain of the range thus +determined, however, is not obligatory.</p> + +<p>Range Estimators should be ready to signal their estimates of the +range to the platoon leaders at any time during the action.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +VII. The Platoon Leader.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +(The Fire Controller.)</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Position</span>: Where he can best:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Control the squads constituting his platoon. (252, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Observe the target and fire effect. (252, 414, 415, i.d.r., and + 216, s.a.f.m.)</li> +<li>Observe the captain for signals or commands. (234, 251, i.d.r.)</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc"> +Duties</span>:</p> + +<p>(6, 42, 104, 229, 231-233, 244, 245-257, 319, 375, 550, i.d.r.)</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Controls the fire of his platoon and in his fire orders.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Receives his orders from the company commander.</li> +<li>If necessary, may indicate the fire position that has been + ordered.</li> +<li>Announces sight setting.</li> +<li>Points out designated target to his platoon, if practicable, + otherwise to his corporals only, or</li> +<li>When the target cannot be seen, indicates an aiming target. (247 + and 251, i.d.r., call this an aiming "point", but the occasions + upon which infantry would use an aiming "point" are so rare that + it is believed aiming "target" is a more accurate term as it + includes both point and line.)</li> +<li>Assigns target so as to insure that the entire front or sector + given him by the company commander will be covered with fire.</li> +<li>Gives class of fire.</li> +<li><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69"></a>Announces rate of fire.</li> +<li>If commanding a flank platoon, details a man to watch for + signals from the combat patrols.</li> +<li>When his Corporals have signaled that their squads are ready to + fire, signals the Captain by looking toward him and holding up + his hand.</li> +<li>When Captain signals a "commence firing", repeats same to the + corporals.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc">Thereafter</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Observes for fire effect.</li> +<li>When platoon is not firing, insures that the front assigned is + kept under constant observation for any appearance of the enemy + or any change of position.</li> +<li>Changes sight-setting of his platoon when necessary.</li> +<li>Regulates rate of fire.</li> +<li>Increases rate of fire when large and distinct targets appear + and decreases it when the target becomes small and indistinct.</li> +<li>Prevents decrease in rate of fire when— + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> + <li>Changing sight-setting,</li> + <li>Preparing for rushes,</li> + <li>Fixing bayonets,</li> + <li>Transmitting firing data to supports,</li> + <li>Distributing ammunition.</li> + </ol> +</li> +<li>Increases the rate of fire to cover the advance of adjacent + units. For this purpose progress and movements of adjoining + units are kept under observation.</li> +<li>Maintains direction of advance of his platoon in rushing, so as + not to blanket fire of adjacent units.</li> +<li>Is on the alert for Captain's commands or signals, for this + purpose he may use his platoon guide.</li> +<li>May use his platoon guide to observe adjoining units.<a name="Page_70" id="Page_70"></a></li> +<li>Must understand all signals.</li> +<li>Leads his platoon in advancing and charging.</li> +<li>Prevents changing fire to unauthorized targets.</li> +<li>Insures distribution of ammunition brought up from the rear and + the collection and distribution of same from the dead and + wounded. (540, i.d.r.).</li> +<li>In coming up with re-enforcements, he takes over the duties of + disabled platoon leaders of the platoon into which his men have + dropped, or it may be some other section of the line needs his + service in which case he goes there.</li> +<li>Endeavors to preserve the integrity of squads, designates new + squad leaders to replace those disabled, organizes new squads + when necessary, sees that every man is placed in a squad and + takes every opportunity for restoring order in the firing line. + (104, 375, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>In "Advance by thin lines", leads odd numbered lines. (218, + i.d.r.).</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +VIII. The First Sergeant.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Commands a Platoon, Never a Guide.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;">Guides.</p> + +<p class="sc2">General Rules:</p> + +<p>1. Guides must be resourceful, have good health, vigorous physique, +keen eyesight, presence of mind and courage, with good judgment, +military training and experience. They must be able to read maps, make +sketches and send clear and concise messages.</p> + +<p>2. <span class="sc">Equipment</span>.—Guides are equipped with whistle, watch, compass, +message book, knife, pencil, wire cutters, map, pace scale and glasses +if possible.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71"></a>3. As instructors they go where needed.</p> + +<p>4. As file closers they insure steadiness and promptness in the ranks.</p> + +<p>5. In column of subdivisions the guide of the leading subdivision is +charged with the step and direction.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Close Order</span>.—The guides of the right and left, or leading and rear, +platoons, are the right and left, or leading and rear guides +respectively of the company when it is in line or in column of squads. +Other guides are in the line of file closers.</p> + +<p>In platoon movements the post of the platoon guide is at the head of +the platoon, if the platoon is in column, and on the guiding flank if +in line. When a platoon has two guides their original assignment to +flanks of the platoon does not change.</p> + +<p>The guides of a column of squads place themselves on the flank +opposite the file closers. To change the guides and file closers to +the other flank, the Captain commands: 1. <i>File closers on left +(right) flank;</i> 2. March. The file closers dart through the column; +the captain and guides change.</p> + +<p>In column of squads, each rank preserves the alignment toward the side +of the guide.</p> + +<p>Men in the line of file closers do not execute the loadings or +firings.</p> + +<p>Guides and enlisted men in the line of file closers execute the manual +of arms during the drill unless specially excused, when they remain at +the order. During ceremonies they execute all movements.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +In Taking Intervals And Distances</span>.—Unless otherwise directed, the +right and left guides, at the first command, place themselves in the +line of file closers, and with them take a distance of 4 paces from +the rear rank. In taking intervals, at the command "March", the file +closers face to the flank and each steps off with <a name="Page_72" id="Page_72"></a>the file nearest +him. In <i>assembling</i> the guides and file closers resume their places +in line.</p> + +<p>To <span class="sc"> +Form The Company</span>.—At the sounding of the assembly the first +sergeant takes position 6 paces in front of where the center of the +company is to be, faces it, draws saber, and commands "Fall in".</p> + +<p>The right guide of the company places himself, facing to the front, +where the right of the company is to rest, and at such point that the +center of the company will be 6 paces from and opposite the first +sergeant; the squads form in their proper places on the left of the +right guide, superintended by the other sergeants, who then take their +posts.</p> + +<p>For the instruction of platoon leaders and guides, the company, when +small, may be formed in single rank. In this formation close order +movements only are executed. The single rank executes all movements as +explained for the front rank of the company.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Alignments</span>.—The alignments are executed as prescribed in the School +of the Squad, the guide being established instead of the flank file. +The rear-rank man of the flank file keeps his head and eyes to the +front and covers his file leader.</p> + +<p>At each alignment the Captain places himself in prolongation of the +line, 2 paces from and facing the flank toward which the dress is +made, verifies the alignment and commands: "Front".</p> + +<p>Platoon leaders take a like position when required to verify the +alignments.</p> + +<p>In "Company right" the right guide steps back on the command "March", +aligning the first two men next to him as he does so, to establish the +correct line.</p> + +<p>In "Platoon right" the Captain announces the guide and the guides +cover promptly.</p> + +<p>In "Right turn" the right guide is the pivot of the front rank.</p> + +<p>In "Column right" the right flank man of the leading squad is the +pivot, <i>not the guide</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73"></a>In "Right by squads" the right guide (when he has posted himself in +front of the right squad) takes four short steps and then resumes the +full step. The right squad conforms.</p> + +<p>"Squads right about." If the company or platoons are in column of +squads, file closers turn about toward the column and take posts. If +in line, each darts through the nearest interval between squads. The +right and left guides place themselves in the new front rank. File +closers on facing about, maintain their relative positions.</p> + +<p>When the company executes "About face", guides place themselves in the +new front rank.</p> + +<p>In "Right front into line, double time" halting and aligning commands +are omitted. Guide is toward side of the first unit.</p> + +<p>In "Take interval" or "Take distance" guides drop back at the first +command.</p> + +<p>In "Squads right" or "Platoons, column right" interior guides of +platoons cross the company. A good rule for beginners is always to +cross over (except in "column right").</p> + +<p>Guide of a company in line is right (unless otherwise announced).</p> + +<p>Guide of a platoon in line is right.</p> + +<p>Guide of a battalion in line is center.</p> + +<p>Guide of a line of subdivisions is center.</p> + +<p>Guide of a deployed line is center.</p> + +<p>Guide of a squad is toward the side of the guide of the company.</p> + +<p>Guide of successive formations into line is toward the point of rest.</p> + +<p>File closers remain on the same side of the company except when in so +doing they would be left in front of the company.</p> + +<p>If the battalion is in line, the guide away from the point of rest (in +each company) comes to the "Right shoulder arms" at the command to +dress.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74"></a>At the command "Eyes right", guides who are charged with the direction +do not execute "Eyes right", but simply salute.</p> + +<p>At "Retreat" guides unarmed stand at "Attention". Only officers +salute.</p> + +<p>In "Stack arms" the right guide should align the stacks.</p> + +<p>In squads (acting alone) the corporal is the guide; number 2 of the +front rank, if the corporal is not in line.</p> + +<p>The guides of rear units are charged with the step, trace and +distance.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Exercise For Guides</span>.—Lay out a course of arbitrary distance; 200 +yards will answer the purpose. Instruct the guides to march the course +as they would if they were guiding a company, but being sure to count +their steps (a pebble transferred to the left hand at 100 steps is +often found useful).</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Result</span>.—The number of steps will range from 205 to 225. After getting +the number of steps taken by each man, show them that they should have +taken 240 steps and that each man took too long a step. Have them +march back guiding on two points in line as before, cautioning them to +cut down the length of the step to 30 inches from the start, and not +to wait until they get half way down the course and find that they +have less than 120 steps.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Result</span>.—All of the men, even after the caution, will have taken too +long a step.</p> + +<p>Instructor times the guides both ways, and calls attention to the fact +that in <span class="sc">All</span> +cases the cadence was under 120 steps per minute.</p> + +<p>After repeating above as much as desired have the men march in pairs, +one man keeping time and the other counting steps and marching on two +points.</p> + +<p>They may check up every 10 seconds if desired.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +<a name="Page_75" id="Page_75"></a>IX. Platoon Guides.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Position</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Behind the firing line, on left of platoon leader. (163, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Advancing in line—behind center of platoon. (213 and 223, + i.d.r.) To insure prompt and orderly advance.</li> +<li>"Advance by thin lines"—lead even numbered lines. (218, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Advancing in squad or platoon column—in rear.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc"> +Duties</span>:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">(104, 213, 223, 229, 255, 367, 375, and 376, i.d.r.)</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>The platoon leader's assistant and may be assigned any duty the + platoon leader sees fit.</li> +<li>Keeps adjoining units under observation.</li> +<li>Watches firing line.</li> +<li>Checks every breach of fire discipline.</li> +<li>Prevents skulking, men leaving the ranks at any time to care for + wounded, etc.</li> +<li>Designates new squad leaders and organizes new squads when + necessary.</li> +<li>Attaches men that have become separated from squads to other + squads.</li> +<li>Insures prompt and orderly advance.</li> +<li>On joining firing line from the support takes over duties of + sergeants disabled.</li> +<li>May receive and transmit signals to the Captain.</li> +<li>If the platoon leader is disabled, he takes over his duties. + Hence he should know what the platoon leader is doing and how.</li> +<li>When taking over the duties of the platoon leader he calls the + senior corporal of his platoon out to act as guide.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +<a name="Page_76" id="Page_76"></a>X. Corporal.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Position</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Marching in line, as center skirmisher of squad (124, i.d.r.) + or</li> +<li>When skirmish line is halted, immediately behind his squad.<br /> + +Note.—The School has recommended to the War Department that the + Infantry Drill Regulations be changed to provide that the + Corporal's position be as prescribed above and in paragraph 20, + page 10.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc">Duties</span>:</p> + +<p>Paragraphs 42, 222, 252, 254, 255, 411, and 551, i.d.r., cover in + general the corporal's duties.</p> +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">The squad leader (Corporal) controls the fire of his squad, he must + understand the duties of the private and in issuing his fire + orders:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Receives his instructions from the platoon leader.</li> +<li>Points out indicated objective to his squad.</li> +<li>Takes as the squad target that portion of the platoon target + which corresponds to the position of the squad in the platoon.</li> +<li>Announces sight setting.</li> +<li>Announces class and rate of fire.</li> +<li>When his squad is ready to fire looks toward the platoon leader + and holds up his hand. At the platoon leader's signal to + commence firing he sees that the squad opens fire.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Thereafter</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Makes all fire from the shoulder.</li> +<li>Makes all use ordered rate of fire.</li> +<li>Insures that all fire at designated objective.</li> +<li>Prevents slighting of invisible portions of the target for more + visible parts.</li> +<li>Prevents men from changing fire to unauthorized targets not in + the assigned front or sector.</li> +<li><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77"></a>Maintains constant observation to the front; when squad is + firing, for effect of fire—when squad is not firing, for + appearance of enemy.</li> +<li>Insures prompt obedience to orders to suspend and cease firing.</li> +<li>Makes men utilize ground to fullest extent for concealment in + firing and advancing.</li> +<li>In sight-setting, changing sights and fixing bayonets, has front + rank perform operation first (rear-rank men increasing rate of + fire) and then the rear-rank follow while the front-rank men + make up for loss of fire for the rear rank, thus insuring that + the rate of fire for the squad does not fall off.</li> +<li>Prevents increasing vulnerability of squad while preparing for + a rush, and rushes as soon after cease firing as possible.</li> +<li>When other squads of his platoon, are rushing, or the platoon + which is covering the same target as is his platoon, is rushing + he has his squad increase its rate of fire to make up for lost + fire effect of the rushing element.</li> +<li>In rushing causes men to spring to feet running at full speed, + all men to drop to the ground at the same time, and those who + are in rear to crawl up to the line.</li> +<li>When re-enforcing the firing line, takes over the duties of + disabled squad leaders. For this purpose his squad may drop into + line at one place and he may move to the next squad on the right + or left where there is a squad leader needed. If there are no + vacancies caused by disabled squad leaders, he drops into line + and assists the squad leaders who are there.</li> +<li>Prevents decreasing rate of fire when men are transmitting data + to arriving supports.</li> +<li>Prevents wasting of ammunition.</li> +<li><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78"></a>Prevents use of 30 rounds in right pocket section of belts + except on order of an officer.</li> +<li>Distributes ammunition of dead and wounded and ammunition + brought up from the rear.</li> +<li>Prevents decreasing the rate of fire while ammunition is being + distributed.</li> +<li>Looks to the rear only at his platoon leader's whistle + "Attention." Pays no attention to any other except suspend + firing.</li> +<li>Takes his position in rear of his squad when it is firing and + remains there, where he can control its fire, and only crawls + into line and adds his rifle when all control is lost. (Short + ranges.)</li> +<li>To control his squad he does not walk up and down behind his + squad but rolls along behind his line and keeps down.</li> +<li>Leads his squad in moving to the front or rear.</li> +<li>Must know thoroughly the drill regulation signals and have a + good practical knowledge of the theory of fire.</li> +<li>In rushing, maintains the direction of advance of his squad so + as not to blanket the fire of squads in his rear.</li> +<li>Takes advantage of every lull in the action and every favorable + opportunity to reorganize his squad and get it more under + control.</li> +<li>Checks every breach of fire discipline, abates excitement, and + prevents any man from leaving the squad to go to the rear for + any purpose whatsoever.</li> +<li>If called out of line to act as guide, notifies designated + private (103, i.d.r.) to take command of squad.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +XI. The Private.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc"> +Position</span>:</p> + +<p>Deployed in line: One man per yard (125, i.d.r.), unless a greater + extension is directed in the order for deployment. (126, + i.d.r.)</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;"><span class="sc"> +<a name="Page_79" id="Page_79"></a>Duties</span>:</p> + +<p>(6, 42, 104, 133, 134, 138, 139, 149, 152-156, 203, 209, 233, 247, + 251, 254, 255, 319, 354, 367, i.d.r., and 209, s.a.f.m.)</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">The individual soldier must be trained:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>To recognize targets from description quickly.</li> +<li>To describe and define targets.</li> +<li>To use rear sight in describing targets.</li> +<li>To use horizontal and vertical clock systems, singly or in + combination in describing target.</li> +<li>To set sights quickly and accurately as ordered.</li> +<li>To bring piece to shoulder, aim carefully and deliberately from + habit, and to reload quickly.</li> +<li>To fire at the ordered rate. (Par. 18, Standard for Field + Firing.)</li> +<li>To fire at the part of the designated objective which + corresponds to his position in the firing line.</li> +<li>To continue firing in the designated sector and not to change + therefrom unless ordered.</li> +<li>Not to slight invisible parts of the target for more visible + ones.</li> +<li>To maintain constant observation to the front.</li> +<li>To utilize folds of ground for concealment in advancing and + firing.</li> +<li>To select firing positions.</li> +<li>To understand effects of visibility and the selection of + backgrounds.</li> +<li>To fire from all positions, from behind hillocks, trees, heaps + of earth and rocks, depressions, gullies, ditches, doorways and + windows.</li> +<li>To obey promptly orders to suspend and cease firing.</li> +<li>To ignore whistle signals, except suspend firing.</li> +<li>To watch closely for the expected target after having suspended + firing.</li> +<li><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80"></a>To obey promptly all orders from his squad leader.</li> +<li>To drop into the nearest interval when reinforcing the firing + line and obey the orders of the nearest squad leader.</li> +<li>To transmit firing data to men of the supports coming into the + line rapidly and accurately, without decreasing his rate of + fire.</li> +<li>To call for range and target when reinforcing the firing line.</li> +<li>To have confidence in his own ability to hit.</li> +<li>To a system of sight setting and fixing bayonets in order that + there may be no cessation of fire in the unit during this + operation.</li> +<li>To prepare for rushes without decreasing fire of the unit + unduly.</li> +<li>To avoid unnecessary movement in preparing for rushes.</li> +<li>To spring forward at command "Rush" or "Follow Me" without + preliminary rising.</li> +<li>To avoid bunching in rushing.</li> +<li>Not to swerve to the right or left in search of cover but to + advance in a straight line, in order not to blanket the fire of + men in his rear.</li> +<li>To drop quickly at end of rush and crawl up to line if in rear + of it.</li> +<li>To remain with his own company, but if he accidentally becomes + detached from his company or squad to join the nearest one.</li> +<li>To maintain silence except when transmitting or receiving firing + data and charging.</li> +<li>To retain presence of mind.</li> +<li>To be careful not to waste ammunition.</li> +<li>To use the thirty rounds of ammunition in the right pocket + section of the belt only upon the order of an officer.</li> +<li><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81"></a>To remain with the firing line after bringing up ammunition.</li> +<li>To utilize ammunition of dead and wounded.</li> +<li>Never to attempt to care for dead or wounded during the action.</li> +<li>To have confidence in his ability to use the bayonet.</li> +<li>To a firm determination to close with the enemy.</li> +<li>To preserve the line in charging.</li> +<li>To understand that a charge should be slow and steady (the + faster men must not run away from the slower ones).</li> +<li>To form up immediately after the charge and follow the enemy + with fire, not attempting a disorganized pursuit.</li> +<li>To understand that it is suicidal to turn his back to an enemy + and that, if he cannot advance, he must intrench and hold on + until dark.</li> +<li>To count distant groups of object or beings.</li> +<li>To recognize service targets.</li> +<li><span class="sc"> + Never To Fire Until He Understands What The Target Is, At What + Part He Is To Fire, And With What Sight Setting</span>.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"><b>Packs.</b></p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<span class="sc"> +Instructions For Assembling The Infantry Equipment, Model Of 1910</span>.</p> + +<p>1. <span class="sc">The Cartridge Belt</span>.—(a) To assemble the belt.</p> + +<p>Place the adjusting strap on the ground, eyeleted edge to the front; +place the pocket sections on the ground in prolongation of the +adjusting strap, pockets down, tops of pockets to the front; insert +end of adjusting strap in outer loop of metal guide, from the upper +side, carry it under the middle bar and up through the inner loop; +engage the wire hook on the end of adjusting strap in the eyelets; +provided on the inner surface of the belt.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82"></a>(b) To adjust the belt.</p> + +<p>Adjust the belt to fit loosely about the waist—i.e., so that when +buckled it may rest well down over the hip bones on the sides of the +body and below the pit of the abdomen in front. Care should be taken +that the adjustment be made equally from both ends of the adjusting +strap, so that the center eyelet will be in the middle of the belt.</p> + +<p>(c) To fill the belt.</p> + +<p>Unsnap the flap of the pocket and the interior retaining strap; lay +the retaining strap out flat in prolongation of the pocket, insert a +clip of cartridges, points of bullets up, in front of the retaining +strap; press down until the base of the clip rests on the bottom of +the pocket; pass the retaining strap over the bullet points and fasten +it to the outside of the pocket by means of the fastener provided; +insert a second clip of cartridges, points of bullets down, in rear of +the first clip; press down until the points of the bullets rest on the +bottom of the pocket; close the flap of the pocket and fasten by means +of the fastener provided.</p> + +<p>The remaining nine pockets are filled in like manner.</p> + +<p>2. <span class="sc"> +To Attach The First-aid Pouch</span>.—Attach the pouch under the second +pocket of the right section of the belt by inserting one hook of the +double-hook attachment in the eyelet, from the inside of the belt; +pinch the base of the pocket, bringing eyelets close together, and +insert the other hook in the same manner in the adjoining eyelet.</p> + +<p>Place the first-aid packet in the pouch and secure the cover.</p> + +<p>3. <span class="sc"> +To Attach The Canteen Cover</span>.—Attach the canteen cover to the belt +under the rear pocket of the right section in the same manner as the +first-aid pouch.</p> + +<p>Place the canteen and cup (assembled) in the cover and secure the +flaps.</p> + +<p>4. <span class="sc"> +To Attach The Pack Carrier To The Haversack</span>.—Spread the haversack +on the ground, inner side <a name="Page_83" id="Page_83"></a>down, outer flap to the front (Fig. 4); +place the buttonholed edge of the pack carrier on the buttonholed edge +of the haversack, lettered side of carrier up; buttonholes of carrier +superimposed upon the corresponding ones of the haversack; lace the +carrier to the haversack by passing the ends of the coupling strap +down through the corresponding buttonholes of the carrier and +haversack nearest the center of the carrier, bringing the ends up +through the next buttonholes and continuing to the right and left, +respectively, to the sides.</p> + +<p>5. <span class="sc"> +To Attach The Cartridge Belt To The Haversack</span>.—Place the haversack +and pack carrier (assembled) on the ground, inner side down (Fig. 5); +place the cartridge belt, pockets down, tops to the front, along the +junction of the haversack and carrier; insert hook on rear of belt +suspender in the center eyelet of the adjusting strap, so that the end +of the hook will be on the outside of the belt; insert hooks on ends +of front belt suspenders in the eyelets between the second and third +pockets from the outer ends of the belt, so that the end of the hooks +will be on the outside of the belt.</p> + +<p>6. <span class="sc"> +To Attach The Bayonet Scabbard To The Haversack</span>.—Attach the +scabbard by passing its lower end through the loop provided on the +side of the haversack body, then engage the double-hook attachment in +the eyelets on the outer flap on the haversack, inserting the hooks +from the inside.</p> + +<p>Place the bayonet in the scabbard.</p> + +<p>7. <span class="sc"> +To Attach The Intrenching Tool Carrier To The Haversack</span>.—Fold the +outer flap of the haversack over so that the meat-can pouch is +uppermost; pass the intrenching tool carrier underneath the meat-can +pouch and engage the double-hook attachment in the eyelets in the flap +provided, inserting the hooks from the underside.</p> + +<p>Place the intrenching tool in the carrier and secure.</p> + +<p>Place the meat-can, knife, fork, and spoon in the meat-can pouch.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84"></a>The equipment is now assembled and is never disassembled except to +detach the pack carrier and its contents as hereinafter provided for.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +<span class="sc"> +To Assemble The Full Equipment</span>.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;">(<i>With Rations.</i>)</p> + +<p>Place the assembled equipment on the ground, suspender side of +haversack down, pockets of cartridge belt up, haversack spread out, +inside flap and pack carrier extended their full length to the rear +(Fig. 6).</p> + +<p>Place three cartons of hard bread in the center of the haversack body, +the lower one on the line of attachment of the inside flap; lay the +remaining carton of hard bread, the condiment can and the bacon can on +the top of these, the condiment can and the bacon can at the bottom, +top of the bacon can to the front; the socks and toilet articles are +rolled, towel on the outside, into a bundle of the same approximate +dimensions as a carton of hard bread, and are placed in front of the +two rows thus formed.</p> + +<p>The inside flap of the haversack is folded over these articles, the +end of the flap being turned in so that the flap, thus shortened, +extends about 2 inches beyond the top of the upper row; the sides of +the haversack are folded over the sides of the rows; the upper binding +straps are passed through the loops on the outside of the inside flap, +each strap through the loop opposite the point of its attachment to +the haversack body, and fastened by means of the buckle on the +opposite side, the strap being passed through the opening in the +buckle next to its attachment, over the center bar, and back through +the opening of the buckle away from its attachment; the strap is +pulled tight to make the fastening secure; the outer flap of the +haversack is folded over and fastened by means of the lower haversack +binding strap and the buckle on the inside of the outer flap; the +strap is pulled tight, drawing the outer flap snugly over the filled +haversack.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85"></a>The haversack is now packed and the carrier is ready for the reception +of the pack (Fig. 7).</p> + +<p>If one haversack ration and one emergency ration are carried in lieu +of two haversack rations, the haversack is packed in the manner +described above, except that two cartons of hard bread and the bacon +can form the bottom layer, the bacon can on the bottom; the condiment +can, the emergency ration, and the toilet articles form the top layer.</p> + +<p>If one emergency ration is carried in addition to the two haversack +rations, it is packed on top of the top layer.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Make The Pack</span> (Fig. 8).—Spread the shelter half on the ground and +fold in the triangular ends, forming an approximate square from the +half, the guy on the inside; fold the poncho once across its shortest +dimension, then twice across its longest dimension, and lay it in the +center of the shelter half; fold the blanket as described for the +poncho and place it on the latter; place the shelter tent pins in the +folds of the blanket, in the center and across the shortest dimension; +fold the edges of the shelter half snugly over the blanket and poncho +and, beginning on either of the short sides, roll tightly and +compactly. This forms the pack.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Assemble The Pack</span> (Fig, 9).—Place the pack in the pack carrier and +grasp the lower suspension rings, one in each hand; place the right +knee against the bottom of the roll; pull the carrier down and force +the pack up close against the bottom of the packed haversack; without +removing the knee, pass the lower carrier binding strap over the pack +and secure it by means of the opposite buckle; in a similar manner +secure the lower haversack binding strap and then the upper carrier +binding strap.</p> + +<p>Engage the snap hook on the pack suspenders in the lower suspension +rings.</p> + +<p>The equipment is now assembled and packed as prescribed for the full +equipment.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86"></a> +<span class="sc">To Assemble The Full Equipment</span>.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;">(<i>Without Rations.</i>)</p> + +<p>Place the assembled equipment on the ground as heretofore described; +fold up the inside flap of the haversack so that its end will be on a +line with the top of the haversack body; fold up the lower haversack +strap in the same manner.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Make Up The Pack</span>.—Fold the poncho, blanket and shelter half, and +make up the pack as heretofore prescribed, except that the condiment +and bacon can (the former inside the latter) and the toilet articles +and socks are rolled in the pack. In this case the pack is rolled, +beginning on either of the long sides instead of the short sides, as +heretofore described.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Assemble The Pack</span>.—Place the pack on the haversack and pack +carrier, its upper end on a line with the upper edge of the haversack +body; bind it to the haversack and carrier by means of the haversack +and pack binding straps; fold down the outer flap on the haversack and +secure it by means of the free end of the middle haversack banding +strap and the buckle provided on the underside of the flap; engage the +snap hooks of the pack suspenders in the lower suspension rings.</p> + +<p>The equipment is now packed and assembled (Fig. 10).</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Adjust The Equipment To The Soldier</span>.—Put on the equipment, +slipping the arms one at a time through the pack suspenders as through +the sleeves of a coat; by means of the adjusting buckles on the belt +suspenders, raise or lower the belt until it rests well down over the +hip bones on the sides and below the pit of the abdomen in front; +raise or lower it in rear until the adjusting strap lies smoothly +across the small of the back; by means of the adjusting buckles on the +pack suspenders, raise or lower the load on the back until the top of +the haversack is on a level with the top of the <a name="Page_87" id="Page_87"></a>shoulders, the pack +suspenders, from their point of attachment to the haversack to the +line of tangency with the shoulder, being horizontal. <i>The latter is +absolutely essential to the proper adjustment of the load</i>.</p> + +<p>The position of the belt is the same whether filled or empty.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +<span class="sc2"> +To Assemble The Full Equipment Less The Pack</span>.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;">(<i>With Rations.</i>)</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;">(Fig. 11.)</p> + +<p>Detach the carrier from, the haversack; place the rest of the +equipment on the ground as heretofore described; place the four +cartons of hard bread, the bacon can, the condiment can, and the +toilet articles in one row in the middle of the haversack body, the +toilet articles at the top, the bacon can at the bottom, top to the +front, the row extending from top to bottom of the haversack; fold the +inside flap over the row thus formed; fold the sides of the haversack +up and over; pass the three haversack binding straps through the loops +on the inside flap and secure by means of the buckles on the opposite +side of the haversack; pass the lower haversack binding strap through +the small buttonhole in the lower edge of the haversack, fold the +outer flap of the haversack over the whole and secure by means of the +buckle on its underside and the lower haversack binding strap.</p> + +<p>Pass the haversack suspension rings through the contiguous buttonholes +in the lower edge of the haversack and engage the snap hooks on the +ends of the pack suspenders.</p> + +<p>If one haversack ration and one emergency ration are carried in lieu +of two haversack rations, the haversack is packed in the manner +described above, except that one emergency ration is substituted for +two of the cartons of hard bread.</p> + +<p>If one emergency ration is carried in addition to the two haversack +rations, it is packed on top of the layer.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +<span class="sc2"> +<a name="Page_88" id="Page_88"></a>To Assemble The Full Equipment Less The Pack</span>.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;">(<i>Without Rations.</i>)</p> + +<p>Detach the carrier from the haversack; place the rest of the equipment +on the ground as heretofore described; fold up the inside flap of the +haversack until its upper end is on a line with the top of the +haversack body; fold the sides of the haversack over, pass the three +haversack binding straps through the loops on the inside flap and +secure by means of the buckles on the opposite side of the haversack; +pass the lower haversack binding strap through the small buttonhole in +the lower edge of the haversack; place the condiment and bacon can +(the former inside the latter) and the toilet articles and socks in +the bottom of the pouch thus formed; fold the outer flap of the +haversack over the whole and secure by means of the buckle on its +underside and the lower haversack binding strap.</p> + +<p>Pass the haversack suspension rings through the contiguous buttonholes +in the lower edge of the haversack and engage the snap hooks on the +ends of the pack suspenders.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +To Adjust The Equipment To The Soldier</span>.—Put on the equipment as +prescribed for the full equipment. Adjust the cartridge belt as +prescribed for the full equipment. Adjust the pack suspenders so that +the top of the haversack is on a level with the top of the shoulders.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +<span class="sc2"> +To Discard The Pack Without Removing The Equipment From The Body</span>.</p> + +<p>Unsnap the pack suspenders from the suspension rings and snap them +into the eyelets on top of the belt and in rear of the rear pockets of +the right and left pocket sections; support the bottom of the pack +with the left hand and with the right hand grasp the coupling strap at +its middle and withdraw first one end, then the other; press down +gently on the pack with both hands <a name="Page_89" id="Page_89"></a>and remove it. When the pack has +been removed, lace the coupling strap into the buttonholes along the +upper edge of the carrier. Adjust the pack suspenders.</p> + +<p>For illustration of how packs are made up and carried, see Privates' +Manual, Chapter 2.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<span class="sc2"> +Care Of Equipment</span>.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Leather</span>.—1. Keep leather clean. Use material furnished by Ordnance +Department, or castile soap and water.</p> + +<p>2. Oil leather frequently to keep it pliable. Use Neatsfoot oil, +Viscol or Harness soap.</p> + +<p>3. Dry in the shade; never in the sun or in artificial heat. Always +store in a cool, dry place without artificial heat. Shoe polishes are +almost always injurious.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Woolen Clothes</span>.—Wash in tepid or cold water with a non-alkaline soap; +do not wring it out; dry in the shade.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Mending</span>.—Always keep equipment ready for use.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Cloth Equipment.—Dry Cleaning</span>.—Scrub with a stiff brush frequently.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Washing</span>.—Only under the direction of an officer.</p> + +<p>Dissolve 1 piece of Q.M. soap (not yellow), in 9 cups of water. One +cup will clean the equipment of one man. Apply with a brush and lather +well. Rub soap directly on persistent spots. Wash off in cold water +and dry in the shade.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<span class="sc2"> +Instructions On Making Packs</span>.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Four Methods</span>:</p> + +<p style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Full equipment with rations.</p> +<p style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Full equipment without rations.</p> +<p style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Full equipment less pack, with rations.</p> +<p style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Full equipment less pack, without rations.</p> + +<div class="tble3"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="50%" summary="weights"> + <tr> + <td width="25%" class="tdleft">Haversack,</td> + <td width="40%" class="tdleft"> </td> + <td width="9%" class="tdleft">Weight</td> + <td width="7%" style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: left;"> 9-¼ <a name="Page_90" id="Page_90"></a></td> + <td width="19" class="tdleft"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Carrier</td> + <td class="tdleft">Cartridge belt, canteen,</td> + <td class="tdleft">Weight</td> + <td style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: left;">11-½</td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Suspenders</td> + <td class="tdleft">Mess Rations</td> + <td class="tdleft">Weight</td> + <td style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: left;">10-½</td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Mess pouch</td> + <td class="tdleft">Gun</td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: left;"> 9</td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td class="tdleft" valign="top">Clothing</td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: left; text-decoration: underline;"> 7 </td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: left;">40</td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Adjusting Cartridge Belt</span>.—1. Fits loosely around waist. 2. Resting on +hips. 3. Hole between buckles. Insert ammunition: First, clip in +front, points up, fastened with retaining strap, Second clip points +down. First aid pouch under 4th pocket, left. Canteen under rear +pocket, right. Bayonet between 3rd and 4th pocket, left. (New bayonet +scabbard fastens on haversack.)</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Distribution Of Intrenching Tools In The Squads.</p> + +<div class="tble3"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="70%" summary="Distribution of Intrenching Tools"> + <tr> + <td width="45%" class="tdleft"> + No. 3 rear of each odd-numbered squad</td> + <td width="10%" style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: center;">...</td> + <td width="45%" class="tdleft"> + Bolo</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">No. 3 rear of each even-numbered squad</td> + <td width="10%" style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: center;">...</td> + <td class="tdleft">Hand Axe.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">No. 1 rear of each squad</td> + <td width="10%" style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: center;">...</td> + <td class="tdleft">Pick Mattock.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Nos. 1, 2 and 3 front of each squad</td> + <td width="10%" style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: center;">...</td> + <td class="tdleft">Shovels</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">No. 2 rear of each squad</td> + <td width="10%" style="white-space: nowrap; text-align: center;">...</td> + <td class="tdleft">Wire Cutter.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<a name="CHAPTER_3" id="CHAPTER_3"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91"></a>CHAPTER 3.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Physical Training.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Only the carefully trained and conditioned man can make victory +possible. For this reason the first and most important concern of a +nation at war is the physical training of its soldiers.</p> + +<p>The setting-up exercises are the basis for all other activities and +their disciplinary value is almost as great as their physical value.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Physical Training</span>.—Each period should include exercises for all parts +of the body. Following the setting-up exercises the following should +be given in the order named: marching, jumping, double timing, +gymnastic contests, and concluding or restorative exercises.</p> + +<p>Rifle exercises have for their purpose the development of "handiness" +with the piece. They should be used moderately and with frequent +rests, for they develop big muscles at the expense of agility—a +muscle bound man cannot use his strength.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Bayonet Training</span> in addition to its military value calls into play +every muscle of the body and makes for alertness, agility, quick +perception, decision, aggressiveness and confidence.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Time Schedule.</b></p> + +<div style="margin-left: 10%;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="90%" summary="Time Schedule"> + <tr> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="40%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap; font-size: 102%;"> + A.M. (Begins ½ hour after breakfast):</td> + <td width="10%"> </td> + <td width="40%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap; font-size: 102%;"> + P.M. (End ½ hour before retreat):</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 1. Disciplinary exercises, 2 minutes.</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 1. Bayonet training, 30 minutes.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 2. Starting positions, 1 minute.</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 2. Games and contests, 30 minutes.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 3. Setting up exercises, 20 minutes.</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + Alternating daily with:</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 4. Marching and marching exercises, 5 to 8 minutes.</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 1. Bombing practice, 20 minutes.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 5. Jumping, 5 to 8 minutes.</td> + <td> </td> + <td rowspan="3" class="tdleft"> + 2. Conditioning exercises, 15 minutes.<br /> + Double timing.<a name="Page_92" id="Page_92"></a><br /> + Vaulting and overcoming obstacles.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 6. Double timing, 5 minutes</td> + <td> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td> </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> </td> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> + 3. Rifle practice, 10 minutes.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> +<br /> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Instructions must be:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>An inspiration to the men.</li> +<li>Well prepared themselves.</li> +<li>Stripped for action.</li> +<li>An example to the men.</li> +<li>Must make drill attractive.</li> +<li>Never have men overdo. Temper the exercises to the endurance of + the weakest man.</li> +<li>Accompany every exercise with the proper breathing.</li> +<li>See that the men are clothed according to the season.</li> +<li>Have the drills short and snappy.</li> +<li>Have frequent rests at the beginning—less frequent as work + progresses.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p>The platoon is the best unit for physical drills.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Formations</span>.—When exercising in small squads, the men "fall in" in a +single rank and, after having "counted off" by fours, threes or twos, +as the instructor may direct, distance is taken at the command: Take +distance, March, Squad Halt. At "March" No. 1 moves forward, being +followed by the other numbers at intervals of four paces. Halt is +commanded when all have taken their distances.</p> + +<p>At the discretion of the instructor the distance may be any number of +paces, the men being first cautioned to that effect.</p> + +<p>When distance is taken from the double rank, No. 1 of the rear rank +follows No. 4 of the front rank, and he is in turn followed by the +other numbers of the rear rank.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93"></a>If the instructor desires the files to cover, he commands: In file +<i>Cover</i>. Nos. 1 stand fast, the others moving to the right with the +side step, until the Nos. 1 are covered.</p> + +<p>To return to the original formation, the instructor commands: Assemble +March. No. 1 of the front rank stands fast and the other members move +forward to their original places.</p> + +<p><i>Second Formation.</i> To the right and left. Take interval, March.</p> + +<div class="tble3"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="50%" summary="Rank Movements"> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft"> <i>Front Rank:</i></td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft"> <i>Rear Rank:</i></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 1, 6 steps right step.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 1, 3 steps right step.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 2, 3 steps right step.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 2, Stands fast.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 3, Stands fast.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 3, 3 steps left step.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 4, 3 steps left step.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft">No. 4, 6 steps left step.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%; margin-bottom: 1em"><b>Commands.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Kinds Of Commands, And How Given</span>.—There are two kinds, <i>preparatory</i> +and <i>executive</i>.</p> + +<p>The <i>preparatory command</i> describes and specifies what is desired and +the <i>executive command</i> calls what has been described into action.</p> + +<p>The tone of the command should always be animated, distinct, and of a +loudness proportioned to the number of men for whom it is intended.</p> + +<p>Instructors should cultivate a proper command, as its value as a +tributary to the success of any military drill cannot be +overestimated.</p> + +<p>After an exercise has been described, its various movements or parts +should be performed at <i>executive words</i>, which indicate not only the +movement that is desired but the manner of the execution. Thus: 1. +Trunk forward, 2. Bend, 3. Recover (or Raise), here the word <i>bend</i> is +drawn to indicate moderately slow execution; the recovery being a +little faster, the word <i>recover</i> should be spoken to indicate it.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94"></a>The word Recover should always be used to bring the men back to the +original position.</p> + +<p>If it is desired to continue an exercise, the command Exercise should +be used and the cadence or rhythm should be indicated by words or +numerals. If numerals are used, they should equal the number of +movements composing the exercise. Thus an exercise of two movements +will be repeated at <i>one, two</i>; one of four movements will require +four counts, etc.</p> + +<p>The numeral or word preceding the command Halt should always be given +with a rising inflection in order to prepare the men for the command +Halt.</p> + +<p>Thus: 1. Thrust arms forward, 2. Exercise one, two, one, two, one, +Halt.</p> + +<p>If any movement of any exercise is to be performed with more energy +than the others, the word or numeral corresponding to that movement +should be emphasized.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +First Lesson</span>.—A. Disciplinary Exercises. 1. Attention; 2. At Ease; 3. +Rest; 4. Facings.</p> + +<p>B. Starting Positions. (m.p.t., pp. 25 to 29.)</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">C. Setting-up Exercises (every exercise has two motions): +<a name="FNanchor_P_16" id="FNanchor_P_16"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_P_16"><sup>[P]</sup></a></p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Arms forward, 2. Raise. Swing arms downward and forward.</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Rise on toes. (33.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Bend head backward; same, forward. + (38.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Turn trunk right; same, left. (40.)</li> +<li>Arms to thrust, 2. Raise. Half bend knees slowly. (35.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Bend trunk forward. (36.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95"></a>Arms to thrust, 2. Raise. Raise and lower shoulders. (32.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Bend trunk sideward, right; same, + left. (37.)</li> +<li>Arms forward, 2. Raise. Stretch arms sideward. (43.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Bend trunk backward. (34.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Raise knees forward alternatingly. + (41.)</li> +<li>Breathing Exercise: Inhale, raising arms sideward; exhale, + lowering arms.</li> +</ol> + +<a name="Footnote_P_16" id="Footnote_P_16"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_P_16">[P]</a> +Note.—Jumping and double-timing exercises and contests +should not be included in the first week's work.</p> +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-top: .2em">Bracketed numbers refer to pages in "Manual of Physical Training," +where similar exercises are illustrated and described.</p></div> + + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">D. Marching Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Marching in column in quick time and halting.</li> +<li>Same, marking time, marching forward and halting.</li> +<li>Same, marching on toes.</li> +</ol> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Second Lesson</span>.—A. Disciplinary Exercises. Same as in first lesson.</p> + +<p>B. Starting positions.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">C. Setting-up Exercises (every exercise has two motions):</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Arms forward, 2. Raise. Swing arms sideward.</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Rise on toes. (33.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Turn head right; same, left. (41.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders, 2. Place. Turn trunk sideward, right; + same, left. (40.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Full bend knees, slowly. (39.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Bend trunk forward. (36.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96"></a>Arms to thrust, 2. Raise. Move shoulders forward and + backward. (35.)</li> +<li>Arms sideward, 2. Raise. Bend trunk sideward, right; same, + left. (31.)</li> +<li>From Attention. Stretch arms forward and sideward.</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Bend trunk backward. (34.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Extend right and left leg forward. + (44.)</li> +<li>Breathing Exercise: Inhale, raising arms sideward and upward; + exhale, lowering arms sideward.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">D. Marching Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Marching in column in quick time, mark time, marching in + quick time and halting. (88.)</li> +<li>Marching on toes. (89.)</li> +<li>Marching on toes and rocking.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">E. Jumping Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Rise on toes and arms forward, 2 Raise. Swing arms downward + and bend knees; swing arms forward and extend knees, and + recover Attention.</li> +<li>Jumping in place. (193.)</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">F. Double Timing:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Double timing, change to quick time and halting. (92.)</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">G. Concluding Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Breathing exercise, raising and lowering arms sideward.</li> +</ol> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Third Lesson</span>.—A disciplinary Exercises, as in first lesson.</p> + +<p>B. Starting Positions.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97"></a>C. Setting-up Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Arms forward, 2. Raise. Swing arms downward and sideward. (4 + motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Rise on right and left toes, + alternatingly. (4 motions.) (46.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Bend head forward and backward. (4 + motions.) (38.)</li> +<li>Arms sideward, 2. Raise. Turn trunk right and left. (4 + motions.) (53.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Rise on toes and full bend knees + slowly. (4 motions.) (39.)</li> +<li>Fingers in rear of head, 2. Place. Bend trunk forward. (2 + motions.) (42.)</li> +<li>Arms to thrust, 2. Raise. Move shoulders forward, upward, + backward, and recover. (4 motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders, 2. Place. Bend trunk sideward, right, and + left. (4 motions.) (37.)</li> +<li>From Attention. Stretch arms sideward, upward, sideward, and + recover. (4 motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders, 2. Place. Bend trunk backward. (2 + motions.) (34.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2 Place. Extend right and left leg backward. + (2 motions.)</li> +<li>Breathing Exercise: Inhale, raising arms forward, upward; and + exhale, lowering arms sideward, down.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">D. Marching Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Marching in quick time, raising knees. (89.)</li> +<li>Thrusting arms sideward.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">E. Jumping Exercises:</p><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98"></a> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Standing broad jump.</li> +<li>Three successive broad jumps.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">F. Double Timing:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Double timing. (92.)</li> +<li>Double timing, marking time in the double and forward.</li> +<li>Double timing and halting from the double.</li> +</ol> + +<p>G. Gymnastic Contests. Two of these games should be included in + each lesson. See pp. 39-40.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">H. Concluding Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Breathing exercise, as in 12.</li> +</ol> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Fourth Lesson</span>.—A. Disciplinary Exercises, as in first lesson.</p> + +<p>B. Starting Positions.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">C. Setting-up Exercises: </p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Hands on shoulders, 2. Place. Extend arms forward; swing + sideward, forward, and recover. (4 motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Rise on toes quickly. (2 motions.) + (33.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Turn head right and left. (4 + motions.) (41.)</li> +<li>Arms upward, 2. Raise. Turn trunk right and left. (4 + motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Half bend knees, quickly. (2 + motions.) (35.)</li> +<li>Arms sideward, 2. Raise. Bend trunk forward. (2 motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders, 2. Place. Move elbows forward, and + stretch backward. (2 motions.) (45.)</li> +<li>Arms upward, 2. Raise. Bend trunk sideward, right and left. + (4 motions.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99"></a>From Attention. Stretch, arms forward, sideward, upward, + sideward, forward, and recover. (6 motions.)</li> +<li>Arms sideward, 2. Raise. Bend trunk backward. (2 motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on hips, 2. Place. Extend legs sideward. (2 motions.)</li> +<li>Breathing Exercise: 1. Inhale, raising arms forward, upward; + exhale, lowering arms sideward.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">D. Marching Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Marching in quick time, raising knees, and rising on toes of + other foot.</li> +<li>Raising heels.</li> +<li>Thrusting arms sideward.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">E. Jumping Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Three successive standing broad jumps.</li> +<li>Jumping in place, raising knees.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">F. Double Timing:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Double timing.</li> +<li>Raising heels.</li> +<li>Double timing, sideward, crossing legs.</li> +</ol> + +<p>G. Gymnastic Contests.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">H. Concluding Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Swing arms forward, upward, relaxed.</li> +<li>Breathing exercise, as in 12.</li> +</ol> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Fifth Lesson</span>.—A. Disciplinary Exercises.</p> + +<p>B. Starting Positions.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">C. Setting-up Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Arms to thrust. Thrust arms upward; swing downward; forward; + upward, and recover. (4 motions.) (55.)</li> +<li>Hands in rear of head. Rise on toes and rock. (2 motions.) + (39.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100"></a>Hands on hips. Bend head forward and backward. (4 motions.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders. Turn trunk right and left, stretching + arms sideward. (4 motions.) (52.)</li> +<li>Full bend knees. Hands on ground between knees, squatting + position, extend right and left leg backward, alternatingly. + (4 motions.) (65.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders. Bend trunk forward and stretch arms + sideward. (2 motions.) (51.)</li> +<li>From Attention. Curl shoulders forward and stretch backward. + (2 motions.) (38.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders. Bend trunk sideward, right and left, + extending arms sideward. (4 motions.) (65.)</li> +<li>From Attention. Flex forearms vertically; extend upward; flex + and recover. (4 motions.) (54.)</li> +<li>Hands on shoulders. Bend trunk backward, stretching arms + sideward. (2 motions.) (56.)</li> +<li>From Attention. Raise arms forward and extend leg forward; + stretch arms sideward, extending leg backward; move arms and + leg to first position and recover Attention. (4 motions.) + (53.)</li> +<li>Breathing Exercise: Raise arms sideward; upward; and lower + laterally quickly. (4 motions.)</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">D. Marching Exercises: </p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>March in quick time and swing extended leg forward, ankle + high.</li> +<li><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101"></a>Raising knee and hopping on other foot.</li> +<li>From arms forward. Swing arms upward.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">E. Jumping Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Standing hop, step and jump.</li> +<li>Preliminary running broad jumps.</li> +<li>Broad jump from a walking start of four paces. (197.)</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">F. Double timing.</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Double timing.</li> +<li>Double timing sideward, crossing leg in front.</li> +<li>Double timing, raising knees.</li> +</ol> + +<p>G. Gymnastic Contests.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">H. Concluding Exercises:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Bend trunk forward and backward, relaxed.</li> +<li>Breathing exercise, as in 12.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For further work for recruits and work to be given trained soldiers, +see Special Regulation No. 23, "Field Physical Training of the +Soldier."</p> + +<p>To prevent grumbling, keep men at work. Idle men are the ones who +growl. The French consider periods spent in the trenches as periods of +rest; instead of letting the men go on pass when relieved, they +restore discipline by close order drill.</p> + +<p>The physical benefit is less than half of physical exercises. There +should be mental exertion in every exercise. But the most important +part is the disciplinary benefit. The exercises must teach men to jump +at commands, and by this means must make the organization a +homogeneous mass.</p> + +<p>The principal thing in the position of attention is "chest lifted; and +arched." There should be a stretch upward at the waist. The position +should give the impression of a man as proud of himself as he can be. +This is a bluff which works, not only by making a good <a name="Page_102" id="Page_102"></a>first +impression on others, but by causing the man himself to live up to it.</p> + +<p>Insist on precision. Especially when men are losing interest, don't +let the work sag, but make it interesting by requiring concentration. +At the beginning of each exercise, wake the men up by calling them to +attention until they do it well, giving the facings, etc.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Commands</span>.—There is a tone at which each voice carries best. Each man +must find it for himself. To make commands understood, enunciate +carefully with lips and teeth. Sound especially first and last letters +of words. Officer's posture adds to effect of command. His personality +is impressed on his men largely by his voice. Preparatory command +should be vibrant and cheerful—not a harsh tone that grates on the +men and antagonizes them. The command of execution must be short and +sharp; drill can be made or marred by it.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Marching</span>.—A cadence faster than 120 a minute adds snap to marching, +but snap can not be gained in proportion as the cadence is run up. +Snap is attained chiefly by the proper gait. Soldiers should march, +not with knees always slightly bent, but should straighten them +smartly at the end of each step. This adds drive to the step, and +gives the men confidence and a mob spirit of courage. After long drill +at attention, this spirit can be carried into extended order work.</p> + +<p>Marching exercises are useful and can be greatly varied. The command +"Exercise" should always be given as the left foot strikes the ground. +"Exercise" is a command of execution, and the first movement should be +executed at once when it is given. The count "One" is given when this +first position is reached. The command to stop all marching exercises +is "Quick time—March."</p> + +<p>In all exercises the instructor should cultivate the ability to pick +mistakes. He can develop this until he can watch much larger groups +than at first.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<a name="Page_103" id="Page_103"></a><b>Voice Culture.</b></p> + +<p>Mastery of the voice is a necessity for every officer; for without it +the giving of commands will soon make his throat look and feel like a +piece of raw Hamburg steak. Quality of voice is more effective than +quantity. Brute force may produce a roar that has tremendous volume at +a short distance; but the sound will not carry unless it is so placed +that it gets the benefit of the resonance spaces in the head. If the +tone is produced properly, so that it has the singing quality +necessary in all right commands, quantity of tone will come of itself.</p> + +<p>This singing quality has nothing to do with music; it may be attained +by a man who can hardly distinguish a bar of music from a bar of soap. +It depends upon three principles, which are very simple in themselves +but can not be applied without careful practise. The first covers +proper use of the breath. Air must be drawn into the lungs by +expanding the diaphragm and abdomen, a process best seen in the +natural breathing of a man who is lying on his back with all muscles +relaxed. Filling the upper part of the lungs by raising the chest puts +the work on the comparatively small muscles between the ribs; but +filling the base of the lungs by pulling downward brings into play the +diaphragm, the largest muscle in the body. The sensation which +accompanies proper deep control of the breath is as if the tone were +not pushed out of the mouth, but drawn in and upwards. It is partly +described by the phrases of singing teachers, "drawn tone" and +"singing on the breath."</p> + +<p>The diaphragm must not only relieve the muscles between the ribs, but, +still more important, the small muscles of the throat. The second +great principle of voice production is that the throat must be +perfectly relaxed. Any tension there interferes with the free +vibration which is essential for strong and resonant tone. This +relaxation is <a name="Page_104" id="Page_104"></a>most easily gained by drawing the chin in slightly, +loosening the muscles under it. The base of the tongue can be relaxed +by rolling the letter "R," even to the extent of making two syllables +of such words as "gr-rand." Talking with the teeth closed loosely will +also help to ease incorrect, tension about the throat. If the throat +is properly relaxed, there will be no sensation in it during the +production of the voice. Any sensation between the diaphragm and the +resonance chambers of the head is a sign of wrong and harmful tension.</p> + +<p>The use of these resonance chambers is required by the third +principle—that the tone must be reinforced by resonance in all the +hollow spaces of the head. These are found in the nose, above the +palate and even above the eyes. They have the same effect as the +sounding board of a musical instrument, in giving quality to the tone. +The best way to put this principle into practice is to learn the +sensation of the clear and ringing tone which is produced by proper +placing of the voice. Exercises containing the letters "M" and "N" +will give this effect. This does not mean that the sound should be +nasal; it should be made in the nose, but not through it. Another way +to increase resonance is to think of crying the words rather than +talking them. A slightly whining intonation or a sound like that of a +laugh has more ring to it than an ordinary flat talking tone.</p> + +<p>These principles should not be neglected because they are simple. They +can not be mastered without work, and unless they are mastered the +voice will not be heard at a distance and will not last under the work +of giving commands. Further suggestions on the manner of giving +commands will be found under Physical Training.</p> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_4" id="CHAPTER_4"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105"></a>CHAPTER 4.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Use of Modern Arms.</h3> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 85%;"> +<a href="images/plate3.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate3.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 3: U.S. Magazine Rifle Model 1903" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<a name="Page_106" id="Page_106"></a><b>Small Arms Firing.</b></p> + +<p>Under this heading we have many phases of the training and exercises +given to our armed forces. It has been found best to use simple every +day methods to get the best results.</p> + +<p>There are two principal factors—the rifle and the pistol. The former +only will be taken up now. The scheme is to make the soldier a good +shot singly and collectively, in time of peace and in time of war.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">The course of instruction at this camp was arranged as follows:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Nomenclature and care of the rifle.</li> +<li>Sighting drills.</li> +<li>Position and aiming drills.</li> +<li>Deflection and aiming drills.</li> +<li>Range practice.</li> +<li>Estimating distance drill.</li> +<li>Combat firing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>(a) Every man should be taught the names of the principal parts (see +cut) of the rifle and how to clean and keep it clean.</p> + +<p>(b) If time permits, the sighting bar described on page 26, s.a.f.m. +should be used. To illustrate the normal and peep sight make a drawing +on a blackboard of page 30, s.a.f.m.</p> + +<p>Using a sand bag or some convenient rest for the rifle. The instructor +sights it on some object showing the normal and peep sight. Using the +above rests have a marker hold a disk against a large piece of paper +towards which the rifle is pointed. There is a pin hole in the center +of the bull's eye on the disk. The range should be about 50 feet, and +the bull's eye about 1 inch in diameter. The marker moves it about +until the man sighting tells him to "hold," at which time he marks the +center with the point of a pencil. This is done three times, the three +points are then connected. The triangle thus formed is then used by +the <a name="Page_107" id="Page_107"></a>instructor to show the man whether he took too much or too little +front sight or whether he leaned to one side or the other while +aiming.</p> + +<p>Use for this exercise both the normal and peep sight.</p> + +<p>To show the effect of canting the piece use a sight setting of 1,000 +yards, take out the bolt, aim the rifle while lying on a sand bag at a +1-inch bull's eye 50 feet away. Then look through the bore of the +rifle and have the place where the target would be approximately hit +by a bullet marked. Cant the piece to the right and aim at the same +bull's eye. Then look through the bore of the rifle and mark the place +where the bullet would approximately strike the target. The last mark +would be lower and to the right of the first mark. It should be +readily seen that in canting the piece to the right your sight is to +the right of its original position—that is right windage. Also by +canting it to the right your elevation is lowered, that is, lessened. +Canting the piece to the left would make the bullet strike low and to +the left.</p> + +<p>(c) Preliminary command "Position and aiming drill," command of +execution "Squad (platoon, or company) Ready." At the command "Ready" +each man faces half right and carries the right foot about 1 foot to +the right, in such a position that will insure the greatest firmness +and steadiness, raises the piece and drops it into the left hand at +the balance, left thumb along the stock, muzzle at the height of the +breast. If kneeling or sitting the position of the piece is +similar—if kneeling the left forearm rests on the left thigh—if +sitting the elbows are supported by the knees. If lying down the left +hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance, the toe of the +butt resting on the ground, the muzzle off the ground. From the +position of ready the four exercises—position, aiming, trigger +squeeze, and rapid fire—are given. These exercises given on pages +38-42, s.a.f.m. should be carefully <a name="Page_108" id="Page_108"></a>studied. Do not leave it to the +sergeant, etc., to do—give your company your own instruction when +practicable, and in time of battle they will know you and you will +know them, and there will grow up between you that mutual +understanding which is necessary for the real success of any +undertaking. Do not forget to give these exercises in all positions of +firing, namely, standing, sitting, kneeling, and prone.</p> + +<p>(d) A change of one point of windage at the 100 yard range will change +the point struck by the bullet of the next shot 4 inches. If right +windage is taken the bullet will strike to the right, if left windage +is taken it will strike to the left:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 27.5%;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="45%" summary="Windage"> + <tr> + <td width="25%" class="tdleft">Range.</td> + <td width="25%" class="tdleft">windage.</td> + <td width="25%" class="tdleft">direction.</td> + <td width="25%" class="tdcenter">number of inches<br /> change.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft"> 100</td> + <td class="tdleft">1 point</td> + <td class="tdleft">right or left</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 4</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft"> 200</td> + <td class="tdleft">1 point</td> + <td class="tdleft">right or left</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 8</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft"> 300</td> + <td class="tdleft">1 point</td> + <td class="tdleft">right or left</td> + <td class="tdcenter">12</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft"> 500</td> + <td class="tdleft">1 point</td> + <td class="tdleft">right or left</td> + <td class="tdcenter">20</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft"> 600</td> + <td class="tdleft">1 point</td> + <td class="tdleft">right or left</td> + <td class="tdcenter">24</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>Remember to take windage in the direction you want the bullet to +strike.</p> + +<p>A change of 25 yards in your sight setting raises or lowers the point +struck by the bullet of the next shot at the 100 yards range 1 inch:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 27.5%;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="45%" summary="Platoon Movements"> + <tr> + <td width="33%" class="tdcenter">Range.</td> + <td width="33%" class="tdcenter">Change in sight.</td> + <td width="34%" class="tdcenter">Number inches <br /> change on target.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">100</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 25 yards</td> + <td class="tdcenter">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">200</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 25 yards</td> + <td class="tdcenter">2</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">300</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 25 yards</td> + <td class="tdcenter">3</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">500</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 25 yards</td> + <td class="tdcenter">5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">600</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 25 yards</td> + <td class="tdcenter">6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">300</td> + <td class="tdcenter"> 75 yards</td> + <td class="tdcenter">9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">500</td> + <td class="tdcenter">150 yards</td> + <td class="tdcenter">30</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<p>(e) Range practice.</p> + +<p>Target details must be thoroughly familiar with paragraphs 106-110, +s.a.f.m. Scorers must be familiar <a name="Page_109" id="Page_109"></a>with the method of recording +scores. The following schedule is the one that was followed at this +camp:</p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Slow Fire.</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 10em; white-space: nowrap;"> + <table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="70%" summary="Platoon Movements"> + <tr> + <td width="12%" class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">Range</td> + <td width="14%" class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">Time</td> + <td width="10%" class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">Shots</td> + <td width="10%" class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">Target</td> + <td width="14%" class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">Position</td> + <td width="22%" class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">Sights</td> + <td width="18%" class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">Ammunition</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">100</td> + <td class="tdcenter">No limit</td> + <td class="tdcenter">15</td> + <td class="tdcenter">A</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Guard</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">100</td> + <td class="tdcenter">No limit</td> + <td class="tdcenter">15</td> + <td class="tdcenter">A</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Kneeling</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Guard</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">100</td> + <td class="tdcenter">No limit</td> + <td class="tdcenter">15</td> + <td class="tdcenter">A</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Standing</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Guard</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">200</td> + <td class="tdcenter">No limit</td> + <td class="tdcenter">15</td> + <td class="tdcenter">A</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10 leaf, 5 battles</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">200</td> + <td class="tdcenter">No limit</td> + <td class="tdcenter">15</td> + <td class="tdcenter">A</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Kneeling</td> + <td class="tdcenter" style="white-space: nowrap;">10 leaf, 5 battles</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">300</td> + <td class="tdcenter">No limit</td> + <td class="tdcenter">15</td> + <td class="tdcenter">A</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10 leaf, 5 battles</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">300</td> + <td class="tdcenter">No limit</td> + <td class="tdcenter">15</td> + <td class="tdcenter">A</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Sitting</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10 leaf, 5 battles</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Rapid Fire.</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 10em; white-space: nowrap;"> + <table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="70%" summary="Platoon Movements"> + <tr> + <td width="12%" class="tdcenter">Range</td> + <td width="12%" class="tdcenter">Time</td> + <td width="10%" class="tdcenter">Shots</td> + <td width="10%" class="tdcenter">Target</td> + <td width="26%" class="tdcenter">Position</td> + <td width="13%" class="tdcenter">Sights</td> + <td width="17%" class="tdcenter">Ammunition</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">100</td> + <td class="tdcenter">1 min.</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10</td> + <td class="tdcenter">D</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">100</td> + <td class="tdcenter">1 min.</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10</td> + <td class="tdcenter">H</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">200</td> + <td class="tdcenter">1 min.</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10</td> + <td class="tdcenter">D</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Kneeling from standing</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">200</td> + <td class="tdcenter">1 min.</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10</td> + <td class="tdcenter">H</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone from standing</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">300</td> + <td class="tdcenter">1'-10"</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10</td> + <td class="tdcenter">D</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone from standing</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdcenter">300</td> + <td class="tdcenter">1'-10"</td> + <td class="tdcenter">10</td> + <td class="tdcenter">H</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Prone from standing</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Leaf</td> + <td class="tdcenter">Service</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> + +<p>At each range with the rapid fire 5 additional shots should be fired +with the battle sight and with half the allotted time.</p> + +<p>(f) A course should be laid off in an open field. The base should be +marked. At least 5 natural objects whose distances are to be estimated +should be placed so that they are clearly visible from the base. The +objects should be men standing, kneeling or prone, and should be +placed from 550 to 1,200 yards from the base. Each company should be +conducted to the base and extended along it, backs towards the +objects, in single rank. Each man should have a pencil and paper. The +objects whose distances are to be estimated are pointed out by the +company commander and the men told to estimate and record their +estimates. At the conclusion of the exercise, the company commander +<a name="Page_110" id="Page_110"></a>should read off the correct distances, and have each man figure his +per cent of error. It is important that the men know the correct +distances while the objects are still in view.</p> + +<p>For record, paragraph 85, s.a.f.m. should be followed.</p> + +<p>Remember that there are four principal ways to estimate distances by: +1, it cannot be more than a certain distance, and it cannot be less +than a certain distance—take the mean; 2, divide the distance into a +certain number of familiar lengths; select a halfway point, estimate +this and multiply by 2; 3, estimate the distance along a parallel +line, as a road having well defined objects; 4, take the mean of +several estimates.</p> + +<p>(g) In combat the platoon is the fire unit. The fire of the company, +battalion or regiment is nothing more than the combined fire of all +the fire units. The enemy can be imaginary, outlined or represented. +The exercise must be conducted under an assumed tactical situation. +The commander must lead his men according to the assumptions made by +the umpire. Signals are used to indicate the enemy's actions, +strength, etc. The situation should be simple, and after the exercise +a critique should be held on the ground. Combat practice with ball +ammunition against disappearing targets, and at estimated ranges, gets +excellent results. The officer conducting the exercise will prohibit +the advance if it would be impossible were the enemy real.</p> + +<p>Have every man play the game.</p> + +<p>A point to be remembered is that for battle sight the sight slide must +be as far to the rear as it will go. If it is part way up the leaf, +the drift correction cut in the slot upon which it moves will throw it +to the left, and left windage will be taken.</p> + +<p>Point blank range is 530 yards. Battle sight is set for this distance +because this is the extreme range at which a bullet would strike a man +kneeling between the rifle and the target.</p> + +<br /> + +<a name="Page_111" id="Page_111"></a> +<div class="img" style="width: 85%;"> +<a href="images/plate4.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate4.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 4: Small Arms" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<a name="Page_112" id="Page_112"></a><b>Pistol</b>.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Nomenclature And Care</span>.—The soldier is first taught the nomenclature +of the parts of the pistol. Ordinance Pamphlet No. 1866 gives this +information, (See cut of pistol.)</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Manual For The Pistol.</p> + +<p>1. The pistol being in the holster: 1. Raise, 2. Pistol.</p> + +<p>At the command Raise, unbutton the flap of the holster with the right +hand and grasp the stock, back of hand outward.</p> + +<p>At the command Pistol, draw the pistol from the holster, reverse it, +muzzle up, the hand holding the stock with the thumb and last three +fingers; forefinger outside of the guard; barrel to the rear, and +inclined to the front at an angle of about thirty degrees; hand as +high as the neck and six inches in front of the point of the right +shoulder. This is the position of Raise Pistol, and it may be +similarly taken from any position.</p> + +<p>2. To withdraw magazine, pistol in any position: 1. Withdraw. 2. +Magazine.</p> + +<p>At the command Magazine, place pistol, barrel down, in left hand and +clasp barrel in full grip of left hand, thumb clasped over barrel in +front of trigger guard, butt of pistol up, barrel pointing to the left +front and slightly downward. With tip of right forefinger press stud +releasing magazine and then place tip of same finger under projection +at front of magazine base. Raise magazine about an inch then close +thumb and second finger on sides of magazine, giving a secure grasp +with which it can be withdrawn from socket, placed inside belt (in +pocket of shirt or otherwise disposed of without throwing it away). +Right hand then grasps stock, back of hand to the left.</p> + +<p>3. To open chamber, the pistol in any position: 1. Open. 2. Chamber.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113"></a>Carry the pistol to the left hand (if not already there) barrel to the +left, front end of slide grasped between the thumb and forefinger of +left hand; right hand grasping stock, back of hand up; right thumb +under slide stop. Hold left hand steady and push forward with right +hand till slide reaches end of stroke; engage slide stop, and come to +Raise Pistol. Should the pistol be cocked and locked, it will be +unlocked so that the slide can move.</p> + +<p>4. To close chamber, being at Raise Pistol, chamber open: 1. Close. 2. +Chamber.</p> + +<p>At the command Chamber, release slide top with right thumb and let +hammer down gently. To let hammer down, pull downward with point of +right thumb till hammer presses against grip safety and forces it +home; then while continuing this pressure on hammer, pull trigger; and +while continuing pull on trigger, let the hammer down. While letting +hammer down, grasp stock firmly between the palm and last three +fingers to prevent pistol rotating in hand.</p> + +<p>5. To insert magazine, pistol being in any position, no magazine in +socket: 1. Insert. 2. Magazine.</p> + +<p>Lower pistol into left hand as in Withdrawn Magazine, grasp magazine +with tip of right forefinger on projection at base of magazine, +withdraw from pocket and insert in pistol. To make sure that magazine +is home, strike base of magazine with palm of right hand. Bring the +pistol to the position of Raise Pistol.</p> + +<p>6. To return pistol, being at Raise Pistol: 1. Return. 2. Pistol.</p> + +<p>Lower the pistol and raise the flap of the holster with the right +thumb; insert the pistol in the holster and push it down; button the +flap with the right hand. If the pistol be loaded and cocked the +command. 1. Lock, 2. Pistol must precede the command "Return."</p> + +<p><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114"></a>7. To load, having loaded magazine in pistol, pistol in any position, +chamber empty: 1. Load. 2. Pistol.</p> + +<p>Place pistol in left hand, barrel down, butt of pistol up, barrel +pointing to left front and downward, slide grasped between thumb and +forefinger. Push forward with right hand until the slide is fully +open, then release slide allowing it to move forward and load +cartridge into chamber. Come to Raise Pistol. If the last shot in the +magazine has been fired, to reload; same command, but execute +Withdrawn Magazine, Insert Magazine, Close Chamber. As soon as the +pistol is loaded, it will be immediately locked by the commands. 1. +Lock. 2. Pistol. Should the command for locking pistol be +inadvertently omitted it will be locked without command.</p> + +<p>8. To unload pistol, being in any position, loaded:</p> + +<p>Execute by the commands, Withdraw Magazine, Open Chamber, Close +Chamber, Insert Magazine.</p> + +<p>9. To inspect pistol, it being in the holster: 1. Inspection. 2. +Pistol.</p> + +<p>Execute, Raise Pistol.</p> + +<p>To inspect the pistol more minutely, add 3. Withdraw. 4. Magazine. 5. +Open. 6. Chamber.</p> + +<p>To avoid accidents, individual men out of ranks, in barracks or camp +will first Withdraw Magazine then Open Chamber whenever the pistol is +removed from the holster for cleaning, for examination, or for any +other purpose. Accidental discharges will not occur if the above rule +is always observed, and failure to observe it must be considered a +military offense, whether or not accident results.</p> + +<p>10. Whenever men fall in ranks with the automatic pistol the officer +or non-commissioned officer in charge will command:</p> + +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">1. Raise, 2. Pistol;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">1. Withdraw, 2. Magazine;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">1. Open, 2. Chamber;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">1. Close, 2. Chamber.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">1. Insert, 2. Magazine.</span><br /><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115"></a> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">1. Return, 2. Pistol.</span><br /> + +<p>When falling in the above commands are given after chamber of rifles +have been opened and closed, and the order resumed—the rifle being +held against the left wrist. The commander of any company or +detachment thereof is responsible for giving the necessary commands to +put the pistols in a safe condition.</p> + +<p>11. The pistol with cartridge in chamber is habitually carried cocked +and locked, whether in the hand or in the holster. The hammer will not +be lowered while a cartridge is in the chamber.</p> + +<p>12. In campaign, the pistol should habitually be carried with a +magazine in the socket, loaded with seven ball cartridges, chamber +empty, hammer down. The extra magazines should also be loaded with +seven ball cartridges each.</p> + +<p>When action seems imminent, the pistol should be loaded by command. It +may then be returned by command to the holster till the time for its +use arrives.</p> + +<p>13. Recruits are first taught the motions of loading and firing +without using cartridges. However, the automatic action and the effect +of ball cartridges in operating the slide cannot be taught without +firing ball cartridges. Practice without cartridges is very necessary +to acquire facility in the exact movements of the manual and in +aiming, holding and trigger squeeze.</p> + +<p>To execute the movements without cartridges, first Withdraw Magazine, +Open Chamber, and Examine both Pistols and magazines to assure that +none contain ball cartridges.</p> + +<p>14. All the movements in loading pistol should be practiced without +looking at it. In order to do this successfully it is necessary to +know exactly where the magazines are carried so the hand may find them +without fumbling. Also, since the projection at the front of the +magazine base is on the same side as the bullets, <a name="Page_116" id="Page_116"></a>and the magazine +must be inserted in the socket with these to the front, the magazine +should be carried in the pocket with the projection to the left and +should be withdrawn from the pocket with the same grasp as is +prescribed for Withdrawn Magazine.</p> + +<p>15. This manual must be practiced with all the precision and exactness +required for the manual for the rifle. Accidents will be reduced to a +minimum and familiarity with the pistol gained.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Position</p> + +<p>Stand firmly on both feet, body perfectly balanced and erect and +turned at such an angle as is most comfortable when the arm is +extended toward the target; the feet far enough apart (about 8 to 10 +inches) as to insure steadiness; weight of body borne equally upon +both feet; right arm fully extended but not locked; left arm hanging +naturally.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +The Grip</span>.—Grasp the stock as high as possible with the thumb and last +three fingers, the forefinger alongside the trigger guard, the thumb +extended along the stock. The barrel hand and fore-arm should be as +nearly in one line as possible when the weapon is pointed toward the +target. The grasp should not be so tight as to cause tremors but +should be firm enough to avoid losing grip. The lower the stock is +grasped the greater will be the movement or jump of the muzzle caused +by recoil. If the hand be placed so that the grasp is on one side of +the stock, the recoil will cause a rotary movement of the weapon +toward the opposite side.</p> + +<p>The releasing of the sear causes a slight movement of the muzzle, +generally to the left. The position and pressure of the thumb along +the stock overcomes much of this movement.</p> + +<p>To do uniform shooting the weapon must be held with exactly the same +grip for each shot, not only must the hand grasp the stock at the same +point for each shot, but the tension of the grip must be uniform.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117"></a><span class="sc"> +The Trigger Squeeze</span>.—The trigger must be squeezed in the same manner +as in rifle firing. The pressure of the forefinger on the trigger +should be steadily increased and should be straight back, not +sideways. The pressure should continue to that point beyond which the +slightest movement will release the sear. Then when the aim is true, +the additional pressure is applied and the pistol fired. When the +pistol is fired the greatest effort should be taken to hold the pistol +to the mark as nearly as possible. This will be of great benefit in +automatic firing.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Position And Aiming Drills</span>.—The Squad is formed with an interval of +one pace between files. Black pasters are used as aiming points. The +pasters are ten paces distant from the squad. The instructor command, +1. Raise, 2. Pistol and cautions "Position and Aiming Drill." The men +take the position prescribed in paragraph 3. At the command, 1. Squad, +2. Fire, slowly extend the arm till it is nearly horizontal, the +pistol directed at a point; about six inches below the bull's-eye. At +the same time put the forefinger inside the trigger guard and +gradually feel the trigger. Inhale enough air to comfortably fill the +lungs and gradually raise the piece until the line of sight is +directed at the point of aim, <i>i.e.</i>, just below the bull's-eye at six +o'clock. While the sights are directed upon the mark, gradually +increase the pressure on the trigger until it reaches that point where +the slightest additional pressure will release the sear. Then, when +the aim is true, the additional pressure necessary to fire the piece +is given so smoothly as not to derange the alignment of the sights. +The weapon will be held on the mark for an instant after the hammer +falls and the soldier will observe what effect, if any, the squeezing +of the trigger has had on his aim.</p> + +<p>When the soldier has become proficient in taking the proper position +the exercise is conducted "At Will."</p> + +<p><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118"></a><span class="sc"> +Quick Fire</span>.—Being at the Raise Pistol, chamber and magazine empty, 1. +Quick Fire Exercise, 2. One. Lower the forearm until it is nearly +horizontal, pistol pointing at the target, 3. Two. Thrust the pistol +forward to the position of aim, snapping the pistol just before the +arm reaches its full extension. Then look through sights to verify the +pointing. 4. Three. Return to Raise Pistol and cock the pistol.</p> + +<p>In this exercise the soldier must keep his eyes fixed upon the mark. +He should constantly practice pointing the pistol until he acquires +the ability to direct it on the mark in the briefest interval of time +and practically without the aid of the sights. In other words, the +pistol in this exercise is accurately pointed instead of accurately +aimed. In night firing pointing the pistol is the only method that can +be used. After careful practice in this exercise it is surprising what +good results can be obtained at night.</p> + +<p>This exercise should then be practiced from the position of the pistol +in the holster instead of Raise Pistol.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Classes Of Fire: 1. Slow Fire</span>.—As described above. Target L or A or +improvised target.</p> + +<p>2. <span class="sc"> +Quick Fire</span>.—Being at Raise Pistol, pistols locked, at the command +"Commence Firing" fire and return to Raise Pistol after each shot +following the principles of Quick Fire Exercise. Target E, five yards +apart, one for each man firing. This firing should be done by the +numbers as described in Quick Fire Exercise.</p> + +<p>3. <span class="sc"> +Automatic Fire (Target E)</span>.—Being at Raise Pistol, pistols locked. +At the command "Commence Firing" empty the magazine in seven seconds, +keeping the arm extended. Target E, 5 yards apart, one for each man +firing.</p> + +<p>4. <span class="sc"> +Trench Fire (Target E)</span>.—Two lines of targets. The first line is +composed of F targets, 5 yards apart, <a name="Page_119" id="Page_119"></a>one figure for each man firing. +The second line is composed of two E figures, one yard apart, for each +man firing, placed in a trench immediately in rear of the figures of +the first line. This gives for each firer a group of three figures, +one placed on top at the near edge of the trench and the other two in +the trench immediately in rear. In case a trench is not available the +rifle pit can be used. A gutter, sunken road, embankment, or hedge can +be used for this purpose so long as trench fire is simulated.</p> + +<div class="img" style="width: 85%;"> +<a href="images/plate5.jpg"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate5.jpg" width="100%" alt="Plate 5: Trench Target Course" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>The firing line advances at a walk from 100 yards takes up a double +time 50 yards from trench, fires one shot at the double time when +within ten yards of the first target continues to the trench and fires +the remaining six shots, automatic fire, at the two targets in the +trench in rear of the first line target.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Score (Target E, Bobbing)</span>.—A score will be seven shots. Targets will +be marked after the men in the firing line have completed their +scores. All loading and firing should be done by command.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120"></a><span class="sc"> +Course: 1. Slow Fire</span>.—10 yards. Minimum of one maximum of five +scores.</p> + +<p>2. <span class="sc"> +Quick Fire</span>.—10 yards. Minimum of one maximum of three scores.</p> + +<p>3. <span class="sc"> +Automatic Fire</span>.—10 yards. Minimum of one maximum of three scores.</p> + +<p>4. <span class="sc"> +Trench Fire</span>.—Minimum of one maximum of three scores.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<b>Bayonet Training.</b></p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha;"> +<li><span class="sc">The Functions Of Bayonet Training Are:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li>To teach the correct use of the bayonet until it becomes + instinctive.</li> + <li>To develop the fighting spirit.</li> + <li>To develop speed, accuracy, and coördination. </li> + </ol> + +</li> + +<li><span class="sc">General Principles:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li>Fencing, in modern combat, is out of the question. Almost every + fight will consist of but one or two motions. Hence the class + must be taught that the best defence is the quickest offensive.</li> + <li>Every available means of offence, with hands and feet as well as + with rifle and bayonet, is a part of bayonet training.</li> + <li>Teamwork is essential. Men must be taught, especially in the + combat, to exercise, to seize every opportunity to act together.</li> + <li>Personal control during combat, especially at night, will be + nearly impossible. Control should be practiced, therefore, in + the form of clear instructions delivered to the men before + assault, and fulfilled individually.</li> + <li>In every assault and combat exercise, the men must be taught + never to leave an enemy alive, or who may be alive, behind them.</li> + </ol> +</li> + +<li><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121"></a><span class="sc"> +Technique Of Bayonet Combat:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li>The <i>point</i> is the main reliance. Its use should be practiced + in every possible situation, until a correct choice or + combination of long point, short point, and jab, and the + execution thereof, becomes a matter of instinct.</li> + <li>The point must always be directed at a definite target. The most + vulnerable points of the body are: Lower abdomen, base of the + neck, small of the back (on either side of the spine), chest, + and thighs. Bony parts of the trunk must be avoided by accurate + aim.</li> + <li>The use of the rifle as a club, swinging or striking, is + valuable only: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> + <li>When the point is not available.</li> + <li>In sudden encounters at close quarters, when a sharp butt + swing to the crotch may catch an opponent unguarded.</li> + <li>After parrying a swinging butt blow, when a butt strike to + the jaw is often the quickest possible riposte.</li> + </ol> + + <p style="text-indent: 0em">The use of butt swings overhead or sidewise to the head or + neck, is to be avoided; they are slow, inaccurate, easily + parried or side-stepped, and leave the whole body unguarded. + After every butt blow a thrust must immediately follow, since + no butt blow, of itself, is apt to be fatal.</p> </li> + + <li>The parries must be regarded and practiced chiefly as means of + opening the opponent's guard; hence, a thrust must immediately + follow each parry.</li> + <li>The foot movements shown in the old manual are useful only to + promote quickness and steadiness. They should, therefore, be + <a name="Page_122" id="Page_122"></a>practiced in combination with the points and butt blows, and so + combined can be executed in the oblique directions as well as at + right angles. The left foot moves in the direction of the + thrust.</li> + </ol> + +</li> + +<li><span class="sc"> +Manual Of The Bayonet</span>: There are only 7 exercises to learn in the + new bayonet drill: + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li><i>Guard</i>.—Point of the bayonet directed at the opponent's + throat, the rifle held easily and naturally with both hands, + barrel inclined slightly to the left, right hand at the height + of the navel and grasping the small of the stock, left hand + holding the rifle at a convenient position above the lower + band, so that the left arm is slightly bent, making an angle of + about 150 degrees. The legs should be well separated and in an + easy position. Lean forward, on your toes, left knee slightly + bent, right foot flat on the ground and turned to the right + front. Remember in this position to have your eye on your + opponent, do not restrain your muscles, keep them taut, but + flexible.</li> + <li>"<i>High Port</i>."—The hands hold the rifle as in guard; the left + wrist level with, and directly in front of the left shoulder; + the right hand above the right groin and on level with the + navel.<br /> + + Remember that the barrel in this position is to the rear. This + position is assumed on the advance without command.</li> + + <li>"<i>Long Point</i>."—Being in the position of "guard," grasp the + rifle firmly, vigorously deliver the point to the full extent + of the left arm, butt along side and close to the right + forearm; body inclined forward; left <a name="Page_123" id="Page_123"></a>knee well bent, right leg + braced, and weight of the body pressed well forward with the + fore part of the right foot, heel raised. The right hand gives + the power to the point, while the left guides it. If a point is + made in the oblique direction the left foot should move in that + direction. This exercise is done in 3 counts. At 1 the point is + made; at 2, the withdrawal; at 3, resume the guard. The + withdrawal must be straight back, and not with the downward + motion, until the right hand is well behind the hip.</li> + + <li><i>Right (Left) Parry</i>.—1. Straighten the left arm, without + bending the wrist or twisting the rifle in the hand, and force + the rifle forward far enough to the right (left) to ward off + the opponent's weapon, 2. Resume "guard." <br /> + + Remember to keep your eyes on the weapon to be parried.</li> + + <li><i>Short Point</i>.—1. Shift the left hand quickly toward the + muzzle and draw the rifle back to the full extent of the right + arm, butt either high or low as a low or high point is to be + made. 2. Deliver the point vigorously to the full extent of the + left arm. 3. Withdrawal. 4. Resume the "guard."</li> + + <li><i>Jab Point</i>.—1. Shift the left hand quickly toward the muzzle, + draw the rifle back, and shift the right hand up the rifle and + grasp it above the rear sight, at the same time bringing the + rifle to an almost vertical position close to the body. Bend the + knees. 2. Straighten the knees, jab the point of the bayonet + upward into the throat or under the chin of the + opponent—chiefly by a body movement. 3. Withdrawal. 4. <a name="Page_124" id="Page_124"></a>Carry + the rifle forward with the left hand, grasping the small of the + stock with the right. 5. Resume guard. Remember in the first + motion to have the hands at least 4 inches apart.</li> + + <li><i>Butt swing—butt strike</i>—out.—1. Swing the butt up at the + opponent's ribs, forearms, etc., using a full arm blow, bringing + the rifle to a horizontal position over the left shoulder, butt + to the front. 2. Advance the rear foot, and dash the butt into + the opponent's face. 3. Advance the rear foot and at the same + time slash the bayonet down on the opponent's head or neck. 4. + Resume the "guard."<br /> + + (The easiest guard to a swing at the crotch is simply to get + the left knee in the opponent's right.)</li> + </ol> +</li> + +<li><span class="sc">Progressive Exercises:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li>The class works in pairs with scabbards on bayonets. One man + alternately in each pair signals; the other promptly executes + the movement, at the target, designated by the signal. The + following signals are suggested:<br /> + + <ul style="list-style-type: none"> + <li>The hand, placed against the body, indicates the target.</li> + <li>Long point—Back of hand outward.</li> + <li>Short point—Palm of hand outward.</li> + <li>Jab point—Hand horizontal against chin, palm down.</li> + <li>High port—Fist against left breast.</li> + <li>Parry right (left)—Hand waved to right (left).</li> + <li>Butt swing—Fist against crotch.</li> + <li>Butt strike—Fist against jaw.</li> + </ul> + + Instead of signals, thrusting sticks are then used. These are<a name="Page_125" id="Page_125"></a> + strong wands having a padding of paper and burlap over one end + and a rope ring tied to the other. Points and butt swings are + executed at the padding and rings, respectively, as these are + presented. The man holding the stick must remember to stand to + one side of the man with the bayonet.</li> + + <li><span class="sc"> + As In First Exercise</span>.—One man thrusts with a stick: the other + parries.</li> + <li><span class="sc"> + Thrusts Are Practiced At Dummies</span>, first from a distance of five + feet, then by advancing two paces or more. To simulate fighting + conditions, a frame is then arranged in which dummies are slung + on ropes passed over pullies, and so manipulated that as the man + withdraws his bayonet from one dummy another swings at, him from + a different direction.</li> + <li><span class="sc"> + As Soon As Proficiency Has Been Gained</span> in the above exercises, + the assault practice is taken up. + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> + <li><i>A course is laid out as follows:</i> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li>A fire trench about 60 yards long, well <i>revetted</i>.</li> + <li>20 yards in front of the trench, smooth wire + entanglements.</li> + <li>15 yards further, another trench, parallel to the first, + 60 yards long, 4 feet deep and 4 feet wide. In this + trench prone dummies are placed, one per yard.</li> + <li>15 yards further, 60 dummies, hung on frames, parallel to + the trenches.</li> + <li><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126"></a>15 yards further, a hurdle 4 feet high and 60 yards + long, parallel to the trenches.</li> + <li>10 yards further, a low trip wire, stretched parallel to + the trenches.</li> + <li>10 yards further, 60 dummies, hung on frames, parallel to + the trenches.</li> + <li>15 yards further, a large trench, 60 yards long, 6 feet + deep, 10 feet wide, containing 60 prone dummies, 1 per + yard.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li><i>Procedure:</i><br /> + Each platoon, in turn, enters the first trench at skirmish + intervals, bayonets fixed. On signal, all move out at a + walk, guiding carefully in line on a leader previously + designated. After passing each obstacle, the line is again + carefully formed. On each of the swinging dummies one of + the seven movements of the manual is used; a long or short + point is used on each prone dummy. All go down into the + last trench together, with a good loud yell, point of the + bayonet level with the toe, and land on the dummies in the + bottom, stabbing as they land. This course should be + repeated several times at quick time, then at double time, + and finally at a run. Remember that in the advance the + rifle is carried at high port.</li> + </ol> +</li> +<li><span class="sc"> +Combat Exercises</span> (to be used in conjunction with the assault<a name="Page_127" id="Page_127"></a> + practice): + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> + <li><i>Equipment for each man:</i><br /> + + <ul style="list-style-type: none"> + <li>Thrusting stick or other wooden rod with wooden ball or + thick padding covering one end. (Old rifles with + spring-bayonets are even better.)</li> + <li>Plastron.</li> + <li>Baseball mask.</li> + <li>Pair of broadsword or single stick gloves.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><i>Procedure</i>: <br /> + + The class is formed in two lines of about equal numbers, + facing each other, about fifty paces apart, with intervals + in each line of about two paces. A leader is designated + for each line. The instructor stands at one end of the + space between; an assistant at the other end. On the + instructor's whistle, the lines advance, guiding carefully + on their leaders. When about ten paces apart, they charge, + each seeking to break and roll up the opposing line. + Sticks are carried and used as rifles with bayonets fixed. + Any other use disqualifies. Use of the butt is barred. One + thrust on the plastron or mask, or two hits on the + extremities, disables the recipient, who must promptly + retire—or be retired. The combat continues until the + second whistle, blown not more than 30 seconds after + contact; when they cease fighting promptly, separate, and + form as before.</li> + <li><i>Criticism:</i><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128"></a><br /> + After each combat, the instructor will criticize the manner + of advance and of fighting, especially the alignment kept + in the advance and the team work in combat, and the + advantage taken of opponents' mistakes. He counts the + casualties and awards the decision. He must continually + urge the men never to lag behind nor advance ahead of the + line, never to allow large gaps to occur in the line, and + always to seize the advantage given by opponents who + disregard these principles.</li> + <li><i>The terrain for this exercise</i> should be frequently varied. It + may also be conducted at night, the opposing sides being + clearly distinguished. + <a name="FNanchor_Q_17" id="FNanchor_Q_17"></a><a class="noline" href="#Footnote_Q_17"><sup>[Q]</sup></a></li> + </ol> + </li> + </ol> +</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<a name="Footnote_Q_17" id="Footnote_Q_17"></a><div class="note"><p style="text-indent: 0em"><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_Q_17">[Q]</a> The last exercise was devised and perfected by M. Jules +Leslabay, Master of Fencing, Harvard R.O.T.C., 1917. It is more +completely described in his "Manual of Bayonet Training."</p></div> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Machine Guns.</b></p> + +<p>1. Properties of the machine guns are divided into three general + classes: Mode of action, fire, and inconspicuousness.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li><span class="sc"> + The Mode Of Action</span>.—The machine gun acting only by its fire + can prepare an attack or repulse an offensive movement, but it + does not conquer ground. The latter role is almost exclusively + that of infantry which is fitted for crossing all obstacles. + When it will suffice to act by fire, employ the machine gun in + preference to infantry, preserving the latter for the combined + action of movement and <a name="Page_129" id="Page_129"></a>fire. By the employment of the machine + gun economize infantry, reserving a more considerable portion of + it for manoeuvre purposes.</li> + +<li><span class="sc"> + Fire</span>.—Machine gun fire produces a sheath, dense, deep but + narrow. The increase of the width of the sweeping fire gives to + the sheath a greater breadth, but when the density becomes + insufficient, the effect produced is very weak. Machine gun + fire will have its maximum power upon an objective of narrow + front and great depth. With the infantry fighting normally in + thin lines the preceding conditions will generally only be + realized when these lines are taken in the flank. "The fire of + the machine gun parallel to the probable front of the enemy—a + flanking fire—must therefore be the rule." The fire + perpendicular to the front will be employed generally on + certain necessary points of passage as, bridges, roads, + defiles, cuts, roadways, communicating trenches, etc., where + the enemy is generally forced to take a deep formation with a + narrow front, or where he is in massed formation.</li> + +<li><span class="sc"> + Inconspicuousness</span>.—By reason of its small strength the machine + gun section can utilize the smallest cover, and can consequently + hide from the enemy; the machine gun therefore, more than the + infantry, has the chance to act by surprise. The opening of the + fire by surprise will be the rule; the machine gun will avoid + revealing itself upon objectives not worth the trouble. Flank + action and surprise are the two conditions to try for under all + circumstances. </li> +</ol> + +<p><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130"></a>2. <span class="sc"> +Offensive Reinforcement Of A Front Momentarily Stationary</span>.—The +machine guns assisted by small elements of infantry cover thoroughly +the getting in hand of the main body, the machine guns presenting to +the enemy a line of little vulnerability. The machine guns assist in +securing the possession of the ground previously taken, and will +permit time to prepare for the resumption of the forward movement. +Preparation of the attack—machine gun fire completes the preparation +done by the artillery, either by acting on the personnel or by opening +breaches in the accessary defenses. At times the machine guns alone +may be charged with the preparation of the attack where it is +necessary to act very quickly as in pursuit, exploitation of a +success. Whatever the situation, concentrate the machine gun fire on +one or several points. Machine guns cover the flanks of attacking +troops. They follow the advance of these troops remaining on the +flanks, so as to be able to fire instantly on all points from which an +attack might come. Machine guns will likewise be employed in intervals +created intentionally or accidentally between units. It is here a +powerful weapon which can rapidly be put into action by the Commander. +The personnel and material must be protected as far as possible from +the effects of fire.</p> + +<p>3. <span class="sc"> +Defensive</span>.—It is here that the flanking fire is especially +necessary. In the defensive preparation of a position the machine guns +must be so placed that they will provide along the front several +successive fire barriers. The machine guns must be ready at all times +to stop by instantaneous fire all hostile attack. In order to have +machine gun protection at all, it is absolutely necessary that they be +protected from bombardment. This is best done by the following: Place +the machine guns under solid cover; make their emplacement invisible; +echelon the machine guns in depth. The cover must be placed where it +can be hidden from the sight of the enemy, such as a counter slope, a +position where <a name="Page_131" id="Page_131"></a>it is impossible to blend it, relief with an +accentuated slope of the ground, woods, brush, etc. It is essential +that the principal parts of the machine gun casemate be prepared in +the rear. Only in this manner will the work be done solidly and +rapidly. While the machine gunners and helpers do the excavating, +specialists in rear prepare the parts for assembling. The latter are +then transported to the position and, the casemate is established, +hiding the work with the greatest care from enemy observation. +Remember that it is of the utmost importance that the machine gun be +invisible, so the firing emplacements must be made outside of the +shelter, but near enough for the gun to be brought out instantly and +put into action. All communicating trenches leading to the firing +emplacement must be concealed. Enough emplacements should be built to +avoid firing daily from the emplacements especially reserved for cases +of attack. Do not place too many machine guns in the first line; in +case of a violent bombardment they are sure to be destroyed. The +object to be attained is to install the machine guns in conditions +such that if the enemy penetrates our first line, by aid of his +bombardment or asphyxiating gas, his infantry, as it advances, comes +under the fire of machine guns echeloned previously in depth, under +whose fire it must stop. It is not a matter of sweeping a wide sector, +but of giving over certain strips of ground flanking fire which will +cut down surely the enemy's waves when they push forward. The +commander should, therefore, divide between the first line and the +terrain in rear, the machine guns which he controls, organizing for +each particular case a firing emplacement in accord with the +surrounding ground and the purpose in view.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +General Rules For Installation.</p> + +<p>Machine gunners must under no circumstances abandon their positions. +They must, when necessary, allow themselves to be surrounded and +defend themselves in <a name="Page_132" id="Page_132"></a>their place to the end. In many cases the +heroism and tenacity of a few machine gunners have permitted the rapid +retaking of a lost position. To provide for this resistance to a +finish, the machine gun emplacements must fulfil the following +conditions:</p> + +<p>1. Be surrounded by a wire entanglement of irregular trace and as +invisible as possible.</p> + +<p>2. In the enclosure thus created having several firing emplacements, +in case one or more becomes useless.</p> + +<p>3. The personnel must have all the means for protection against gas +and have in addition rations, water and abundant ammunition.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Employment Of Fire And Instruction.</p> + +<p>The more grazing the fire of a machine gun the more effective it is. +This causes the principal employment of the machine gun to be at +distances where the trajectory is flattest, that is under 800 or 1,000 +yards. However, the effort to obtain a grazing fire must not exclude +long distance fire. This latter will always be justified when directed +upon important objectives, or necessary points of passage. For this +fire to have some efficacy, it is necessary to calculate the range +with the greatest precision. On the defensive indirect fire will be +employed sometimes to annoy the supply, reliefs, etc. To give results, +great quantities of ammunition will have to be expended. All of the +officers and non-commissioned officers and as many men as possible +must be capable of firing the machine gun, so that at the time of an +attack no gun will remain idle for want of personnel. It is, moreover, +essential to keep up the training of the personnel by having them fire +at least twice a month, and, if possible, once a week.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Resume.</p> + +<p>Machine guns must be utilized in the greatest measure in order to +<i>economize the infantry.</i></p> + +<p><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133"></a>Seek to employ them always in a <i>flank fire</i>.</p> + +<p>Conceal them so as to get <i>surprise fire</i>.</p> + +<p><i>Echelon</i> them and <i>shelter</i> them so as to avoid their premature +destruction.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Points Before Firing.</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Thoroughly overhaul the gun to see that no part is deficient, +and that the mechanism works freely.</li> +<li>See that the barrel is clean and dry.</li> +<li>See that the barrel mouthpiece is tight.</li> +<li>See that small hole in gas regulator is to the rear.</li> +<li>Thoroughly oil all working parts, especially the cam slot and +exterior of the bolt, and the striker post and piston.</li> +<li>Weigh and adjust the mainspring.</li> +<li>See that the mounting is firm.</li> +<li>Examine the magazines and ammunition.</li> +<li>See that the spare parts and oil reserve are handy.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Points During Firing</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>During a temporary cessation of fire, re-oil all working parts.</li> +<li>Replace a partly emptied magazine with a full one.</li> +<li>Examine the mounting to see that it is firm.</li> +<li>See that empty magazines are refilled without delay.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Points After Firing.</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Unload.</li> +<li>Oil the bore and chamber, piston rod and gas cylinder.</li> +<li>Sort out live rounds from empty cases.</li> +<li>See that mainspring is eased.</li> +<li>Thoroughly clean and oil the gun on returning to quarters. Clean +the bore daily for several days.</li> +</ol> + +<p><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134"></a>It is of the greatest importance that the points before, during, and +after firing, should be carefully attended to as otherwise the number +of stoppages will be unnecessarily increased.</p> + +<p>Nine out of ten stoppages are due to want of care.</p> + +<p>Immediate action must become instinctive and automatic.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"><b> +Grenade Instruction.</b></p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Introduction</span>.—War, as it is being fought on the western front, has +brought to light many new weapons; but no other weapon that this +struggle has brought forth exceeds the grenade in importance. It is +not a new weapon, but its present importance is entirely new. Its +extensive use has grown out of conditions on the western front; +conditions which have never been seen previous to this war. The fact +that armies have taken to "digging themselves in" has necessitated the +use of some other weapon than the rifle. The rifle with its flat +trajectory is of little use against an enemy who is completely hidden +from view and who can go on existing under ground. Hence the reversion +to the ancient grenade—but with all its modern improvements. The +grenade has shown itself to be the weapon that can solve the problem +of seeking out an enemy who is under ground; its trajectory is high +and its fire is plunging, so that it can be thrown from a place of +concealment and protection and into a place equally well concealed +from ordinary view.</p> + +<p>The importance of the grenade may be judged from its extensive use by +both the Allies and the Germans; and also by the formations now +adopted by both British and French armies for the purpose of +exploiting its use. In a British Battalion the normal percentage of +expert bombers is 25. In the French Company 36 per cent of the men are +devoted to grenade work.</p> + +<p>A grenade has been defined as a slow moving, high trajectory missile +containing high explosive and exploding by contact or time fuse. +Grenades may be divided <a name="Page_135" id="Page_135"></a>roughly into two classes—1, hand grenades, +and 2, rifle grenades, and each of these classes may be subdivided as +regards means of explosion, into 1, time fuse, or 2, percussion +grenades.</p> + +<p>Among the time-fuse hand grenades may be mentioned the Mills No. 5, +Stokes bomb, smoke bombs, fumite bombs, etc. The Mills is easily the +most important and has come to be the standard adopted by the Allies. +The percussion grenade is little used—the most important among those +of this type is the so-called "mushroom," named from its shape.</p> + +<p>Chief among the rifle grenades may be mentioned the Mills No. 23, the +Hale No. 3 and the Newton No. 24. Just as the Mills hand grenade has +become the standard, so has the Mills rifle grenade attained that +pre-eminence. A more detailed description of the various sorts of +grenades cannot be attempted in this brief space; but one or two +diagrams at the close of the chapter may serve to clarify the subject +to some extent.</p> + +<p>Any course in grenade training should have a three-fold purpose:</p> + +<p>1st. To give the individual a practical knowledge of the working +of the grenades in use.</p> + +<p>2nd. To teach him how to throw them.</p> + +<p>3rd. To make him acquainted with the general principles of +organization and the execution of a grenade attack, either as a +separate operation or as a part of a general attack. The time spent on +any such course of training is a matter to be settled in the light of +local considerations; but for purposes of preliminary training of a +great number of men a period of two weeks is usually sufficient, with +time allotted according to some such plan as this: (1) 10 separate +half-hour sessions of practice in throwing from various positions and +at the various targets; (2) 2 hours of study and a like amount of time +spent in a conference for the purpose of clearing up matters that are +hazy. In this brief time (only 9 hours) the foundation may be laid for +a more <a name="Page_136" id="Page_136"></a>thorough training of the specialists later on. In any such +course the use of dummy grenades should always precede the use of any +live ones; and men should be taught caution above all other things. +This is a point easily lost sight of when men are using only dummies; +but it is well worth remembering, for obvious reasons.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +First: Giving The Individual A Practical Knowledge Of The Working Of +The Grenades In Use</span>.—The differences in the construction and the uses +of hand and rifle grenades should be brought out clearly. The various +sorts of grenades should be explained and men should not forget the +importance of knowing the grenades of the enemy as well as our own. +This knowledge may one day prove of no little importance. As has +already been stated, the Mills No. 5 is the standard among hand +grenades of the Allies. It conforms to the general description of hand +grenades; <i>i.e.</i>, it is an egg-shaped projectile, more or less hollow, +and loaded with a charge of explosive. Besides this it has an +apparatus for setting off the bursting charge. It weighs 1 pound 5 +ounces approximately, and 4 ounces of this is high explosive. The +shell being of serrated cast-iron, an explosion will scatter a sort of +shrapnel over an area equal to three times the height. No more need be +said of the effectiveness of such a weapon. Among rifle grenades the +Mills is also the standard more or less, although the French make +great use of a rifle grenade that fits over the muzzle of the rifle, +fired by ball cartridge, in contrast to the Mills No. 23, which has a +rod running down the barrel of the rifle and which is propelled by the +explosion of a blank cartridge. The maximum range of this grenade with +a 5-½-inch stem is 120 yards, the gun being fired at an angle of 45 +degrees. The Newton Improved (a rifle grenade which explodes on +contact) has a range of 250 yards; the Hale No. 3 also explodes on +contact and has a range of 200-225 yards.</p> +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a href="images/plate7.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate7.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 7: Hand Grenade" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138"></a><span class="sc">Second: Instruction In Throwing</span>.—As +previously stated the use of +dummy grenades should precede the use of any live ones. Due +precautions should be taken at all times, even when working with dummy +grenades, for a habit of carelessness is not to be tolerated with this +sort of weapon. Men should be instructed to throw from standing, +kneeling and prone positions; although this last-named position is +little used. Distance is important but <span class="sc">Accuracy Is Essential</span>. Men +should always be taught to throw at a definite target, even when +throwing in the open during preliminary work. The men may work in +groups, one group throwing and the other returning. This method keeps +all hands occupied and furnishes a medium for a little competition, +which is a very helpful thing in training of this sort. A manual of +the following sort may be of use in acquiring the proper sort of +throw.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Pick up the grenade with the left hand.</li> +<li>Prepare to throw—face to the right and transfer the grenade to + the right hand.</li> +<li>Take aim—left hand and arm extended up and straight toward the + target, right hand and arm behind the thrower in the same plane + as the left.</li> +<li>Withdraw pin with left hand.</li> +<li>Throw—use a straight overhead motion and do not bend the arm at + the elbow. It is not a baseball throw. The tendency for most of + us Americans is to follow a perfectly natural habit—try to use + the baseball throw. This is to be discouraged for several + reasons, the chief one being that the grenade weighs about a + pound and a half, whereas our baseball weighs only a third of + this amount. Then, too, it often happens in the trenches that a + grenade duel will last for hours. Under such circumstances the + last grenade may decide the <a name="Page_139" id="Page_139"></a>issue and endurance will be a + mighty telling factor. Hence, the insistence upon the overhead + throw.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The preliminary throwing should take place in the open but always with +a definite target, an outline of a section of trench being the best +sort of target. Another excellent idea is to have a target arranged +according to the diagram shown herewith and to keep score. This +procedure will also add incentive for competition and will produce +results. After men have thrown in the open for a sufficient period, +they should proceed to the next stage: This is the stage of throwing +in a cage or from behind and over obstacles. There are three distinct +phases of this feature of the training: (1.) The thrower sees the +target but must throw over an obstacle. (2.) The target is invisible; +the thrower is aided by an observer and a periscope; the observer +notes the fall of the grenades and gives directions as follows—"So +many yards right or left" or "Shorten or lengthen so many yards." (3.) +Actual throwing in trenches. This stage immediately precedes that of +"working up a trench."</p> +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a href="images/plate8.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate8.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 8" /></a> +</div> +<br /> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Third: Instruction In Grenade Organization</span>.—Men should be given a +certain amount of theoretical instruction as to the composition of the +armies now on the western front; this in order that they may see the +part that grenadiers and bombers are playing in the struggle. They +should be shown the organization of the British Infantry and how the +first section of each platoon is composed exclusively of bombers +and—rifle grenadiers; they should also be taught how the bombers and +grenadiers are concentrated in the French organization. The typical +bombing squad consists of 7 or 8 men and a leader who take positions +as follows: 1 and 2, bayonet men; 3, first thrower; 4, first carrier; +5, leader; 6, rifle bomber; 7, second thrower; 8, second carrier; 9, +rifle bomber. One <a name="Page_141" id="Page_141"></a> of these bayonet men may +be reserved to act as a sniper. The leader acts as an observer and +directs the work of the bombers. The rifle bombers outrange the +hostile bombers and also afford protection on the flanks. Every man +must be taught his job and must be thoroughly instructed in the work +of the squad as a whole in order that each man may be able to fill any +position and that there may be perfect teamwork.</p> +<br /> + +<a name="POINTS_TO_REMEMBER" id="POINTS_TO_REMEMBER"></a> +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Points To Remember.</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Men should always have a definite target for their throwing—an +outline of a trench is usually to be preferred.</li> +<li>Caution in handling grenades should be made a habit.</li> +<li>Accuracy is essential.</li> +<li>Training should be progressive, both for men and organizations.</li> +<li>Keep up competition among the men; rivalry will increase practice +and men will throw grenades for recreation. This will get results. Let +two men throw at each other. A good shot will make the other man move.</li> +<li>Insist upon the straight overhead throw. It is less tiresome and +when developed properly will give equal accuracy with any other +method.</li> +<li>Teamwork in a bombing squad is essential.</li> +<li>Under new methods of warfare every infantryman is a bomber; but +specialists must be trained.</li> +<li>Officer must be a real leader and the best fighter in his platoon.</li> +<li>Qualification tests should be arranged and the better qualified +men taken for special training in this art.</li> +</ol> +<a name="Page_142" id="Page_142"></a> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_5" id="CHAPTER_5"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143"></a>CHAPTER 5.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Map Sketching.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Map sketching is an important factor in trench warfare to-day as it is +in a war of movement. A fairly accurate map will indicate more than +many words and in much less time. Time is the great factor in war. +Instruction must also be rapid. Here are ten lessons which would +occupy a week if taken morning and afternoon. The aim of the +instruction as in company rifle shooting is to train many men to do a +satisfactory job, not to make a few finished topographers. Neatness, +accuracy and initiative are cardinal points.</p> + +<p>For the instructor, reference should be made to <i>Grieves'</i> "<i>Military +Sketching and Map Reading</i>", 2nd edition, if he desires to supplement +any points given here.</p> +<br /> + +<p>LESSON 1. (CLASS ROOM—FOUR HOURS.)</p> + +<p><i>Problem—Map Reading.</i></p> + +<p>Study the conventional signs found in the "Manual for Non-commissioned +Officers and Privates of Infantry of the Army of the U.S.," 1917, page +273, or in Grieves, pages 28-35. These conventional signs are not +universal and must be used only as indications of the general +practice.</p> + +<p>In map sketching in the field few conventional signs are used, and the +items of importance are written on the map, such as WOODS, CULTIVATED, +HEDGE, SWAMP, etc.</p> + +<p>TAKING UP MAP SCALES.—There are three ways of indicating the relation +between the actual distance on the ground and the space the same +distance occupies on the map:</p> + +<p>1. The graphic scale is a straight line divided into units, as miles, +yards, feet or meters, which represents the actual ground distance. +Thus if 6" = 1 mile the line <a name="Page_144" id="Page_144"></a>would be six inches long and marked at +one end and 1 mile at the other, three inches being marked ½ mile, +etc. It is important to always have this graphic scale on a map so +that if the paper gets wet or is stretched from its original size the +scale will change in the same proportion.</p> + +<p>2. A Statement in words or figures, e.g., 3 inches equal one mile, +meaning that 3 inches measured anywhere on the map represent 1 mile on +the actual ground.</p> + +<p>3. The Representative Fraction (generally known abbreviated as R.F.) +having a number above the line that shows the unit length on the map +and below the line the number of units which are in the corresponding +actual ground distance. For example, if 1" = 1 mile, then the R.F. is:</p> + +<div class="indent2"> +<p style="text-indent: 0em">1" (map distance) <b>/</b> 63,360" (1 mile—ground distance)</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em">if 3" = 1 mile the R.F. is:</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em"> +3" (map distance) <b>/</b> 63,360" (1 mile—ground distance) or 1 <b>/</b> 21120</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em">if 6" = 1 mile:</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em">6" <b>/</b> 63360" or 1 <b>/</b> 10560</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em">if 12" = 1 mile:</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em">12" <b>/</b> 63360" or 1 <b>/</b> 5280</p> +</div> + +<p>In reading a map one must know the scale and also where the North is. +This is always indicated by an arrow pointing either to the magnetic +North or the true North. If to the magnetic North the needle will have +but one barb away from the true North. The angle between the magnetic +and the true North is the declination.</p> + +<p>Placing the map in proper relation to the ground so that points of the +compass coincide on map and ground is called <i>orienting the map</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145"></a>In map work there is one vital point to remember; practically all the +ground surface is in its present form as a result of water action</p> + +<p>1. Look for the water courses, that is the drainage system. It will +give the general slope of the land.</p> + +<p>2. Look for the high points between the water courses, remembering +that there is always a valley then a hill then a valley again +continued in succession.</p> + +<p>3. Finally locate towns, railroads, main highways and work down to the +minor details.</p> + +<p>In measuring a map to get the actual distances on the ground, copy the +graphic scale on any piece of paper and apply this directly or if your +distances exceed your scale use the edge of a piece of paper and then +apply it to the graphical scale on the map.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lesson 2. (Field Work—five Hours.)</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<i>Problem—Stride Scale Map Making</i>.</p> + +<p>Producing a map from the actual ground requires certain instruments. +The second lesson takes up the preparation of the stride scale on the +alidade and the different kinds of maps, made in military sketching.</p> + +<p>The alidade is a triangular ruler with one or more working scales on +it beside other measurements. The <i>working scale</i> is, for infantry, +the stride or the space of ground covered from left foot to left foot +again in walking, reduced to the proper map distance. This varies with +individuals of course. Any scale of units, however, can be used as, +horse trot, telegraph poles, etc.</p> + +<p>The working scale for each man is made by having him step off a +measured course, say 440 yards. The ground should not be too even as a +general average is needed, moreover the pace must be the natural gait +of the individual under ordinary circumstances. Let him count the +course three times then average the three results for the final +estimate.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146"></a>Now to convert this into a working scale for the alidade made on a +scale of six inches to the mile; take the case of a man who takes 220 +strides in 440 yards:</p> + +<div class="indent2"> +<p style="text-indent: 0em">440 yards = 15,840 inches</p> +<p style="text-indent: 0em">15,840 ÷ 220 = 72, or his stride in inches</p> +<p style="text-indent: 0em">then 880 strides = 1 mile or 6" on the scale.</p> +</div> + +<p>It is better to have a scale of 1,000 strides which is easily done by +the proportion:</p> + +<div class="indent2"> +<p style="text-indent: 0em">1,000 sts. : 880 sts. :: x : 6</p> +<p style="text-indent: 0em"> x = 6.8</p> +</div> + +<p>now draw a line 6.8 inches long and a diagonal line from it; divide +this diagonal line into 10 equal parts for each 100 paces at any +convenient scale and draw a line from the end of the tenth part to the +end of the 6.8 inches line; draw lines parallel to this line from each +of the divisions. The 6.8" line is then divided into 10 equal parts; +each of these parts may be divided in the same manner into tenths.</p> + +<p>Your scale is ready to be pasted or transferred to the alidade and +each 6.8. inches on the map will equal 1,000 of your strides on the +ground, or about 1-1/12 miles (2,000 yards).</p> + +<p>There are two general classes of sketches:</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +1. Road Sketch</span>.—A traverse (passing over) made along a definite rout +showing all features of military importance for a distance of 200 or +300 yards on each side of the road. A road sketch is always made on a +scale of 3 inches to 1 mile.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +2. Area Sketch</span>.—A map of a definite locality. There are 3 kinds of +area sketches according to opportunity for observation:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Position Sketch—when access may be had to the whole area.</li> +<li>Outpost Sketch—where part of the ground must be mapped without + passing over it. This form is applicable particularly to trench + warfare. Intersection and resection are used to locate points + within the enemy's lines.</li> +<li><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148"></a>Place Sketch—when sketch must be made from one point, as when + the proximity of the enemy would prevent any movement; as from + trench observation stations, etc.; also an elaboration of the + <i>landscape</i> or <i>horizon</i> sketch which is used everywhere in the + trenches today. From one point an actual outline of the + opposite trench and background is made in perspective, + reference points on the horizon being marked on the edge of a + pad at arm's length. These marks are then prolonged on the + paper and the horizon is sketched. In like manner the middle + distance and the foreground come under observation and are put + on in one below the other.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Time must be allowed the men to make their stride scales and to paste +or transfer them to their alidades.</p> +<br /> + + +<div class="img" style="width: 60%;"> +<a name="Page_147" id="Page_147"></a> +<a href="images/plate9.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate9.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 9" /></a> +</div> + + +<br /> +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lesson 3. (Field Work—five Hours.)</p> + +<p>The problem is to make a Position Sketch about one mile square closing +the traverse. First considering the sketch board, compass, pencils, +etc.; next the orienting, sighting and pacing; finally the uses of +intersection and resection and in making allowance for error.</p> + +<p>The sketch board should be about 12 to 18 inches square, being used +with or without a tripod. A cheap camera tripod is excellent. The +board should have a compass attached so that it will remain in the +same relative position on the board. If iron thumb tacks are used +avoid getting them too near the compass. A hard pencil must be used to +obtain good results. The paper must be smooth and where possible +covered with another sheet fastened on but one side which will +<a name="Page_149" id="Page_149"></a>readily fold back when one desires to work on the sketch.</p> + +<p>By always placing the board so that the compass reads North it will be +oriented correctly. Care must be used when near electric wires or +masses of metal as automobiles, railroad tracks, etc., which will +attract the needle from its true azimuth (N. and S. direction) and +thus throw off the whole map. In such cases it is far better to back +sight and use the compass only at intervals to verify the sights.</p> + +<p>This brings up the matter of sighting. It is important to make long +shots thus reducing the amount of individual error. In taking a +sighting point make sure it can be recognized when reached and make +sure to look at the reverse side in order to recognize it in case of +back sighting if necessary. Always carry several large-headed pins +using one at your present station and resting the side of the alidade +against it, swinging the other end for sighting.</p> + +<p>After sighting and lining the sight on your sketch, step off evenly to +pace the distance. Time is always a factor in military mapping and +where possible make mental notes as you go along as to where roads or +other important features are located, so that you can place them in +their proper place on the map when you have reached the next station. +It is well always to set a good pace for here time can be readily +saved.</p> + +<p>Making an <i>intersection</i> is very simple. For as the sketcher moves +along he ties his map together by sighting at any prominent object +near his area, running these lines very lightly and only where he +assumes the points to lie on his map. An abbreviation on the line or a +number referring to a list off to one side will answer to recall the +object. At any other station where the same point can be seen a +similar line is drawn and where the two lines cross will be the +location of the object. In the case of three lines not crossing at the +same point take the middle of the triangle so formed.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150"></a><i>Resection</i> is just the reverse of this process. The mapper wants to +know where he is located on the map. If he is properly oriented and +can aim at two points on the ground which he has located on the map, +he places a pin at one of these locations on the map and aims with the +alidade at the object on the ground drawing a line towards himself; +this is repeated with the other known point and where the two lines +cross on the map will be the point he is standing at.</p> + +<p>In intersection the greatest accuracy is obtained by running the rays +so as to meet as nearly as possible at right angles.</p> + +<p>In running a traverse the sketcher must expect to find some error at +his closing point. This error must be distributed over the whole +traverse so as not to have all the error concentrated at one point.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lesson 4. (Field Work—four Hours.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Problem</span>.—Make a simple sketch, containing topographical details using +the traverse made during the preceding lesson. Use of conventional +signs should be emphasized and the appreciation of features of +military importance impressed. A tendency is to put in details to a +point of confusion. Judgment must be developed to choose telling +points.</p> + +<p>A sharp pencil is always needed in sketching; in putting in the +topographical details special attention must be given to the pencil. +Keep the point sharp and make clear, distinct signs.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lesson 5. (Class Room—four Hours.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Problem</span>.—Contours, the Vertical Interval, Use of the Slope Board, Map +Distance, Visibility and Profiles.</p> + +<p>A contour is an imaginary line on the surface of the earth all points +of which have the same elevation from a base or datum level, sea level +usually being this base. <a name="Page_151" id="Page_151"></a>Slice an apple into pieces ½-inch thick; +where the cuts come may represent the contour lines. Take these +individual slices, beginning at the bottom and outline them on a sheet +of paper with a pencil (having run a nail through the apple first to +keep each piece in place). The resulting circles will represent the +apple's outline at ½-inch intervals.</p> + +<p>Contours are always at equal elevations from each other, and the +Vertical Interval (known by the abbreviation V.I.) is the measure +between successive contour lines. In military maps the V.I. is always +the same for each map scale:</p> + +<div> +<span style="margin-left: 12em;">1 inch to the mile, the V.I. is 60 feet.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 12em;">3 inch to the mile, the V.I. is 20 feet.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 12em;">6 inch to the mile, the V.I. is 10 feet.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 11.5em;"> 12 inch to the mile, the V.I. is 5 feet.</span><br /> +</div> + +<p>Note that the V.I. changes in proportion to the scale, a map on a 3 +inch to the mile scale is 3 times as large as one on a scale of 1 inch +to the mile, while the V.I. is 1/3 as great, hence the former shows 3 +times as many contours as the latter.</p> + +<p>Map Distance means the horizontal distance between two contour lines +on a map and indicates a certain degree of slope. As the scale +increases the V.I. decreases in proportion and the M.D. therefore +remains the same for the same degree of slope whatever the scale of +the map. By computation we find that a one degree slope rises one foot +for every 57.3 feet horizontal distance, so a one degree slope would +have a 20 foot rise in 1,146 feet horizontal distance, this distance +equals .65 of an inch on the map if the scale is 3" to 1 mile.</p> + +<p>The term "Map Distance" is also loosely used to denote distance +between points as measured on the map. Care should be taken to +distinguish between these two meanings.</p> + +<p>Distances between contours, scale 3" to 1 mile: ½° slope = 1.3", 1° +slope =.65", 2° slope =.32", <a name="Page_152" id="Page_152"></a>3° slope =.22". These distances are +already on the alidade and if you get a slope of 2° with the slope +board and have the distance from your station on the map to the point +of aim either by pacing, intersection or resection, apply the M.D. +scale as many times as it will go. This will give the number of +contour lines crossing the traverse and the difference in elevation. +The spacing of the contours may not be even between your station and +the point of aim in which case the position of the contours must be +estimated by eye.</p> + +<p>If your elevation above the datum or sea level is unknown at the start +assume any elevation which is great enough to put the datum lower than +the lowest spot of the area to be sketched.</p> + +<p>The sketching board is easily made to serve as a slope board in this +manner. Hang a plumb bob about an inch below the center of a straight +edge of the board while pointing at the horizon, using the back of the +board. Mark a point 5.7" directly below and draw a semicircle through +it with the same radius. Now mark the point below the center zero and +from it divide the arc using chords one tenth of an inch long. This +will give a scale reading in degrees. By sighting along the top of the +board at some object at the height of the eye from the ground the +degree of slope is shown by the plumb bob on the scale below. Care +must be exercised to prevent the wind from disturbing the reading. A +protractor may be used in the same manner by sighting along the top +and using a plumb bob to record the angle.</p> + +<p>In reading maps it is important to know whether points are visible +from each other due to intervening ridges or other topographical +features. This can be told by laying off accurately the distance on +the map between the points in question and using as datum the lowest +of the 3 points, then draw vertical lines, from the 2 higher points, +making them in proportion to their elevation with any convenient +scale. Draw a line <a name="Page_153" id="Page_153"></a>between the first and last points and, if the +intervening vertical cuts this line the second point is not visible +from the first. Take for example, two points A and B, 1,760 yards +apart, by the map, A 500 feet and B 450 feet above sea level, the +intervening point C is 475 feet above sea level and 500 yards from B. +As B is the lowest we will call its elevation zero or at datum, then +elevation of A is 50 feet and C 25 feet.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a href="images/plate10.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate10.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 10" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>Another method of deciding visibility is by proportion. Measure the +distance between the three points A, B, and C, and obtain their +elevations above the datum <a name="Page_154" id="Page_154"></a>(lowest of the 3) and using similar +triangles. Take the same case as above, letting X represent the point +above which the view is clear at 1,260 yards from point A, the line of +sight passes through this point.</p> + +<div> +<span style="margin-left: 18em;">1760 (A—B) : 500 (B—C) :: 50 (elev. A) : X</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">solving, X = 14.2</span><br /> +</div> + +<p>Now, since the ground at point C is 25 feet above the base and the +line of sight passes within 14.2 feet of the base at this place, an +observer at A is unable to see B.</p> + +<p>The matter of profiling is very simple. Merely mark where the contours +cut the edge of a piece of co-ordinate paper and extend the proper +elevations, then pass a line through these points, remembering that +the surface of the ground has a natural curve.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lesson 6. (Field Work—five Hours.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Problem</span>.—By use of the slope scale on the sketch board and the +contour interval scale on the alidade, each man will secure vertical +data on the flat sketch made in the fourth lesson. Certain critical +elevations will be determined and marked with red flags before hand. +The elevations of two points on the ground will be furnished, one as +the datum and the other as a check. Draw in contours of this sketch +with the help of drainage lines and elevations already secured.</p> + +<p>The chief points to be considered are to take slopes from points +established on the sketch; to take several sights and average the +angle of slope; to properly lay off the elevation by using the slope +scale on the alidade; and finally to put in the contours along these +lines of sight <i>on the spot</i> thus allowing for difference in +topography between the point of sight and the station from which the +elevation is taken. Careful note must be made of the drainage systems +as these are the keynotes to the sketch and finally the contours are +connected together, keeping in mind always that no contour stops +unless it makes a closed curve or goes off the map. <a name="Page_155" id="Page_155"></a>Remember also +that contours make fingers pointing up stream and are blunt around +hill sides. Contours cross streams to opposite points and break at +roads, continuing on the other side. Uniform slopes have +equally-spaced contours. Do not try to measure every slope, two +intersecting elevation sights on a hill will check the height. Put the +intervening contours in by eye.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lesson 7. (Classroom—four Hours.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Problem.</span>—Completing the map sketch previously made and making a +landscape sketch.</p> + +<p>It is important to complete a map and no matter how good it is, if +certain points are omitted, the value of the work is very much +decreased. The sketcher must clear the sketch of all unnecessary lines +and notes and make his lettering clear on the map. Be sure that the +following items are on the sketch before it is turned in.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Location of the ground shown.</li> +<li>Line of magnetic north shown by an arrow, and if declination is +known, the true north also.</li> +<li>Graphic scale and representative fraction—R.F.</li> +<li>Vertical interval—V.I.</li> +<li>Sketcher's name and organization to which he belongs.</li> +<li>Date.</li> +</ol> + + +<p>A landscape sketch is a place sketched with details shown in +perspective. The horizon is always of military importance and should +be shown as well as intervening crests, woods, houses, etc. Landscape +sketching in trench warfare is a necessary accomplishment of the +observer. The beginner will at first be confused by a mass of details, +but he must note only the outline of the features sketched. First draw +the sky line and crests, then fill in the other details with fewest +lines possible. Unnecessary shading tends to detract from the +clearness of the sketch. There will be great difficulty in getting the +perspective, note the size of objects, the further away they are the +smaller they seem. Make them so. In making the sketch, hold the pad in +front <a name="Page_157" id="Page_157"></a>with one eye closed, the upper edge +of the pad horizontal; a string 20 inches long is tied to the pad and +held between the teeth to insure the same distance from the eye each +time. Moreover, if it is desired to locate objects by deflection of an +angle from a reference point, this can be done by using <i>mils</i>. One +mil is 1-6400 of a circle. At 2 inches a half-inch interval subtends +25 mils.</p> +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_156" id="Page_156"></a> +<a href="images/plate11.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate11.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 11" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>The paper is oriented by bringing the sector desired along the upper +edge of the pad. The points desired are then in proper positions, both +horizontally and vertically.</p> + +<p>Place a mark at the upper edge for points desired. The sky line should +be located first. Now carry these lines down, having drawn three +horizontal lines about ½ inch apart, beginning with the highest +point on the top line. Marks locating the other features are likewise +transposed in vertical and horizontal portions.</p> + +<p>Now draw sky line connecting transposed marks, then such other points +as crests, trenches, houses, etc. After practice most other features +can be drawn in without reorienting, the sky line having been drawn. +The vertical elevation should be slightly exaggerated. Objects in the +background should be drawn in lightly while nearby features are +indicated by <i>heavy lines</i>. Avoid details, draw only silhouette, shade +only in showing woods.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lesson 8. (Field Work—five Hours.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Problem</span>.—Make complete area sketch including contours, with no data +furnished other than the initial elevation.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Before commencing the work summarize the important points involved.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>If possible select a base line.</li> +<li>Locate as many points by intersection as possible.</li> +<li>Make traverse by road, check locations by resection.</li> +<li><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158"></a>At good observation points observe and complete the sketch as far +as possible.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">At each station keep the following points in view:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Back sight on previous station.</li> +<li>Select new sighting point ahead.</li> +<li>Determine elevation by slope board.</li> +<li>Put in contours where possible noting the drainage and critical +points of the general slope and the terrain.</li> +<li>Put in details along traverse just made of all topographical +features of military importance.</li> +<li>Determine your present elevation.</li> +<li>Make as many shots for intersection as you can and mark them.</li> +<li>Look for possible resection shots.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Lessons 9 And 10. (Field Work—nine Hours.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Problem</span>.—Make a road sketch of about 12 miles with scale of 3 inches +to the mile, V.I. 20 feet. This should include details of military +importance to a distance of 300 yards on either side of the road.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Keep in mind these points:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Start carefully and give attention to every part of the map.</li> +<li>Keep the board properly oriented.</li> +<li>Watch the water drainage systems.</li> +<li>Put down all necessary details at each <i>setup</i>.</li> +<li>Note high hills and towns not on immediate route, condition of +roads, fences, cultivation, hedges, cuts and fills, bridges (kind and +length), railroads, telegraph and telephone lines, schools, churches, +etc., notice particularly woods and points of concealment for hostile +troops.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Do the work at each station for elevation, contours and the noting of +necessary details so that the sketch will be complete as you go along. +Make certain that the title of the sketch, scale, orientation, etc., +are all <a name="Page_159" id="Page_159"></a>clearly indicated, for a road map may have to be completed by +another or may be called for suddenly when it will be useless without +these details.</p> + +<p>Remember there are but two things absolutely essential to a good road +sketch; a good traverse and the location of the drainage system in its +relation to this traverse. With this control approximate contours can +be drawn by anyone having a knowledge of the principles of topography. +Never plot unimportant details. Prominent buildings and farm houses +are of value for locating oneself. Woods and orchards are shown for +tactical reasons but no one can expect to show every fence, ditch or +bit of cover that might hide a patrol.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Map Reading.</b></p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +(Gettysburg 3" Map—hunterstown Sheet.)</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em">Plattsburg Barracks, N.Y., Sept. 17, 1917:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>What is the shortest distance by road from Biglersville to Texas?</li> +<li>Describe the road between Texas and Table Rock.</li> +<li>Is it a cut or a fill along the railroad about ½ mile east of +Granite Hill Station?</li> +<li>What is meant by 931 on Chestnut Hill?</li> +<li>Can a man on the summit of hill 712 (about one mile southwest of +Plainview) be seen from the town of Plainview?</li> +<li>Point out two fords on the Conewago River.</li> +<li>Where is the highest point on the road from Plainview to +Heidlersburg?</li> +<li>Describe the fences along the road from Texas to Table Rock +Station.</li> +<li>Is Hill 566 S.W. from D. Wert visible from Henderson Meeting House?</li> +<li>Of what material is the bridge at Bridge School House constructed?</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em">Harvard College:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Can a sentinel standing at 707 see road fork 535 (about 1,500 yards +south)?</li> +<li><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160"></a>An enemy patrol is marching north on the 544-616 road, and has +crossed the stream (750 yards north of 544.) Can this patrol see the +Red outguard at 707 from any point between stream and cross roads 616?</li> +<li>Can the sentinel at 712 see the road fork 518 (1,850 yards +southwest from 712)?</li> +<li>Can the sentinel at 712 see the cross roads 561 (about 1,200 yards +southeast)?</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Assuming the height of a man as 5' 0" above the ground and trees and +buildings as 30' 0".</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Is the ground at road fork 552 near D. Wirt visible to a patrol on +Hill 712? If not what is the obstructing point? Turn in profile, using +cross section paper.</li> +<li>Disregarding trees, is a man standing on Bridge 523 near Bridge +S.H. visible from Hill 712?</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Solve by any method desired indicating the method.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Make a profile from location of the letter "U" of Chestnut Hill +near Center Mills to Hill 712, 2-½ miles to the south.</li> +<li>Is the location of the letter "B" of Beatrich visible from "U" of +Chestnut Hill? If not what obstructs?</li> +</ol> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Can a man on Hill 712 see a man at cross roads 554 in Hunterstown +(disregard trees)?</li> +<li>To a man standing at the point where contour 680 crosses the road +just south of 707, where does the roadbed first become invisible?</li> +</ol> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>When the point arrives at Hill 647 can it see the road fork 610 to +the northwest?</li> +<li>When the flank patrol reaches Benders Church cross roads can it see +an enemy patrol at the house midway on the road 534-554 one mile to +the northeast?</li> +<li>Looking north along the Center Mills road from Hill 647, where does +the road first become invisible?</li> +</ol> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>What does 1/21120 mean?</li> +<li>What direction is the general drainage system on this sheet?</li> +</ol> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_6" id="CHAPTER_6"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161"></a>CHAPTER 6.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Helpful References to the Articles of War.</h3> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +(Extracted from M.C.M. and Guide to the Articles of War—Waumbaugh's +Lectures.)</p> +<br /> + +<p><span class="sc" style="margin-bottom: .2em"> +Military Law</span> is the body of rules that governs members of the army. +Military Law is based upon the Articles of War approved by Congress, +August 27, 1916, effective March 1, 1917. This body of rules defines:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Punishable offenses of members of the army.</li> +<li>The Method of determining guilt.</li> +<li>Punishment.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The present Articles of War are revisions of those from the +Revolution.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 1.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Definitions:</span></p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>The word "officer" shall be construed to refer to a + commissioned officer (and no one else).</li> +<li>The word "soldier" to include non-commissioned officer or any + other enlisted man.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 2.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Persons Subject To Military Law</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>All officers and soldiers of the Regular Army.</li> +<li>All volunteers in the service of the U.S.</li> +<li>All other persons lawfully called, drafted or ordered into such + service.</li> +<li>West Point cadets.</li> +<li>Officers and soldiers of the Marine Corps when detached for + service with the army, by order of the President.</li> +<li>All retainers to the camp, or accompanying or serving with the + army in time of war, both <a name="Page_162" id="Page_162"></a>within and without territorial + jurisdiction of U.S.</li> +<li>All persons under sentence by court-martial.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Articles 3-18.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Courts Martial Classified</span>:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: upper-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>General Courts Martial.<br /> + <p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em">Appointed by</p> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>President,</li> + <li>Commanding officer of department or territorial division.</li> + <li>Commanding officer of separate army division brigade.</li> + <li>Commanding officer of district or force empowered by + President.</li> + </ol> + <br /> + + Jurisdiction.<br /> + <p>Over all persons subject to Military Law as regards all + offenses punishable by Military Law.</p> + Sentence.<br /> + <p>Everything.</p> +</li> + +<li>Special Courts Martials (3 to 5 officers inclusive).<br /> + <p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em">Appointed by</p> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Commanding officer of district, garrison, fort or camp.</li> + <li>Commanding officer of brigade, detached battalion.</li> + </ol> + + <br /> + Jurisdiction.<br /> + <p>Over any person subject to military law (except an officer), + and for any crime not capital. (Only soldiers excluding + those having certificate of eligibility for promotion.)</p> + Sentence.<br /> + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>No power to adjudge dishonorable discharge.</li> + <li><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163"></a>No confinement in excess of six (6) months.</li> + <li>No forfeiture of pay in excess of six (6) months.</li> + </ol> +<br /> +</li> +<li>Summary Courts Martial (one (1) officer). <br /> + <p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em">Appointed by</p> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Commanding officer of garrison, fort, camp, etc.</li> + <li>Commanding officer of regiment, detached battalion, etc.<br /> + (N.B.) When but one (1) officer is present with command he + shall be the summary court martial.</li> + </ol> + + <br /> + Jurisdiction.<br /> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Only privates holding no certificate of eligibility for + promotion—and</li> + <li>For crimes not capital.</li> + </ol> + + Sentence.<br /> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Confinement not over 3 months.</li> + <li>No dishonorable discharge.</li> + <li>No punishment over one (1) month without higher + authority.</li> + </ol> +</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Method Of Entering A Charge Against A Man:</span></p> + +<p>Example:</p> + +<p><span style="border-bottom: solid 1px #000000; text-decoration: underline;">Charge</span>: +Violation of the —— Article of War.</p> + +<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Specification</span>: + In that (rank, name, organization) did at + (place) on or about (date) etc. (brief description + of offence committed).</p> + +<span style="margin-left: 9.5em;">Signed (Name)</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9.5em;">(Rank and Branch of Service)</span><br /> + +<br /> + +<p>In cases where there are more than one charge the number of each A.W. +is put down in the charge. A <a name="Page_164" id="Page_164"></a>description of each offence is put down +separately under <span class="sc">Specification</span>.</p> + +<p>Note that double lines are drawn under <span class="sc"> +Charge</span>, single line under <span class="sc"> +Specification</span>.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +General Remarks</span>:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">The three (3) Courts Martial are alike in the following:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Composed only of officers of Army or Marine Corps on detached + service with the Army by order of the President.</li> +<li>Pass upon both law and fact.</li> +<li>Criminal Courts only.</li> +<li>Unable to promulgate any finding that does not require approval + of appointing authority.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">The three (3) Courts Martial differ in the following:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Number of members.</li> +<li>Appointing authority.</li> +<li>Punishments.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 31.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Order Of Voting</span>:</p> + +<p>Members in General or Special Courts Martial shall vote from junior to +senior.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 39.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Limitations Upon Prosecutions</span>:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Military offences fall into three (3) groups:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>War desertion, mutiny, murder. Have no limitations.</li> +<li>Burglary, etc. (A W. 93) and frauds against Government (A.W. + 94). Prosecution limited to 3 years.</li> +<li>All other offences. 2 years.</li> +</ol> + +<p><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165"></a>In some cases the Statute of Limitations is suspended (A.W. 39), +especially in cases of absence from the United States.</p> + +<br /> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<br /> + +<p>The following Articles of War are the important ones for officers to +be acquainted with in the ordinary course of his duties:</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 54.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Fraudulent Enlistment</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court Martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any person procuring himself to be enlisted by means of + willful misrepresentation or concealment as to his qualifications + for enlistment and shall receive pay or allowance," ...</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +This offense requires two (2) steps:</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Misrepresentation or concealment.</li> +<li>Receiving pay or allowances.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 58.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Desertion</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: (Wartime) Death or Court Martial. (Peacetime) Court +Martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any person—who deserts or attempts to desert in time of War + ... death or such other punishment as the court martial may + direct ... any other time any punishment except death."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +Essential features are:</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>An intent not to return.</li> +<li>An overt act of separation from duty.<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em">Drunkenness tends to show absence of the intent.<br /> +Minority is no defense.<br /> +Enlistment while in desertion does not remove the charge of + desertion.</p> +</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_166" id="Page_166"></a>Article 61.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Absence Without Leave</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court Martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any person who fails to repair at the fixed time to duty, or + goes from same without leave of absence, or absents himself from + his command, guard, quarters, station or camp without proper + leave...."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +Does not require to prove intent, yet persons ignorant of + military law, drunk or victims of mistake are dealt with gently. </p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 62.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Disrespect Toward President, Vice-president, Congress, Secretary Of +War, Governors, Legislatures</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: (Officer) Dismissal from the service,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;"> (Soldier) Court martial.</span></p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any officer who uses contemptuous or disrespectful words + against the President, etc.... any other person subject to + military law who so offends."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +Contemptuous language is objectionable and liable to court + martial whether</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Used in public or private.</li> +<li>In official or private capacity.</li> +<li>Written or spoken.</li> +<li>True or untrue.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 63.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Disrespect Toward A Superior Officer</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any person subject to military law who behaves himself with + disrespect toward his superior officer...."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +Unlike Article 62, disrespect toward a superior officer requires + no words—acting or neglecting to act (such as rudeness or failure + to salute) are enough.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_167" id="Page_167"></a>Article 64.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Assaulting Or Willfully Disobeying Superior Officer</span>:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">Punishment: Death or court-martial.</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>"Any person subject to military law who on any pretense + whatsoever, strikes his superior officer—lifts a weapon, or + offers violence against him, being in the execution of his + office."</li> +<li>"Or willfully disobeys any lawful command of his superior + officer."<br /> +Drunkenness here tends to show absence of the essential + willfullness.<br /> + Self defense is not forbidden nor violence to suppress mutiny. +</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 65.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Insubordinate Conduct Toward A Non-commissioned Officer</span>:</p> + +<p style=" margin-bottom: .2em">Punishment: Court-martial.</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>"Any soldier who assaults or attempts or threatens to + strike or assault."</li> +<li>"Or willfully disobeys the lawful order of a + non-commissioned officer while in the execution of his office."</li> +<li>"Or uses threatening or insulting language."</li> +<li>"Or behaves in an insubordinate or disrespectful manner."<br /> +Drunkenness will not have the effect here of showing an absence + of willfullness.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 68.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Disorders</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"All officers and non-commissioned officers have power to quell + disorders and to order officers who take part in the same into + arrest, and other persons into arrest or confinement.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +<a name="Page_168" id="Page_168"></a>Whosoever, being so ordered:</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Refuses to obey.</li> +<li>Draws a weapon.</li> +<li>Otherwise threatens or does violence shall be punished."</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +This is one instance (except a.w., 67, mutiny) where even a + corporal might order a general into arrest.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +This is the only instance:</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Where anyone other than a commissioned officer can put an + officer under arrest.</li> +<li>Where anyone other than an officer can order, arrest or + confinement of a soldier except on power given by C.O.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 69.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Breaking Arrest</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: (Officer) Dismissal, (Soldier) Court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any officer charged with crime shall be placed in arrest by + C.O.... in exceptional cases ... confined."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"A soldier charged with crime ... shall be placed in confinement + ... when charged with minor offense placed in arrest."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any person placed in arrest ... shall be restricted to + barracks, quarters, tent, unless limits are enlarged by proper + authority."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"An officer or any other person breaking his arrest or who + escapes from confinement before being set at liberty by proper + authority shall be punished by...."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +To break arrest is punishable even though a person is innocent + of the charge or ought to have been released. </p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_169" id="Page_169"></a>Article 75.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Misbehavior Before The Enemy</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Death or court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +"Any officer or soldier who:</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Misbehaves before the enemy—runs away, or shamefully + abandons post.</li> +<li>Or speaks words inducing others to do so.</li> +<li>Or quits his post or colors to plunder or pillage.</li> +<li>Occasions false alarms in camp or quarters shall suffer + ...."</li> +</ol> +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-top: .2em;"> +The word "enemy" implies "any hostile body" such as a mob or + riot crowd.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 83.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Neglect Of Military Property</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Make good the loss and court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any person subject to military law who willfully or through + neglect suffers to be lost, damaged, or wrongfully disposed of, + any military property belonging to United States of + America—shall make good the loss and...."</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 84.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Waste Or Unlawful Disposal Of Property Issued To Soldiers</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any soldier who sells or wrongfully disposes of any property + issued for military service shall be punished...."</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 85.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Drunk On Duty</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: (War time) dismissal and court-martial, (Peace time) +court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any officer ... drunk on duty shall ... in time of war be + dismissed ... and</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +<a name="Page_170" id="Page_170"></a>Any other person subject to military law, drunk on duty ... + shall be punished...."</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 86.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Misbehavior Of A Sentinel</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: (War time) death or court-martial, (Peace time) +court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +"Any sentinel found:</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Drunk.</li> +<li>Asleep.</li> +<li>Or who leaves before being regularly relieved shall be + punished...."</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 92.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Murder Or Rape</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Death or life imprisonment.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any person who commits murder or rape shall suffer death or + life imprisonment as the court-martial may direct."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +No person shall be tried for murder or rape committed in the + limits of the U.S.A. in time of peace. This is left to civil + courts.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 93.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Various Crimes</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +"Any person who commits</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Manslaughter,</li> +<li>Mayhem (cutting),</li> +<li>Arson,</li> +<li>Burglary,</li> +<li>Larceny,</li> +<li>Embezzlement,</li> +<li>Perjury,</li> +<li>Assault with intent to commit any felony.</li> +<li>Assault with intent to do bodily harm. shall be + punished...."</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-top: .2em;"> +Definition of these crimes is left to local law. </p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_171" id="Page_171"></a>Article 94.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Frauds Against The Government</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +Article of War No. 94 is equivalent to prohibiting any person + subject to military law from defrauding or attempting, or + conspiring to defraud the Government of the U.S.A.—also from + stealing, embezzling any Government property.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 95.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +Conduct Unbecoming An Officer And A Gentleman</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Dismissal.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"Any officer or cadet convicted of unbecoming conduct shall be + dismissed...."</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +Misconduct may be official or unofficial.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Article 96.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em"><span class="sc"> +General Article, The Catch All</span>:</p> + +<p>Punishment: Court-martial.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +"... all disorders and neglects to the prejudice of good + military discipline.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em;"> +All conduct of a nature to bring discredit upon the military + service.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +All crimes and offences not capital shall be taken cognizance of + by</p> + +<ol class="indent2" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>General,</li> +<li>Special,</li> +<li>Summary court-martials according to the nature and degree + of the offense and punished....</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 6em; margin-right: 6em; margin-top: .2em;"> +Article of War 96 covers all crimes and is handy when no other + Article of War fits. It is wise, however, to use this Article + sparingly on Charges, finding if possible the exact Article + necessary to cover the case at hand.</p> +<br /> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_172" id="Page_172"></a>Examples.</p> + +<p class="sc" style="text-indent: 0em;">Problem 1:</p> + +<p>Charge.—Violation of —— Article of War.</p> + +<p>Specification.—In that Private John Doe, Company C. 301st Regiment +Infantry, did at Albany, New York, on or about September 15th, 1917, +dress himself in the uniform of a 1st Lieutenant and attend a dance at +Odd Fellows Hall.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 6em;">(Signed) <span class="sc"> +John Hancock</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9.5em;">Captain, 301st Infantry.</span></p> + +<p>Under what article of war, if any, does this belong?</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc" style="text-indent: 0em;">Problem 2:</p> + +<p>Charge.—Violation of —— and —— Articles of War.</p> + +<p>Specification.—In that Sergeant James Hopkins, Company H, 205th +Infantry, did at Franconia, N.H., on or about July 4th return to +barracks intoxicated.</p> + +<p>In that Sergeant James Hopkins, moreover, refused to appear at +reveille July 5th.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 6em;">(Signed) <span class="sc"> +William Hitchcock</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 10em;">Captain, 205th Infantry.</span></p> + +<p>Under what articles of war do these offenses belong?</p> + +<p>What kind of court-martial required?</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc" style="text-indent: 0em;">Problem 3:</p> + +<p>Charge.—Violation of —— Article of War.</p> + +<p>Specification.—In that Captain George Jones, 125th Infantry did at +Laconia, Maine, on or about August 20, 1917, make a speech in which he +stated that the Reichstag of Germany was a more efficient and +democratic body than the United States Congress.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 6em;">(Signed) <span class="sc"> +Albert Smith</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 9.5em;">Major, 125th Infantry.</span></p> + +<p>Under what article of war does this offense belong?</p> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<a name="Page_173" id="Page_173"></a> +<div style="margin-left: 10em;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="75%" summary="Punishments"> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft"> + <span class="sc">No.</span></td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft"> + <span class="sc">Articles Of War.</span></td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + <span class="sc">Punishment.</span></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft"> + 54.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft"> + Fraudulent enlistment</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 58.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Desertion</td> + <td width="2%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap;"> + <span style="font-size: 210%;">{</span> </td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + War: Death or court martial<br /> + Peace: Except death</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft"> + 61.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft"> + Absence without leave</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 62.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Disrespect to Presidents Vice-President, <br /> + Secretary of War, Congress, etc.</td> + <td width="2%" class="tdleft"> + <span style="font-size: 210%;">{</span> </td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Officer: Dismissal<br /> + Soldier: Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 63.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Disrespect to superior officer</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 64.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Assaulting or disobeying superior officer</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Death or court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 65.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Insubordination to a non-commissioned officer</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 69.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Arrest or confinement of accused persons</td> + <td width="2%" class="tdleft"> + <span style="font-size: 210%;">{</span> </td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Officer: Dismissal<br /> + Soldier: Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 75.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Misbehavior before the enemy</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Death or court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 83.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Loss, etc., military property</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Make good the loss and court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 84.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Loss of military property issued to soldiers</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 85.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Drunk on duty</td> + <td width="2%" class="tdleft"> + <span style="font-size: 210%;">{</span><br /> + <span style="font-size: 210%;">{</span></td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Officers—<br /> + War: Dismissal<br /> + Peace: Court martial<br /> + Soldiers: Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 86.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Misbehavior of sentinel</td> + <td width="2%" class="tdleft"> + <span style="font-size: 210%;">{</span> </td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + War: Death or<br /> + Peace: Court martial (except death)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 93.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Various crimes</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 94.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Frauds against the Government</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 95.</td> + <td colspan="2" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + Conduct unbecoming an officer</td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Dismissal</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + 96.</td> + <td width="50%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top"> + General article</td> + <td width="2%" class="tdleft"> + <span style="font-size: 210%;">{</span> </td> + <td width="43%" class="tdleft"> + Court martial<br /> + (General or special)</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<a name="Page_174" id="Page_174"></a> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + + +<a name="CHAPTER_7" id="CHAPTER_7"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175"></a>CHAPTER 7.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Notes on Army Regulations</h3> +<br /> + +<p>1. <span class="sc"> +Obedience</span> required in the military service—strict and prompt.</p> + +<p>2. <span class="sc"> +Authority Exercised</span> with firmness, kindness and justice—prompt and +lawful punishment.</p> + +<p>3. <span class="sc"> +Abusive Language</span> or conduct by superiors forbidden.</p> + +<p>4. <span class="sc"> +Respect To Superiors</span> will be extended upon all occasions, whether +on duty or not.</p> + +<p>5. <span class="sc"> +Remarks By Officers</span> or soldiers upon others in the military +service, whether praise or censure, public or private, written or +spoken, is prohibited. Any effort to affect legislation for a personal +favor will be entered against a man's military record.</p> + +<p>106. <span class="sc"> +Furloughs</span> not granted to men about to be discharged. Not more +than five per cent of a company shall be absent at one time.</p> + +<p>109. <span class="sc"> +Men On Furlough</span> may not leave the United States.</p> + +<p>111. <span class="sc"> +For Men In Foreign Countries</span> furlough can begin on date of +reaching United States.</p> + +<p>113. <span class="sc"> +No Payments</span> made to men while on furlough. Arms not to be taken +on furlough or while reporting sick.</p> + +<p>(N.B.—There will unquestionably be a modification of this ruling, as +the custom abroad is to have every man keep his complete equipment +with him whenever possible.)</p> + +<p>116. <span class="sc"> +Desertion</span>. Property lost or destroyed will be charged against +deserter.</p> + +<p>117. <span class="sc"> +Abandoned Clothes</span> turned over to Quartermaster. Personal effects +sold and credited to United States.</p> + +<p>121. <span class="sc"> +Reward Of</span> $50 for apprehension and delivery of deserter or +military prisoner.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176"></a>127. <span class="sc"> +Costs Of Apprehension</span> will be charged against deserter.</p> + +<p>129. <span class="sc"> +No Pay Or Clothes</span> drawn by soldier awaiting trial on charge of +desertion.</p> + +<p>131. <span class="sc"> +Will Be Restored</span> to duty only by court martial or authority +competent to order trial.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">132. <span class="sc"> +Absent Without Leave</span>. Enlisted man forfeits all pay and +allowances while away.</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em;"> +Soldier will not be charged with desertion until commanding officer +has reason to believe he intended to desert. Absence of less than 24 +hours will not be noted upon the muster roll.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">139. <span class="sc"> +Discharge</span> of enlisted man only</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>By order of President or Secretary of War.</li> +<li>By order of General Court Martial.</li> +<li>By order of United States court or justice or judge, on writ of + habeas corpus.</li> +<li>By command of territorial department.</li> +<li>By disability in line of duty.</li> +<li>By sentence of civil court.</li> +<li>By purchase.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em;">(N.B.—In time of war it is probable that the last two methods would +not be effective for discharge from the service.)</p> + +<p>140. <span class="sc"> +Final Statements</span>. The company commander will furnish each +enlisted man a final statement (or duplicate) or a full statement in +writing explaining why such final statement is not furnished. No final +statement will be furnished a soldier who has forfeited all pay and +allowances or who has no deposits due him.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">147. <span class="sc"> +Certificate</span> will give</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Character certified by company commander.</li> +<li>Whether recommended for re-enlistment.<br /> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; text-indent: 0em;">In case of negative opinion, the soldier should be notified at + least 30 days prior to discharge. In that case the company + commander shall convene a board of three officers (if possible) to + determine <a name="Page_177" id="Page_177"></a>what kind of discharge shall be given. The soldier will + be given a hearing.</p> +</li> +</ol> + +<p>151. <span class="sc"> +Loss Of Discharge Certificate</span>. Discharge certificates will not be +made in duplicate. Upon proper proof of loss or destruction without +fault of person entitled to it, the War Department will issue a +certificate of service, showing date of enlistment and discharge from +the army and character given in original certificate.</p> + +<p>Discharge certificates should never be forwarded to the War Department +in correspondence unless called for.</p> + +<p>159. <span class="sc"> +Physical Disability Certificate</span> issued when an enlisted man is +permanently unfitted for service, in line of duty. Certificates of +disability not made in duplicate.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">162. +<span class="sc">Death Of Soldier</span>.</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Effects are secured.</li> +<li>Nearest relatives notified.</li> +<li>Adjutant General of army notified.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;"> +In active service the War Department requires the following reports:</p> + +<ol class="ident1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Report of company commander to Adjutant General, covering death + and disposal of remains.</li> +<li>Report of surgeon or company commander embodying + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .3em; margin-bottom: .3em;"> + <li>Cause of death.</li> + <li>Whether in line of duty.</li> + <li>Whether due to another soldier's misconduct.</li> + </ol> +</li> +<li>Inventory of effects in duplicate.</li> +</ol> + +<p>163. <span class="sc"> +Effects</span>, when not claimed within reasonable time, sold and +credited to United States.</p> + +<p>No authority for officers to pay debts of dead soldiers.</p> + +<p>Trinkets will not be sold but sent to the Adjutant General's office.</p> + +<p>165. <span class="sc"> +Effects</span> will be delivered, if called for, to legal representative +of deceased after arrears are paid.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178"></a>167. <span class="sc"> +Medal Of Honor</span>. Authorized by Congress to be awarded to officers +and men for extreme acts of gallantry in action, beyond line of duty. +Recommendations will be considered by standard of extraordinary merit, +and must have incontestible proof.</p> + +<p>184. <span class="sc"> +Certificate Of Merit</span>. Granted by President to any enlisted man in +the service for distinguished acts in line of duty, on recommendation +of company commander, based upon statement of eye witness, preferably +the immediate company commander. $200 permanent additional pay is +allowed.</p> + +<p>285. <span class="sc"> +Quarters</span>. Name of each soldier on bunk. Arms on rack. +Accoutrements hung up by the belts.</p> + +<p>287. <span class="sc"> +Saturday Inspection</span> preceded by thorough policing. Leaders of +squads will see that everything is clean.</p> + +<p>1011. <span class="sc"> +Neglect Of Rooms</span> or furniture by officer or soldier a military +offense. All necessary costs shall be paid by him.</p> + +<p>1178. <span class="sc"> +Destruction Of Tableware</span> or kitchen utensils by soldiers will be +charged against their pay.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">288. <span class="sc"> +Chiefs Of Squads</span> are responsible</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>For cleanliness of men.</li> +<li>For their proper equipment for duty.</li> +<li>For their proper dress when going "on pass."</li> +</ol> + +<p>374. <span class="sc"> +Premises</span> shall be policed daily after breakfast.</p> + +<p>290. <span class="sc"> +Company Commander</span> will see that public property held by men is +kept in good order, and missing or spoiled articles paid for.</p> + +<p>292. <span class="sc"> +Arms</span> shall not be taken down without proper supervision and by +order of commissioned officer.</p> + +<p>No changing of parts or finish.</p> + +<p>Tompions (muzzle plugs) in small arms forbidden.</p> + +<p>657. <span class="sc"> +Accountability And Responsibility</span>—Both devolve upon persons +entrusted with public property.</p> + +<p>Responsibility without accountability devolves upon one to whom +property is entrusted, but who does not <a name="Page_179" id="Page_179"></a>have to make returns +therefor. Responsibility does not end until property has been given +back to accountable officer and a receipt taken, or he has been +relieved by regulations or by orders.</p> + +<p>Accountability without responsibility occurs when an officer holds +proper memorandum receipts for property delivered to others.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Example</span>.—The Company Commander is accountable and responsible for the +rifles turned over to his company. He is accountable without +responsibility when each enlisted man has been issued a rifle and has +signed a receipt for it. Each enlisted man is then responsible for his +rifle, without accountability, until he returns it in proper +condition. In general, therefore: Accountability requires evidence of +the disposition that has been made of property. Responsibility implies +possession, and requires return of the property or payment for it.</p> + +<p>685. <span class="sc"> +Loss Of Public Property</span> by neglect of any officer or soldier +shall be paid by him, at such rates as a survey of the property may +determine.</p> + +<p>Charges will be made only after conclusive proof, and not without a +survey if the soldier demands one.</p> + +<p>Signing the payroll will be regarded as an acknowledgment of the +justice of the charge.</p> + +<p>1202. <span class="sc"> +Ration</span> is the allowance of food for one person or animal for one +day.</p> + +<p>1229. <span class="sc"> +Forfeiture</span> of ration is made when a soldier overstays furlough.</p> + +<p>1339. <span class="sc"> +Pay</span> for continuous service is credited a soldier if he enlists +within three months after honorable discharge.</p> + +<p>For privates an increase of $3 per month is allowed up to and +including the third enlistment, beyond this $1 per month increase +given up to and including the seventh enlistment.</p> + +<p>For non-commissioned officers the increase of $3 per month continues +to and includes the seventh enlistment.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180"></a>No increased pay is given after the seventh enlistment to private or +non-commissioned officer.</p> + +<p>1347. <span class="sc"> +Allotments</span> (revised by Act of Congress, October, 1917).</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em"> +The new law does away with future pensions. Allotments may be made to:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Family.</li> +<li>Bank.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For married men or those with dependents, such as children, parents +divorced wives, whose support is required by court order, allotments +are compulsory, and must not be less than $15 a month and not more +than one-half of his pay. The Company Commander is responsible for +finding who comes under this rule. By this arrangement soldiers cannot +shirk the support of dependents.</p> + +<p>The government will double the amount allotted by each soldier, to a +limit of $37.50 a month. In cases where the soldier allots half of his +pay the government will add to the allotment according to the +following scale, even though it more than doubles the amount paid by +the soldier:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Class A.</p> + <ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em"> + <li>Wife, no child, $15.</li> + <li>Wife, one child, $25.</li> + <li>Wife, two children, $32.50.</li> + <li>For each additional child, $5 more.</li> + <li>No wife living, one child, $5.</li> + <li>Two children, $12.50.</li> + <li>Three children, $20.</li> + <li>Four children, $30.</li> + <li>For each additional child, $5.</li> + </ul> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Class B.</p> + <ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em"> + <li>One parent, $10.</li> + <li>Two parents, $20.</li> + <li>Each grandchild, brother, sister or additional dependent, $5.</li> + </ul> + +<p>Nurses can make allotment.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181"></a>When both A and B classes are in need of allotment from a soldier's +pay, and he has allotted half of his pay to Class A, he may allot an +additional one-seventh of his pay for the support of Class B +dependents, and the government will pay the sums listed above to the +Class B dependents, to the limit of $20 a month. Payments under this +act were begun November 1, 1917. In case less than one-half of a +soldier's pay is allotted, the Secretary of War may require the +allotment to be increased up to one-half of the pay.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;"><span class="sc"> +Compensation For Death Or Disability</span> in line of duty. In all cases +must be applied for. In case of death, monthly compensation shall be +as follows per month:</p> + + <ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em"> + <li>Widow, $25.</li> + <li>Widow and 1 child, $35.</li> + <li>Widow and 2 children, $47.50.</li> + <li>Each additional child, $5.</li> + <li>One child alone, $20.</li> + <li>Two children, $30.</li> + <li>Three children, $40.</li> + <li>Each additional child, $5.</li> + <li>Widowed mother, $20.</li> + <li>For transportation of body, $100.</li> + </ul> + +<p>No women can receive compensation from two sources. The government +will continue to pay compensation to a dependent wife until her death +or remarriage, and to children until they are 18 years old, unless +they are insane or helpless, in which case it will continue to pay the +compensation during such incapacity.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">In case of total disability, compensation will be as follows per +month:</p> + + <ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em"> + <li>Soldier alone, $30.</li> + <li>With wife, no child, $45.</li> + <li>With wife, one child, $55.</li> + <li>With wife, two children, $65.</li> + <li>Three children or more, $75.</li> + <li>No wife living, one child, $40.<a name="Page_182" id="Page_182"></a></li> + <li>No wife living, each additional child, $10.</li> + <li>Soldier and widowed mother, $40.</li> + </ul> + +<p>In case of total disability where attendance is needed, $20 per month +will be added to the compensation, unless the soldier is blind, +bedridden, or has lost both feet or hands, in which case the +compensation will be $100 per month, with no extra allowance for +attendance. In case of partial disability, compensation will be a +percentage of the amount paid in case of total disability. These +annuities continue only during the life of the person for whom they +are first paid.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Additional Insurance</span>.—Uniform compensation for all ranks can go only +to blood relations. In case of death or disability in line of duty, it +is paid in monthly instalments for 20 years. Insurance is from $1,000 +to $10,000 in multiples of $500. The rate is exceedingly low. +Insurance must be applied for within 120 days after entering the +service. Premiums are paid monthly, quarterly or yearly from the pay +of the insured man. After the war this insurance must be converted +within five years into a policy either of straight life insurance, +20-year payment or endowment, maturing at the age of 62. In case of +death when there is no blood relationship, the reserve value, +according to the American insurance mortality tables, is paid to the +estate. None of these payments can be attached for debt, nor legal +action started against them except in a United States Court. The +maximum lawyer's fee in any such case is $500.</p> + +<p>1361. <span class="sc"> +Deposits</span> of not less than $5 may be made by an enlisted man (not +retired) to any quartermaster. Deposit book, signed by quartermaster +and company commander, given to man who makes the deposit. This book +is not transferable.</p> + +<p>1363. <span class="sc"> +A Lost Deposit Book</span> is not replaced without an affidavit of the +soldier, testifying that he has not sold nor assigned it.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183"></a>1364. <span class="sc"> +Payment</span> made only on final statement. The soldier should be +informed of the importance of keeping the deposit book.</p> + +<p>1365. <span class="sc"> +Withdrawal Of Deposit</span> when discharged or furloughed to reserve.</p> + +<p>1366. <span class="sc"> +Interest</span> on sum greater than $5 is 4 per cent.</p> + +<p>1368. <span class="sc"> +Forfeiture</span> due to desertion, but not by sentence of court +martial. Deposits not exempt from liabilities due the United States.</p> + +<p>1371. <span class="sc"> +Officers And Men</span> lose pay while confined by civil authorities.</p> + +<p>1375. <span class="sc"> +Furloughed To Reserve</span> or discharged, a soldier is given a final +statement in duplicate. This must be presented to be valid.</p> + +<p>1378. <span class="sc"> +Transportation</span> and subsistence is allowed to the point of +enlistment, or for the same distance. Not subject to deduction for +debts due the United States.</p> + +<p>1380. <span class="sc"> +Discharged Soldier</span> under charge of fraudulent enlistment is not +entitled to transportation and subsistence.</p> + +<p>1383. <span class="sc"> +Transfer Of Claims</span> on the government made by an enlisted man are +only recognized after discharge or furlough to the reserve. They must +be in writing and must be endorsed by a commissioned officer or other +responsible person known to the quartermaster.</p> + +<p>1437. No one is allowed to accompany sick or wounded from the battle +line to the rear except those specifically authorized.</p> + +<p>1530. Ammunition lost or used without orders or not in line of duty +shall be charged to the soldier using it.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Notes On The Laws Of War.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 10em; margin-right: 10em;"> +(From Manual for Commanders of Infantry Platoons, translated from + the French at the Army War College, 1917. War Department + Document No. 626.)</p> + +<p>The laws of war were instituted under the generous error that certain +well-organized peoples had entirely <a name="Page_184" id="Page_184"></a>emerged from barbarism and that +they considered themselves bound by the placing of their signatures to +international conventions, freely agreed to.</p> + +<p>An infinite number of acts minutely and officially investigated have +established that our troops and our Nation should never count on the +observance of these laws and that the atrocities committed prove to be +not only individual violations dishonoring merely the perpetrator, but +violations premeditated and ordered in cold blood by the commanders +with the moral support of the heads of the enemy nation.</p> + +<p>These laws are nevertheless repeated here in order that:</p> + +<p>1. The knowledge of how the war should have been conducted may develop +in the heart of each man the sentiment of hate (applicable only to +foes such as we actually have), that in no case should a chief of +platoon tolerate any intercourse between his men and the enemy other +than that of the rifle; this duty is explicit and not to be departed +from except in the case of the wounded and prisoners incapable of +doing harm.</p> + +<p>2. That every violator of these laws, taken in the act, shall be the +subject of an immediate report with witnesses, then sent to the +division headquarters to be tried as to the facts of the case.</p> + +<p>The laws of war resulted from the Geneva convention, from the +declaration of St. Petersburg (Petrograd), and from the different +Hague conventions. All these diplomatic papers were signed by Germany, +Austria-Hungary, Turkey and Bulgaria.</p> + +<p>The following are the principal articles:</p> + +<p>Protect the wounded on the field of battle from pillage and from bad +treatment; respect ambulances and evacuation convoys; respect the +personnel exclusively concerned with the transportation, treatment and +guarding of wounded; do not treat this personnel as prisoners of war +if it falls into the hands of the enemy; but return such personnel, as +well as material, when its <a name="Page_185" id="Page_185"></a>retention shall be no longer necessary for +the care of the wounded prisoners.</p> + +<p>Refrain from employing any projectile which weighs less than 400 grams +that is either explosive or loaded with incendiary or inflammable +material, from all projectiles having for their sole object the +spreading of asphyxiating or harmful gases, all expanding bullets or +those which will easily flatten out inside the human body, such as +jacketed bullets whose jacket does not entirely cover the core or is +nickel.</p> + +<p>Forbid the use of poisons or of poisoned arms, killing or wounding an +enemy who has thrown down his arms and surrendered; declarations that +there will be no quarter; refrain from bombarding towns and cities +which are not defended, from firing on churches, historical monuments, +edifices devoted to the arts, to science, to charity, to sick and +wounded and which are marked by a conspicuous signal known to the +enemy.</p> + +<p>Prisoners should be treated as to rations, housing and clothing the +same as troops of the country which has captured them. All their +personal belongings, except their arms and military papers, should be +left in their possession.</p> + +<p>The following should be inviolate: The emissary—that is to say, an +individual authorized by a belligerent to enter into talks with the +authorities of the other side and coming under a white flag; also his +trumpeter, his standard bearer, and his interpreter. He loses his +inviolability if it is proven that he has profited by his privilege to +provoke or commit treachery.</p> + +<p>An undisguised military man can never be treated as a spy. </p> +<a name="Page_186" id="Page_186"></a> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<a name="CHAPTER_8" id="CHAPTER_8"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187"></a>CHAPTER 8.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Practice Marches.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>"Special attention should be paid to the fitting of shoes and the care +of the feet." (i.d.r., 627.)</p> + +<p>Short marches from 2 to 4 miles should be made daily and at a uniform +rate until the troops become hardened. Particular attention must +always be paid to the rate of march—it is imperative for the leading +element to keep a uniform rate per hour.</p> + +<p>Be careful and see to it that your troops march on the right-hand side +of the road, and during halts, no one, not even officers, must be +permitted on the left. Keep closed up, and during the last mile of +your march have your company sing some real snappy song, and they will +come in in jubilant spirits. Keep the muzzles of your rifles always +elevated on the march so that men marching in rear wont be bothered.</p> + +<p>On the march the first halt is for 15 minutes taken after 45 minutes +of marching. The men should be taught to use this time to adjust their +clothing and equipment, and answer the calls of nature. Do not halt +where there are houses, etc., on this first halt, as a great many men +want to relieve themselves.</p> + +<p>The succeeding halts are for 10 minutes after 50 minutes of +marching—except of course during a forced march—when you would march +for a longer period. During rainy or very hot weather the halts should +be made oftener.</p> + +<p>Do not have any straggling, remember if a man falls out he must have a +certificate signed by an officer stating the cause. Have one officer +march in rear of the company. Be careful about the use of water. Have +your men take a good drink early in the morning just after reveille, +and on the march use their canteen sparingly. One canteen of water +must last one man one day. Do not allow men to drink until after the +second halt.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188"></a>On reaching camp the kitchens are put up, latrines are dug, and tents +are pitched. When everything has been tended to each man should give +his feet a good salt water bath. Put them in the water and let them +remain there for 2 minutes. Do not dry them by rubbing, but sponge +them—this will harden the feet. This should be done for the first +three days, after which it can be dispensed with. A change of socks +daily should be made, take one pair of socks from the pack, and wash +out the dirty pair.</p> + +<p>Try to avoid night marching.</p> + +<p>The leading company in each regiment regulates the rate of march.</p> + +<p>"The marching efficiency of an organization is judged by the amount of +straggling and elongation and the condition of the men at the end of +the march." (i.d.r., 632.)</p> + +<p>Remember a sanitary squad should be detailed daily to police the +immediate vicinity after each halt.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Field Work.</b></p> +<br /> + +<p>Field work will be classified under the following heads: Orders, +Deployment, Fire, Attack, Defense, Leadership, Communications, Night +Operations, Patrols, Advance Guards, Rear Guards, Flank Guards, Camp, +March Outpost, and Outpost.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em">(a) <span class="sc"> +An Order</span> is the will of the commander expressed verbally or in +writing to his subordinates. It should be clear, concise and to the +point. A field order should be given as follows:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .3em;"> +<li>Information of the enemy and supporting troops.</li> +<li>General plan of the commander.</li> +<li>Dispositions of the troops.</li> +<li>Instructions for the trains.</li> +<li>Place where messages are to be sent.</li> +</ol> + +<p>(b) <span class="sc"> +Do Not Deploy</span> too early. It is very fatiguing, and has a tendency +to disorganize the skirmish line. <a name="Page_189" id="Page_189"></a>The major designates the companies +to be on the firing line, and those to remain in support. The distance +between the firing line and support is from 50 to 500 yards. The +support should be as close as possible under cover.</p> + +<p>(c) <span class="sc"> +Fire Direction</span> is the function of the company commander. He gives +each platoon its sector or objective, determines the range, target, +indicates the class of fire, and the time to open fire. Fire control +is given to platoon commanders. The platoon is the fire unit. "Fire +control implies the ability to stop firing, change the sight setting +and target, and resume a well directed fire. The best troops are those +that submit longest to fire control." Fire discipline is the function +of the individual soldier. "It implies that in a firing line without +leaders, each man retains his presence of mind and directs effective +fire upon the target."</p> + +<p>(d) <span class="sc"> +The Troops</span> march in column of squads until under the observation +of the enemy. Platoon columns are used in crossing ground where there +is cover. Squad columns are used across the artillery zone. At +approximately 800 yards a skirmish line is formed. Thin lines may then +be used to advance to the attack. Remember the Major has assigned each +company in the firing line an objective. Be sure to watch out for +flank protection. If the Major has forgotten to have combat patrols on +the exposed flank or flanks, it is up to the flank company to send out +a combat patrol. This patrol should be slightly in advance of the +front line, and off to the right or left. The advance is made by a +fraction rushing forward. These rushes are from 20 to 80 yards. When a +rush is made the remaining troops fire faster. The firing line should +not be reinforced by less than a platoon. The Major determines when to +fix bayonets. The front rank men fix bayonets first, the rear rank men +fire faster, then the rear rank men fix bayonets while the front rank +fire faster. A battalion is the smallest unit in the firing line to +<a name="Page_190" id="Page_190"></a>inaugurate a charge. Remember the battalion is the attack unit.</p> + +<p>In changing sight setting follow same plan as fixing bayonet, <i>i.e.</i>, +each front rank first, the rear rank man firing faster, etc.</p> + +<p>(e) <span class="sc"> +Defense</span>.—In defense the line is usually stronger and the support +weaker than in the attack. Do not give up your ground unless you have +written orders from the High Command. Watch out for flank protection +by combat patrols.</p> + +<p>(f) <span class="sc"> +Leadership</span>.—A good leader should possess self reliance, +initiative, aggressiveness, superior knowledge, and have a conception +of teamwork. Make your work a game in which each man has a part to +play. Reward merit and give the disagreeable things to be done to the +"knockers." A leader must know his men. Never give them a job to do +that you couldn't do yourself. Train yourself to estimate the +situation quickly and calmly. Have your men well disciplined, well +drilled, well equipped, and well dressed. It might be called +unmilitary by some of the sterner characters in our service, but we +believe by occasionally drawing comparisons to something real +amusing—a good joke—you show your men that the "old Man" is really +made of human stuff. Be sympathetic, and it has been shown by +experience that, for some slight breach of discipline a "little talk" +in the orderly room does the most good, and is the best form of +punishment. Do your work cheerfully, and your men will do likewise. +Keep yourself abreast of the times in all matters military—remember +your men look to you in time of action and excitement and you must be +ready to deliver the goods. Work out and plan your orders, etc., +simply. Morale is the greatest asset an organization can have. Keep +all your troubles and have the men keep theirs within the company. +Have <i>esprit de corps</i>. The real successful leader knows and plays the +game.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191"></a>(g) <span class="sc"> +Communications</span>.—Communication is maintained by wireless, +telegraph, telephone, signals, runners, carrier pigeons, aeroplanes, +motor cars, patrols, and connecting files. Each unit usually maintains +communication with the next higher command, and with similar commands +on the flanks.</p> + +<p>(h) <span class="sc"> +Night Operations</span>.—They are used to minimize losses from hostile +fire, to escape observation, and to gain time. The ground to be +traversed at night should be carefully looked over in daylight. Some +distinctive badge should be worn by our troops. The bayonet is chiefly +used at night. Avoid firing. The enemy should be surprised. Place +obstacles in front of your own lines at night. Usually 50 yards is the +maximum range to fire at night.</p> + +<p>(i) <span class="sc"> +Patrols</span>.—"A commander may be excused for being defeated, but +never for being surprised."</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Patrols.</p> + +<p>Commander selects leader, strength, gives it a mission, when to report +back, and where to send messages. He gives it a number if more than +one patrol is sent out, information of the enemy, and location of any +friendly patrols that may be or have been sent out. Patrol leader is +then allowed to ask questions.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em"> +<i>Patrol Leader</i>.—He should have a compass, watch, pencil, note-book, +knife, and a map of the country. He should then do the following:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Assemble his men.</li> +<li>Inspect them. + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>To see if they are fit for this duty.</li> + <li>That they have no valuable maps or papers, that their + equipment does not rattle or shine.</li> + <li>Rations and water.</li> + </ol> +</li> +<li>He repeats the instruction that he has received.</li> +<li>He explains any signals that are to be used.</li> +<li><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192"></a>Designates a rallying point in case they are scattered.</li> +<li>Details a second in command.</li> +<li>Takes a formation that will favor the escape of at least one + man.</li> +</ol> + +<p><i>Conduct of the Patrol</i>.—1. Move cautiously but not timidly.</p> + +<p>2. Do not flinch or show consciousness of it in case you become + suddenly aware that you are under the observation of the enemy. + Not knowing that you are aware of his presence he will let you + come on, and suddenly, when you see cover, make a dash for it + and escape.</p> + +<p>3. Do not get lost.</p> + +<p>4. Do not allow yourself to think of the enemy as being in one + direction only.</p> + +<p>5. In entering or passing through woods take an extended skirmish + line formation.</p> + +<p>6. In passing any short defile bridge or ford, send one man ahead.</p> + +<p>7. If you suspect the presence of the enemy under certain cover, a + good way to find out is to let one man approach within a + reasonable distance and then, acting as though he had been + discovered, turn and run. This will generally draw his fire.</p> + +<p>8. Keep quiet. Forbid unnecessary talking.</p> + +<p>9. From time to time select suitable rallying points in case you + become separated.</p> + +<p>10. Remember that you do not fight unless in self defense.</p> + +<p><i>Report</i>.—1. Do not report the presence of small patrols unless you +have been ordered to do so. Locate the main body or a large command.</p> + +<p>2. Determine his strength, kind of troops and movements.</p> + +<p>3. Remember the indispensable qualities of a report are: accuracy + as to facts, simplicity, clearness, legibility and correct + spelling. Surmises must not be given as facts. Separate what you + know and what has been told <a name="Page_193" id="Page_193"></a>you. A report should not be + expressed carelessly in ten words when it could be clearly + stated in twenty. Send a sketch if practicable.</p> + +<p>4. Do not send a verbal message.</p> + +<p>5. Address it to C.O. Support or C.O. Advance Guard, etc., not to + the commander of a certain body of troops. Give date, place and + time.</p> + +<p>6. Remember to state what you intend to do.</p> + +<p>7. In hostile country send two messages by different routes. In + friendly country one will suffice.</p> + +<p>8. When the capture of your message is likely, give messenger a + false one that will be easily found and conceal the true message + carefully.</p> + +<p><i>Return</i>.—1. Do not return over the same route as you avoid ambuscade +and widen your field of reconnaissance.</p> + +<p>2. Report any special features of military value that you have + seen to your C.O.</p> + +<p>3. Compliment your men.</p> + +<p>(j) <i>Advance Guard.</i>—"An advance guard is a detachment of the main +body which precedes it and covers it on the march" (i.d.r. 639). The +commander of troops designates the advance guard, the distance between +it and the main body, and also designates a commander. The advance +guard commander if he has more than a battalion designates the +reserve, support, distance between them. If the advance guard is a +battalion or less it would have no reserve, and in that case the +advance guard commander would designate the support, advance party, +and the distance between them. In the former case the support +commander would designate the advance party, and the distance between +the support and the advance party. In both cases the advance party +commander designates the point, and the distance between the point and +the advance party. Usually it is the duty of the advance party to send +out flank patrols. The strength varies from 1/20 to 1/3 of the main +body. <a name="Page_194" id="Page_194"></a>Remember "the formation of the advance guard must be such that +the enemy will first be met by a patrol, then in turn by one or more +larger detachments, each capable of holding the enemy until the next +in rear has time to deploy before coming under effective fire." The +advance guard must be aggressive. Do not put up with a cautious point. +Have a double connecting file, and if possible every 100 yards. "Each +element of the column sends the necessary connecting files to its +front." On the road in order are: point—advance +party—support—reserve (if there is one)—main body. Have the point +precede the advance party, all the remaining elements follow the one +ahead. This has been found by experience to be the best method of +getting "there."</p> + +<p>(k) <i>Rear Guards</i>.—"A rear guard is a detachment detached to protect +the main body from attack in the rear." "The general formation is that +of the advance guard reversed." i.e. rear point, rear party, support, +and main body. "In retreat a column is preceded by a body of troops +designated 'leading troops,' whose principle duty is to clear the road +of obstacles and to facilitate the withdrawal of the command."</p> + +<p>(l) <i>Flank Guards</i>.—As their name imply protect the flanks. They +should be in constant communication with the column. Their formation +usually conforms to that of patrols.</p> + +<p>(m) <i>Camps</i>.—The four principal factors to be considered in the +selection of the camp site are: near a good road or roads, have good +drainage, plenty of room to accommodate your troops, and have a good +water supply. Immediately after camp is made sinks are dug for the +disposal of excreta. One should be dug for each company on the +opposite flank from the kitchen for the disposal of human excreta, and +one near the kitchen for the disposal of wastes, etc., that cannot be +burned around the kitchen.</p> + +<p>(n) <i>March Outpost</i>.—A march outpost is usually an advance guard +halted, with observers in each unit on <a name="Page_195" id="Page_195"></a>the alert. A cossack post +might be established on a good near by observation point. The march +outpost is the protection furnished the main body at short halts, or +on making camp before the outpost is established.</p> + +<p>(o) <i>Outpost</i>.—The outpost may be best illustrated by circles:</p> + +<p>Each support is numbered from right to left. Each outguard in each +support is numbered from right to left. Each sentinel post in each +outguard is numbered from right to left. Outguards are divided into +three classes, cossack posts, sentry squads and packets. A cossack +post consists of 4 men, 1 posted in observation near the posts of the +remaining three.</p> + +<p>A sentry squad consists of one squad, posts a double sentinel post in +observation near the post of the squad. A picket consists of two or +more squads not exceeding half a company. It furnishes cossack posts, +sentry squads, sentinel posts, and patrols. It is usually placed at +the more important points of the outguard line, as a road fork, etc. +The post furnished by pickets may be as far as 100 yards away. There +should be also a sentinel post near the picket in observation. If the +outguard consists of two or more companies there is a reserve. The +reserve is held at some suitable point, where it can readily support +the line. The reserve maintains connection with the main body and the +support. The support occupies the line to be held. This line should be +entrenched. The support maintains communication with its outguards and +with each support on its flanks. It also sends out the necessary +reconnoitering patrols. The outguards furnish sentinel posts and +maintain communication with them, and with the outguards on each +flank. It is the duty of the support commander to inspect his line and +make such changes in the outguards as he deems necessary, then to +report to the outpost commander with a sketch if practicable of his +line when his dispositions are completed. The outpost commander should +inspect the line, order such <a name="Page_197" id="Page_197"></a>changes as he deems necessary, and +report with a sketch of the outpost line to the commander of troops +when his outpost has taken up its position. "The support commander +must practice the greatest economy on men consistent with the +requirements of practical security." Instead of using outguards along +the whole front, part of it may be covered by patrols.</p> +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_196" id="Page_196"></a> +<a href="images/plate12.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate12.png" width="80%" alt="Plate 12: Diagram of Outpost Line" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"><b> +Outline of Field Service Regulations.</b></p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Land Forces Of U.S.</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none"> +<li>Regular Army.</li> +<li>Organized Land Militia.</li> +<li>Volunteer forces.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">How Grouped:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Mobile Army.</li> +<li>Coast Artillery.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Mobile Army:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>For offensive operations against enemy and so requires maximum degree +of mobility.</li> +<li>Basis of organization the division, a self-contained unit composed of +all necessary arms and services.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Coast Artillery:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Permanent fortifications for defense against naval attack.</li> +<li>Semi-permanent fortifications for protection of permanent from +raiders.</li> +<li>Organization of mobile troops to prevent landing of enemy.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Military Information.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Essential:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>To enable War Department to estimate equipment and size of force +necessary.</li> +<li>To enable commander properly to estimate the situation in the +field of operations.</li> +</ol> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_198" id="Page_198"></a>Transmission Of Information.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Wire, Signaling, Radio and Messenger:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Message.—Concise, written information sent by messenger or wire.</li> +<li>Source always given.—"Heard" separated from "seen."</li> +<li>Report.—Formal account of some enterprise.</li> +<li>War Diary.—Record of events kept in campaigns.</li> +<li>Maps.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Reconnaissance:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>The work of individuals or units in gathering information.</li> +<li>To keep contact with the enemy—to be acquainted with the terrain; to +protect flanks and rear and guard against surprise.</li> +<li>Reconnaissance begins on entering theater of operations and lasts +through campaign.</li> +<li>Effected by patrols and air craft.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Indications of enemy:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Tracks on road.</li> +<li>Abandoned camps and clothing.</li> +<li>Infantry, thick, low cloud of dust.</li> +<li>Cavalry, high, thin cloud of dust.</li> +<li>Artillery and wagons, broken cloud.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Determination of Enemy Forces:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Timing past a given point.</li> +<li>Cavalry (walk), 110 per minute.</li> +<li>Cavalry (trot), 200 per minute.</li> +<li>Infantry, 175 per minute.</li> +<li>Artillery and wagons, 5 per minute.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Security:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Those measures taken to protect a command from enemy observation, +annoyance and surprise.</li> +<li>Obtained by covering the front with detachments.</li> +<li>March.—Advance, flank and rear guards.</li> +<li>Camp.—Outposts.</li> +<li><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199"></a>March and camp detachments.—To give warning and resist attack until +such time as detachment in rear can deploy.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Advance Guard:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Detachment from main body to cover its advance.</li> +<li>Against surprise for information.</li> +<li>Push back small bodies.</li> +<li>Check enemy's advance until deployment in rear.</li> +<li>Seize good position and locate enemy lines.</li> +<li>Remove obstacles.</li> +<li>Strength 1-20 to 1-3 of entire command.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Divisions of Advance Guard:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Cavalry point.</li> +<li>Infantry point.</li> +<li>Advance party.</li> +<li>Support.</li> +<li>Reserve.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Leading Troops:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>A detachment protecting the head of a column in retreat.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Rear Guard:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Detachments protecting the rear of a retreating column.</li> +<li>Formation like that of advance guard.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Flank Patrols:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Detachments for protecting the flanks of marching column.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">March Outpost:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Detachments for protection of column halted on march.</li> +<li>Formation, that of the marching protection.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Outpost:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>The detachments forming the protection for a force in camp or +bivouac.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Divisions of Outpost:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Reserve.</li> +<li>Line of supports.</li> +<li>Line of outguards.<a name="Page_200" id="Page_200"></a></li> +<li>Pickets.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Sentinel Posts:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Sentry squads. Cossack posts. Sentinels.</li> +<li>Detached posts (from support).</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Hours of Special Danger:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Evening and dawn; thus good times to relieve outposts.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Examining Post:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Intelligence and a place where prisoners, etc., are brought in.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Orders:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>The expression of the will of a commander, either written or verbal.</li> +<li>Letters of instruction—plans of the superior leaders.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Field Orders:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Regulate tactical and strategical actions of troops.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">General Orders Include:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>All necessary detailed instructions.</li> +<li>All standing instructions (avoid repetition).</li> +<li>Proceedings of general and special courts-martial.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Special Orders:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Relate to assignment and movement of individuals, not necessary to +be communicated to the whole command.</li> +<li>Bearers of verbal orders must <i>repeat.</i></li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Field Orders:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Heading.—Title, place, date, hour and number.</li> +<li>Distribution of troops.—Division of command.</li> +<li>Body: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em;"> + <li>Information of enemy and supporting troops.</li> + <li>General plan of commander.</li> + <li>Detailed tactical dispositions to carry out general plan.</li> + <li><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201"></a>Instructions for trains—also the positions of ammunition + and dressing stations.</li> + </ol> + +</li> +<li>Ending.—Authentication and method of sending.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Marches and Convoys:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Successful march.—That which places troops at destination on time, +and in best possible condition.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Rates of March:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Infantry.—2 to 2-½ miles per hour.</li> +<li>Cavalry.—4 miles (walk), 8 miles (trot), 12 miles (gallop).</li> +<li>Artillery.—(Same.)</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Average Marches:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Infantry.—15-20 miles per day.</li> +<li>Cavalry.—25 miles per day.</li> +<li>Artillery.—15-20 miles per day.</li> +<li>Load of pack mules equals 250 pounds.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">March Orders, State:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Object of march.</li> +<li>Distribution of troops.</li> +<li>Order of march of main body.</li> +<li>Manner of forming the column.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Halts:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>First hour, 15 minutes' rest. Each successive hour, a 10-minute rest.</li> +<li>Weather conditions create exceptions to above rule.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Marches in Peace:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Changing station.</li> +<li>Practice.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">In War:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Concentration.</li> +<li>In presence of enemy.</li> +<li>Forced marches.</li> +<li>Night marches.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202"></a>Convoys (on Land):</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Those trains by which supplies are forwarded to an army from depots, +etc., in the rear—also trains bringing supplies collected by +requisition.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Security Furnished by an Escort:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Advance guard.</li> +<li>Main body.</li> +<li>Flank guard when necessary.</li> +<li>Rear guard.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Favorable places for attacking convoys:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +<li>Through woods defile.</li> +<li>Over hedges.</li> +<li>Sharp bends.</li> +<li>Ascending or descending slopes.</li> +<li>Farming corral, watering.</li> +<li>Whenever conditions are such that escort cannot quickly prepare for +defense.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Conducting Prisoners:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>10 foot soldiers to every 100 prisoners.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Infantry:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>The principal arm, charged with the main field work. Its role is the +role of the entire force and its success is the success of the whole +force.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Artillery:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>The close supporting arm of the infantry.</li> +<li>Its targets are those most dangerous in the eyes of the infantry.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Cavalry:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Reconnaissance—supports the other arms and is valuable in pursuit.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Combat:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Offensive.</li> +<li>Defensive. + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em;"> + <li>Temporary.</li> + <li>Passive defense.</li> + </ol> +</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203"></a>Combat Principles:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Fire superiority.</li> +<li>Unity of command.</li> +<li>Simple and direct plans and methods.</li> +<li>All troops necessary to mission must be assigned at beginning.</li> +<li>Detachments justifiable only when they can contribute directly to +success of main battle.</li> +<li>Some reserves must be kept.</li> +<li>Flank protection and reconnaissance.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Fire Superiority:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Must be gained early and maintained.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Frontage of Units:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Depth in formation for combat rather than extension of line.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Reserves:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: .2em;">Fresh troops must be on hand to</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Give fire line impetus.</li> +<li>To penetrate enemy lines.</li> +<li>To fill gaps and help reorganization.</li> +<li>To meet counter attacks.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Plan of Action:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Mission of army is to win battle.</li> +<li>Offensive action must be the rule.</li> +<li>When enemy is near every available means must be taken to gain +information, in order to prepare for deployment.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Offensive Combat:</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">The attack develops into 2 parts.</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Assaulting hostile position at selected points.</li> +<li>Threaten or assault all other parts of enemy line in order to hold enemy + from reinforcing operations.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Enveloping Attack:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Advantage of converging fire upon position.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204"></a>Holding Attack:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>An attack for holding enemy in one place, while assaults made at +another point.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Assaults:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>The local concentrated offensive.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Pursuit:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Only by energetic pursuit can the full fruit of victory be gleaned. +Its purpose is to cause the greatest loss in personnel and morale +possible cavalry and artillery active.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Defensive Combat:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Passive defense—to gain time, or to hold certain points pending +results in other parts of the line.</li> +<li>Defense seeking a favorable decision—a parrying of blows while +seeking a favorable opening.</li> +<li>Counter attack the crisis of this form.</li> +<li>Counter attack—made by launching reserves at the flank, while the +enemy is fully committed to the attack.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Defensive Positions:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: .2em;">Requisites:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Clear field of fire.</li> +<li>Flanks naturally secure.</li> +<li>Extent of ground suitable to strength of force.</li> +<li>Effective corps for reserves.</li> +<li>Good lines of retreat.</li> +<li>Good communication.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Position in Readiness:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>A position intended to resist the advance of an enemy in the immediate +vicinity information of whose movements is not full enough to warrant +definite action.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Withdrawal From Action:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Troops most readily disengaged from the enemy should be withdrawn +first.</li> +<li>Demands highest order of skill in troop leadership.</li> +<li>Covering Positions—those positions chosen to cover the retreating +force.</li> +<li><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205"></a>Retreat—a step by step opposition to the enemy's advance on a +prearranged plan.<br /> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: .2em;">Delaying actions:</p> + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> + <li>Advance delayed as long as possible, consistent with safe + withdrawal.</li> + <li>Delayers must hold position.</li> + </ol> +</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Night Combat:</p> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Offensive advisable.</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Where fire superiority is impossible by day.</li> +<li>To avoid heavy losses by advance to assaulting position by + day.</li> +<li>To capture posts or patrols.</li> +<li>To surprise for moral effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Defensive:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Obstacles in front of position.</li> +<li>Trenches heavily manned and supports drawn close.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Shelter:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Troops under canvas—in camp.</li> +<li>Troops on ground without canvas—bivouac.</li> +<li>Troops in huts or villages—cantonment.</li> +<li>Tactical considerations are paramount in the selection of camp sites +in the theater of operations.</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Selection of Camp Site:</p> + +<ol class="indent6" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Suitably large to accommodate command.</li> +<li>Water supply sufficient and accessible.</li> +<li>Good roads to and in camp.</li> +<li>Wood and grass forage near at hand.</li> +<li>Sandy subsoil for drainage.</li> +<li>Hot weather shade—cold protection.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: 1.2em;"> +To maintain the efficiency of a command, troops must have adequate +shelter.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">Sanitary Considerations Around Camp:</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Latrines on opposite side of camp from kitchens.</li> +<li>Short camps, straddle trenches.</li> +<li>Long camps, trenches 2 by 6 by 12 with seats.</li> +<li>Have latrines screened.</li> +<li>Burn the trenches out daily and keep covered.</li> +<li>Wash boxes and paint with tar.</li> +</ul> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_206" id="Page_206"></a>Questions And Answers On F.S.R.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em;">1. How are the land forces of the U.S. organized?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—The <i>Mobile Army</i> consisting of Regular Army, organized land +militia when called to Federal service, drafted army, volunteers and +the field artillery and the <i>Coast Artillery.</i></p> + +<p>Basis of organization is the Division composed of all arms and +self-sufficient. Several divisions may be grouped into a field army, +to which are attached field army troops. These are organized into a +brigade for purpose of supply and administration when necessary +through numbers.</p> + +<p>Coast Artillery is charged with the care and use of land and coast +fortifications, including submarine mines and torpedo defenses.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +2. What is the object of collecting military information?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—To enable the War Department to decide upon the size of army +or expedition, the proportions of different arms, the character of +clothing, equipment, etc., needed for any operation.</p> + +<p>Information collected by the Gen. Staff in time of peace should +include geography, physical resources, and military strength of the +various nations.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +3. Define reconnaisance.</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—Reconnaisance is used to designate the work of troops or +individuals when gathering information in the field.</p> + +<p>It is necessary during combat for the tactical use of troops.</p> + +<p>It is carried on by: (a) aero squadron; (b) independent cavalry; (c) +divisional cavalry; (d) by infantry as reconnoitering patrols.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +4. What are some indications of the presence of the enemy?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—Clothing or material on roads or in abandoned camps.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207"></a>A thick, low cloud of dust indicates infantry.</p> + +<p>A high, thin cloud cavalry.</p> + +<p>A broken cloud artillery or wagon trains.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +How would you determine from these indications what the number and +organization of the enemy might be?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—Estimate strength by length of time it takes to pass a given +point. Assuming that infantry in column of squads occupies half a yard +per man, cavalry in column of fours 1 yard per trooper, and artillery +in single column 20 yards per gun or caisson, a given point would be +passed in one minute by about: 175 infantry, 110 cavalry at walk, 200 +cavalry at trot, 5 guns or caissons.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +5. Suppose on patrol and safely concealed for sighting the enemy at no +great distance, by what rough method would you ascertain the +approximate strength of the force assuming it to be composed of +infantry, cavalry and artillery?</p> + +<p>See answer No. 4.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +6. What is the composition and arrangement of the advance guard?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—All arms of the service. In open country much cavalry and +field artillery, the latter seldom assigned to command smaller than a +brigade. Also machine guns, ambulance company if the force is large +and engineers for purpose of removing obstacles to the march.</p> + +<p>Large command; advance cavalry, support, reserve.</p> + +<p>Small command; point, advance party, support, reserve.</p> + +<p>Strength should be 1/20 to 1/3, depending on size of command and +character of terrain.</p> + +<p>Advance guard increases in size proportionately with size of command. +Why?</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +7. Define: (a) Outguard; they constitute small detachments farthest to +the front and nearest to the enemy.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208"></a>(b) Cossack post; observation group at indicated point consisting of +four men, post single sentinel.</p> + +<p>(c) Picket; small command up to platoon placed in line of outguards at +more important points such as road forks.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +8. What is an order?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—Orders are used by commanders of divisions and separate +brigades for regulating the movement and supply of field trains, +fixing position of distributing points for rations and forage, in +short, have to do with supplies of all kinds, especially food.</p> + +<ul class="indent4" style="list-style-type: none"> +<li>Form: + + <ul style="list-style-type: none"> + <li>The heading.</li> + <li>The distribution of troops (in certain orders).</li> + <li>The body.</li> + <li>The ending.</li> + </ul> +<br /> +</li> +<li>The Body contains: + + <ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> + <li>Information about the enemy and our supporting troops.</li> + <li>General plan of the commander.</li> + <li>Disposition of the troops.</li> + <li>Instructions for the trains.</li> + <li>Where the commander may be found or messages are to be sent.</li> + </ol> +</li> +</ul> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +9. During an advance what is the general order of advance of a column?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—Cavalry and horse artillery.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;"> Infantry and light artillery.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;"> Engineering and signal troops.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;"> Trains.</span></p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +10. What is the average march per day of various arms?</p> + +<p><i>Ans</i>.—Infantry, 15 miles per day.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;"> Infantry in large bodies, 12 miles per day.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;"> Cavalry, 25 miles per day.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;"> Field artillery, 15 to 20 miles per day.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;"> Horse artillery, same as cavalry, to which it may be attached.</span></p> + +<p><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209"></a>Forced marches are from 28 to 30 miles for infantry.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +11. How is the escort distributed in guarded convoys?</p> + +<p><i>Ans.</i>—Advance guard, with advance cavalry 3 to 5 miles ahead.</p> + +<p>Main body may be opposite most important point of the train, usually +opposite its center.</p> + +<p>Section of infantry at head and tail of train.</p> + +<p>Flank guard—if necessary.</p> + +<p>Rear guard—1/6 of escort.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +What places are most favorable for attacking convoy?</p> + +<p>When passing through woods, defile, or over bridge, when going around +sharp bends in the road; when convoy is forming corral.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +12. Discuss uses of the various arms in combat.</p> + +<p><i>Ans.</i>—Infantry: The most important arm, charged with the main work +of the battle.</p> + +<p>Artillery: Supporting arm of infantry. Its target is the opposing arm +most dangerous to the infantry.</p> + +<p>Cavalry: Reconnaisance before combat, support of other arms during +combat.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +13. What is the difference between the attack and the assault?</p> + +<p><i>Ans.</i>—In combat where the force is as large or larger than a +division, a simultaneous advance against the entire hostile front is +out of the question. Attack is made up of a number of local combats. +Some where enemy is engaged with view to driving him out. This is +called the assault. Other parts of attack with fewer troops simply to +keep the enemy from coming to the support of those troops of the +assaulted lines. The entire advance against the enemy is the attack.</p> + +<p>After the firing lines have advanced some distance the weak and the +strong points of the enemy's lines are disclosed. The weak points of +course are selected.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +14. Discuss the manner in which a pursuit should be carried out?</p> + +<p><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210"></a><i>Ans.</i>—If enemy commences withdrawal before front lines have given +way, troops in action push forward until enemy in their front are +driven away. Cavalry and horse artillery are thrown against flanks of +retreating enemy, or on their front. Purpose to further disorganize +the enemy, beat him to bridges, defiles, etc. In meantime reserve is +sent into the pursuit, while troops engaged are assembling to +constitute a new reserve. General scheme is to keep in continuous +contact with enemy, giving him no chance to reorganize. Boldness +necessary.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +15. What are the different kinds of defense, and what is the purpose +of each?</p> + +<p><i>Ans.</i>—(a) Passive; to retain position for specified time with or +without combat, or to prevent enemy from carrying position.</p> + +<p>(b) Defense seeking favorable decision; troops forced temporarily to +assume the defensive, with intention of assuming the offensive at +first favorable opportunity.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +16. What is the purpose of the counter attack?</p> + +<p><i>Ans.</i>—To win victory, stave off defeat or prevent lines from being +entered. It may be launched either at the enemy's strong or weak +points depending on conditions. If enemy are beaten off and +disorganized at some point, it may be good opportunity to follow up +the advantage by counter attack. Also at other points where weakness +develops. Counter attack is made at strength of enemy to prevent him +from penetrating the defensive position.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +17. How should advance position be organized and held?</p> + +<p><i>Ans.</i>—Force should not be so weak that it can be driven back to main +body before it accomplishes its purpose, nor so strong that it will +hold out too long, thereby committing the entire force to action in +advance line instead of the line selected.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +Trenches. What is position in readiness?</p> + +<p><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211"></a>Troops placed in readiness for action where it is intended to resist +the advance of enemy in immediate vicinity, but knowledge of his +movements not yet sufficiently definite to decide upon plan of action. +Preliminary to taking up offensive, or more usually to taking up and +occupying defensive position. Hasten deployment when time comes.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-top: 1.2em;"> +18. If it becomes necessary to withdraw troops from action state steps +necessary to insure the safety of troops during the withdrawal and +retreat.</p> + +<p><i>Ans.</i>—Last reserves should be used. If none, troops least pressed +used to cover withdrawal. Cavalry and artillery used unsparingly. +Depends on the terrain. First covering position well to the rear so as +not to suffer demoralization. On flanks of line of retreat. There +should also be facilities to withdraw the occupying force. Firing line +made as strong as possible, minimum of reserves held. Use M.G. Perhaps +successive covering points necessary further to rear before advance of +enemy can be checked. When a few miles to the rear, or far enough to +free troops from all contact with the enemy, reorganize. Step-by-step +opposition useless. Number of covering positions should be reduced to +the minimum.</p> + +<p>Retreat; trains at once put into march. Other forces at once put into +order of march. All roads used, separate roads for divisions.</p> + +<p>Effective rear guard from troops whose strength and morale is least +impaired.</p> + +<p>Divisional cavalry and as much artillery as can effectively be used. +Use artillery at long range to keep the enemy deployed, destroy +bridges, etc. </p> +<a name="Page_212" id="Page_212"></a> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_9" id="CHAPTER_9"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213"></a>CHAPTER 9.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Feeding Men.</h3> +<br /> + +<p><span class="sc"> +In Camp</span>.—You will usually have plenty of food but continual +inspecting is necessary to have it properly cared for, prepared and +served. The kitchen must be kept clean: company commanders inspect +daily and insist on the following:</p> + +<p>1. Have cooks and enlisted men come to attention at the command of the +first man who sees you approach.</p> + +<p>2. Have all refrigerators opened, and put your head in far enough to +detect any bad odors.</p> + +<p>3. Check the bill of fare and see that food not consumed one day is +utilized later—waste bread for bread pudding, for example.</p> + +<p>4. See that doors close properly, that windows are screened and roof +is tight—allow no flies.</p> + +<p>5. Have floors, tables and refrigerators scrubbed daily.</p> + +<p>6. Have the ground around the mess shack raked and thoroughly policed. +Towels hung out to dry must be so hung as not to fall to the ground. +Raked ground does not allow flies to build undisturbed.</p> + +<p>7. Taste the coffee and look in the coffee bins.</p> + +<p>8. Inspect pans, knives, meat grinder (have latter taken apart for you +occasionally).</p> + +<p>9. See that the mess sergeant looks after the incinerator properly; +that he makes the cooks use what he tells them to. Cooks should not be +allowed to help themselves to things; the mess sergeant should weigh +out or set out just what is to be used each day.</p> + +<p>10. Have the food served hot and in individual portions as far as +possible; see that the food is not put on the table too soon.</p> + +<p>11. During each month talk with an old soldier, a raw recruit and a +non-commissioned officer about the mess to see what the men think of +it.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214"></a><span class="sc"> +On The March</span>.—(1. i.d.r., 669-673.)</p> + +<p>If portable kitchens accompany troops, the men should fall in in +single file and be helped to food as they pass by in companies.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +For Individual Cooking</span>.—Rations issued might be: 1 carton of +hard-tack, 1 ration of bacon, 1 potato, 2 tablespoons of rice, 1 +heaping tablespoon of coffee, sugar.</p> + +<p>Fires for individual cooking are best made out of small dried twigs to +produce a hot fire large enough for a group of four men.</p> + +<p>There are two methods of cooking with the issue mess-kit.</p> + +<p>First Method: Each man cooking for himself. As there are but two +cooking utensils, the tin cup and the frying pan, the cooking must be +systematized in order to cook four articles on the two utensils. To do +this, the rice is first cooked in the tin cup filling the tin cup +one-third full of water throwing in the rice. The water is brought to +a boil and boiled until the individual grains of rice are soft +through. The tin cup is then removed from the fire, the water poured +off, and the cup covered with the lid of the mess tin, the rice being +allowed to steam. In the meantime, the bacon should be fried in the +frying pan, the grease being saved. When the rice is well steamed, it +is turned out in the lid of the meat can, then the bacon placed on top +of it. The tin cup is washed out and the man is then ready to fry his +potato and boil his coffee. The cup is filled two-thirds full of water +and the coffee placed in it and boiled until the desired strength is +attained. To prevent the coffee from boiling over, a canteen of water +should be handy and water thrown in whenever the coffee begins to boil +over. When the coffee is strong enough, the addition of cold water +will settle the grounds. In the meantime, cut the potatoes very thin +and fry them in the bacon grease and the meal is ready: hard-tack, +potatoes, rice, bacon and coffee.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215"></a>Second Method: Squads of four may specialize; one man to collect the +frying pans and fry all the bacon, another the potatoes, another the +rice and coffee, and the other for collection of wood. Either method +may be followed.</p> + +<p>Mess-kits should be cleaned immediately after using, sand being used +for scouring. Mess-kits must be cleaned thoroughly.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +In The Trenches</span>.—Usually rations and stores will be carried up to the +trenches by the supports and the reserves. If this is not possible and +it becomes necessary that men from the front line trenches be +employed, not more than 10 per cent of the men in the firing line are +to be away from the trenches at the same time.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Rations And Cooking</span>:</p> + +<p>(a) Ration parties from the support and reserve trenches will be made +up in complete units, <i>i.e.</i>, platoons or companies.</p> + +<p>(b) The company mess sergeant will accompany the ration parties for +his company and will report his arrival to the company commander.</p> + +<p>(c) Great care is to be taken that ration and carrying parties make as +little noise as possible.</p> + +<p>(d) Cooking if possible will be done behind the front line trenches, +and should be concentrated by sections or companies. Steps must be +taken to insure that as little smoke as possible is made by the cook's +fires.</p> + +<p>(e) Waste in any form will be discouraged.</p> + +<p>(f) Arrangements should be made to insure that soup or some hot drink +be available for the men between midnight and 7 a.m.</p> + +<p>Each company commander must see that timely requisitions for rations +are made and to have no delays at meal times. Food should be brought +up in tin boilers about the size of wash boilers so that two men can +handle one of them easily without a relief. In front line, men send +mess kit relayed from hand to hand to these boilers at stations in +each platoon or section and <a name="Page_216" id="Page_216"></a>they are relayed back. Sometimes men in +the front line are relieved for a few minutes. Always carry 24 hours +rations.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<b>Camping and Camp Sanitation.</b></p> + +<p class="sc" style="text-indent: 0em;"> +General Principles:</p> + +<p>Great care must be exercised in selecting a camp site, but it must +never be forgotten that the tactical situation is of paramount +importance.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">The following principles govern the selection:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Sufficient supply of pure water.</li> +<li>Good roads, but not too near a main highway on account of dust + and noise.</li> +<li>Wood and forage must be obtainable.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">The ground should:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Give ample room without crowding.</li> +<li>Have porous soil.</li> +<li>Have high elevation to make site dry.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Avoid:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Marshy ground and mosquitoes.</li> +<li>Woods or dense vegetation.</li> +<li>Ravines or depressions in terrain or dry stream beds subject to + sudden freshets.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Water must be obtainable:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Arrange immediately where to obtain + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Drinking and cooking water.</li> + <li>Water for animals.</li> + <li>Water for bathing and washing.</li> + </ol> +</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em;">In the case of running water, the point furthest up-stream shall be +guarded for drinking and cooking water. Bathing shall be done at a +point furthest down-stream.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Successful military camping depends upon three (3) things:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Discipline.</li> +<li>Cooking.</li> +<li>Sanitation.</li> +</ol> + +<p><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217"></a>Discipline means control; it means order. Nowhere are these more +essential. Confusion is loss of control, loss of time, and loss of +respect by the men.</p> + +<p>Upon arrival at a favorable camp site get the men off their feet. Do +not wait around. As C.O. have your decisions made and the work +organized, so that each squad will be under a leader. Keep squads +together, allowing none to stray off until the work is done, then let +everyone rest except the sentinels.</p> + +<p>Do not omit to post sentinels over the water supply and at important +points, even though you have not decided upon the exact location of +camp.</p> + +<p>Organize the work by platoons or squads and rotate, if camp is to be +made every few days.</p> + +<p>Discipline in camp means more than order and dispatch, however, men +must understand that they are under discipline when off duty—that +they cannot disregard sanitary measures, eat promiscuously, destroy +property, vegetation, or timber and must police the grounds at all +times. Papers, cigarette butts, and newspapers, should never be +allowed on the ground near camp. Eatables should never be kept in +tents to draw vermin. Where possible, in dry weather, the company +street should be wet down to keep the dust out of the tents. Have men +ditch around tents immediately upon making camp. Though it may seem +somewhat of a hardship, a sudden down pour of rain, will recompense +them for this labor many times over. In ditching the tents, completely +circle them, for if this is not done a great deal of rain will come in +the front of the tent.</p> + +<p>Food means everything to a soldier. The camp cooking is a barometer of +the organized efficiency and of the enlisted men's attitude. Nothing +else can do so much to help or hinder.</p> + +<p>The Company Commander should realize the controlling power exercised +by the company cook and keep the matter in his own hands. He should +accept no excuse for burnt or dirty food.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218"></a>If officers mess with their companies they will appreciate the +attitude of the men and be able to judge the real situation. Officers +will be well repaid for doing this, as it gives them an idea of the +food that is being served their men.</p> + +<p>In the mechanical details of preparing food, the fire is of first +importance. A quick method of cooking is by laying a pair of large +green logs on the surface of the ground just wide enough to place the +pots between them, so that the bottom of the pots will be resting upon +them. Build a fire between these logs, making sure to place the logs +parallel to the direction of the wind.</p> + +<p>A pit may be dug, with a sloping bottom, and across this may be placed +the pots, and if iron rails are available, the utensils may be placed +on these. For longer stays this pit may be lined with stone. Stones +retain the heat and less wood is required. Four trenches radiating +from a central chimney will give one flue whatever may be the +direction of the wind. (For more specific data on the subject of fires +and camp cooking, see Manual for Army Cooks—U.S.A.—also notes in +i.d.r., pp. 154-155.)</p> + +<p>Make a rule never to allow food to remain in tin cans after opening +them. Remember to place kitchen near available water supply and +furthest from latrines, horse picket lines, or dumps of any kind.</p> + +<p>Sanitation comes last in the thoughts of the enlisted man, but it is +no less important for that.</p> + +<p>The first requisite is cleanliness. Food receptacles must be scoured +and covers and cracks in tin ware scraped as well as scalding the tins +themselves. Have boiling hot water in tanks (galvanized iron ash cans +are good) for men to wash mess kits in after meals. One can should +contain soapy water so as to cut the grease from the dishes, and the +second tank should contain clean, boiling water for scalding the kits. +Scraps of food should be scraped from the mess tins before immersing +them in water, otherwise washing water <a name="Page_219" id="Page_219"></a>becomes filled with small +particles of food. Wiping cloths will greatly add to the convenience +of the men and takes but a short time to make them clean and fit for +use again.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Care must be exercised over three kinds of waste:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>Garbage.</li> +<li>Kitchen slops.</li> +<li> Excreta.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Garbage can be burned in the kitchen fires. It should never stand +exposed to the air, but should be tightly covered in iron cans, and +should be disposed of every twenty-four hours. Kitchen help have an +aversion to prompt disposal of garbage and need watching. Fly traps +should be made of muslin and used freely about the kitchen.</p> + +<p>Kitchen slops, fats, greasy water, etc., must be drained into covered +pits, never allowing them to be tossed on the ground around the cook +tent. A hole dug and partially filled with stones with a barrel placed +upside down on them, makes a very good receptacle for kitchen slops. +The barrel should be placed so that the inverted top will be a little +way beneath the surface of the ground. A hole should be bored in the +bottom of the barrel and a funnel inserted, through which the slops +may be poured. If the soil is porous, a trough may be dug and covered +with mosquito netting or cheese cloth, and the water poured through +this and allowed to drain off.</p> + +<p>Excreta is the most deadly form of waste, and too much care cannot be +exercised in disposing of it. Impress upon every man that he must +cover completely with dirt all excreta so that flies may not have a +chance to approach it.</p> + +<p>For short stops and while working in the field "straddle," latrines +are the best. These are shallow trenches the width of a shovel, about +12 inches wide, and several feet in length. For long stops a deep +<a name="Page_220" id="Page_220"></a>latrine is dug of the following dimensions: 2 feet wide, 6 feet deep +by 15 feet long. Two posts with crotches, driven at the ends of this +trench, supporting a substantial pole to make a seat * * * for +convenience a hand rail placed in front of this improvised seat will +add to the comfort of the men.</p> + +<p>A more permanent latrine is made by covering the pit with a wooden +box, in the top of which are cut holes of the necessary diameter. To +these holes should be fitted spring covers which will shut down +tightly. A wooden frame boarded around this arrangement makes a +satisfactory enclosure.</p> + +<p>A urinal made of two long boards joined together to form a V-shaped +trough and drained by a pipe into the pit completes the whole. A pitch +sufficient for rapid drainage should be given the urinal trough.</p> + +<p>When necessary to utilize separate urinals, a hole filled with stone +and sprinkled daily with quicklime is sufficient for short periods. At +night there should be a galvanized iron can placed in each company +street and emptied before reveille each morning. This can must be +disinfected by burning out, as must be the latrines when earth or sand +is not used as a covering each time.</p> + +<p>Pits must be covered daily with quicklime, ashes, earth and filled +when within two (2) feet of the surface. Their position should be +distinctly marked so as to prevent reopening.</p> + +<p>It is a safe rule never to use an old camp ground, but select a new +one, even if less conveniently located. Camp sites should be changed +if it is found that the soil is becoming polluted, or if the ground is +cut up and dusty from constant use.</p> + +<p>The condition in which a camp site is left by an organization will +clearly indicate the efficiency and discipline in a command.</p> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_10" id="CHAPTER_10"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221"></a>CHAPTER 10.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Personal Hygiene and First Aid.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>This is a purely arbitrary grouping of topics for the purpose of +saving space. Either of the topics mentioned could be treated at +length; detailed information will be found in any of the reference +books mentioned in the bibliography.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Personal Hygiene</span> means "the preservation of health by attention to the +care of the body;" it is determined by the formation of correct +habits. Cleanliness of person, clothing and bedding should become a +habit of life with the soldier; but some men will always require +watching and admonition. These habits are: personal cleanliness; +regulation of diet; avoidance of excesses (eating, drinking and sexual +matters); wearing suitable clothing; keeping the bodily processes at +work (kidneys, bowels and skin); taking sufficient exercise, +preferably in the open air; rest of body and mind, with recreation for +the latter; maintaining the surroundings in which one lives in a +cleanly state.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Bathing</span> is easily the most important requirement in matters of +personal hygiene; men should bathe as often as conditions of life in +barracks and camp will permit. On the march a vigorous "dry rub" with +a coarse towel will often prove an excellent substitute when water is +not available. <i>Teeth</i> should be cleaned at least twice daily. +<i>Clothing</i> should be kept clean, particularly underclothing. <i>Diet</i> is +not a matter which a soldier can determine to any extent for himself; +but he can follow a certain few precautions:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Don't eat hurriedly; chew the food properly.</li> +<li>Don't overload the stomach.</li> +<li>Don't eat green or overripe fruit.</li> +<li>Don't eat anything while away from camp or barracks, whose +materials or manner of preparation seem questionable.</li> +<li><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222"></a>Don't bring a "grouch" to the table with you.</li> +<li>Don't eat on the march; don't drink too much water on the march.</li> +</ol> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Sexual Indulgence</span> is a matter to be handled tactfully, but with +absolute frankness. Men should be taught that it is not a matter of +necessity; that their health will not suffer by any lack of it; that +they themselves will be the sufferers for any violations of rules of +health. The procedure directed by the War Department for purposes of +combatting infection is as follows:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +<li>That physical inspections of enlisted men be made twice each month +for the detection of venereal disease.</li> +<li>That any soldier who exposes himself to infection shall report for +cleansing and preventive treatment immediately upon return to camp or +garrison.</li> +<li>That any soldier who fails so to report, if found to be suffering +from a venereal infection, shall be brought to trial by court martial +for neglect of duty.</li> +<li>That men so infected shall be confined strictly to the limits of +the post during the infectious stages of the disease.</li> +<li>That all officers serving with troops shall do their utmost to +encourage healthful exercises and physical recreation and to supply +opportunities for cleanly social and interesting mental occupations +for the men under their command.</li> +<li>That company and medical officers shall take advantage of favorable +opportunities to point out the misery and disaster that follow upon +moral uncleanliness; and the fact that venereal disease is never a +trivial affair.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em;">With a great many men these precautions and measures will not be +necessary but for the sake of those who are ignorant or neglectful, +proper steps should at all times be taken.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Exercise</span>.—A sufficient amount of exercise to maintain health is +ordinarily provided by military drills and other duties requiring +active movement. But this should <a name="Page_223" id="Page_223"></a>be regarded only as the minimum of +exercise; athletic work should be encouraged (and this will be done by +the present activities of those "higher up"); bayonet training will be +found an excellent medium of accomplishing a double purpose; +calisthenics should be short but snappy and vigorous. A vigorous +policy of an officer as regards things of this sort will ward off a +great many minor ills and particularly "colds," which are often the +result of poor ventilation.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Cleanliness Of Surroundings</span>.—Men should be taught that cleanliness of +surroundings is not merely for purposes of inspection; but that it is +absolutely necessary where a great number of men are living together +in close quarters. Quarters should be well policed; the company street +should be kept clean; refuse of all sorts should be kept in +receptacles provided for that purpose and frequently removed. A police +squad appointed daily should be charged with this work, and the +corporal of the same made responsible for the condition of quarters +and the company street.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Preventable Diseases</span>.—Men should be given a certain amount of +theoretical knowledge of preventable diseases. These matters will be +taken care of to a large extent by the Medical Corps; but men should +be taught just what precautions are necessary to avoid recourse to the +hospital.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Venereal</span> diseases have already been touched upon.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Typhoid Fever</span> is a germ disease and communicable. Vaccination is the +first preventive; protection of water supply is the second; thorough +disposal of wastes is a third; and sharp punishment for violation of +sanitary regulations is a fourth. Habits of personal cleanliness will +do much to prevent any such disease.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Dysentery</span> is very common in field service, but may be prevented by +same methods as for typhoid fever, save for vaccination; men suffering +from this malady should be isolated, if possible, and utmost +precaution taken to prevent spread of the disease.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224"></a><span class="sc"> +Malaria</span> is a mosquito disease; get rid of mosquitoes and then you will +get rid of the carrier of the germs. Quinine may act as a preventive. +Cases should be isolated, if possible.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Tonsilitis And Colds</span> may be combatted very effectively by proper +precautions as to ventilation.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Measles</span>.—Very important but little known; isolation recommended.</p> + +<p>There are many other diseases concerning which the men should be +instructed, but lack of space prevents further treatment of them. They +should be taught the proper treatment of blistered feet, for they +incapacitate a great many men; the chief causes are ill-fitting shoes +and our old friend "uncleanliness." Shoes are the most important +article of clothing of the infantryman; each man should have one pair +well broken in for marching, and two other pairs. Socks should be +soft, smooth and without holes—also <i>clean</i>. Further steps for the +prevention of blisters are; hardening of the skin by appropriate baths +for the feet; soaping the feet; or adopting some other means of +reducing the friction of the foot against the sock. <i>Treatment</i>—Wash +the feet; open the blister at the lowest point, with a clean needle; +dress with vaseline or other ointment and protect with adhesive +plaster, care being taken not to shut out the air. Zinc oxide plaster +is excellent. Sterilize a needle; thread it with a woolly thread and +run it through blister, leaving ends projecting about one-half inch; +this will act as a wick and dry up blister in short time.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +First Aid</span>.—Explain to the men the uses of the first aid packet and of +the pouch carried by the Medical Corps. (This pouch is being replaced +by web-belts with pockets.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Wounds</span> may be classed as ordinary cuts, inside wounds, lacerated, +punctured and poisoned wounds. For ordinary minor wounds—iodine and +exposure to the air are usually sufficient. <i>War wounds</i> are usually +caused by something having an explosive effect and may <a name="Page_225" id="Page_225"></a>be accompanied +by hemorrhage, shock and even loss of function; they may be arterial +or venous.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Poisoned Wounds</span> are of two sorts; external and internal.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Diagnosis Tag</span>.—This tag placed on a soldier shows wound, name, rank, +regiment, treatment received, etc. This tag should be carefully read +before further treatment is accorded.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Treatment Of Wounds</span>.—The compress, of the first aid packet will +always prove of help.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Bleeding Wounds</span>.—The bandage of the first aid packet will stop all +ordinary bleeding; but in aggravated cases the bleeding may be stopped +by pressure on the artery, between the wound and the heart. This may +be done by hand or by means of the forceps in the medical pouch. The +points of compression should be learned and located; in front of the +ear just above the socket of the jaw; in the neck in front of the +strongly marked muscle reaching from behind the ear to the upper part +of the breast bone; in the hollow behind the collar bone; just behind +the inner border of the larger muscle of the arm; the femoral artery +at the middle of the groin where the artery passes over the bone. +Bleeding may also be stopped to some extent by elevating the wounded +part. A tourniquet may be improvised by using the compress, running a +stick or the bayonet through the band, and taking up the slack by +twisting.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Poisoned Wounds</span>.—For a <i>snakebite</i> make a tight constriction just +above the wound; make an incision at the bite and suck out the poison. +<i>Do it quickly</i>. If this is impossible, follow the same plan but give +a stimulant; repeatedly loosen the constriction and let a little of +the poison into the system at a time to be neutralized. In cases of +chemical poisoning do not follow the usual method of treating +poisoning. <i>Do not make the patient vomit</i>, but give him something fat +or albuminous such as raw eggs or milk. This forms mercurial +albuminate. <a name="Page_226" id="Page_226"></a><i>Ptomaine</i> poisoning (symptoms are headache, cramps, +nausea, high fever and chills, etc.). Drink salt water, vomit and +repeat the procedure to clean out the stomach. A purgative should also +be taken. Ice cream and milk kept too long are frequent causes of this +sort of poisoning, as are dishes kept in the icebox over night.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Fainting, Heat Exhaustion And Shock</span> are all of the same class; +symptoms are the same—weak pulse, paleness and low temperature, +tendency to fall to ground. Often follows taking too much water on the +march. Treatment should be in nature of stimulant; make patient lie +down, get blood to his head, wrap him in blankets, give him hot +drinks, etc.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Sunstroke</span>.—Symptoms and treatment are different. Patient has a high +temperature. Keep his head high and feet low; disrobe him and pour +cold water on him; keep him in a cool place until temperature lowers +to 101; then remove cold water and temperature will go down itself. Do +not apply cold water too long as the temperature may go to sub-normal +which is just as dangerous as a temperature abnormally high.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Burns And Scalds</span>.—Air should be shut out; otherwise treat like +blister, care being taken not to remove skin. Do not put on anything +that will stick and do not try to remove anything that has a tendency +to stick; put on linseed oil and water, cotton and a loose bandage.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Freezing And Frostbites</span>.—Use ice water and snow to start with. Keep +the patient cool until he is thawed out. Massage and gradually work up +to a warmer temperature.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Fractures</span> are of three kinds; simple, compound and comminuted.</p> + +<p>Simple: Bones do not penetrate the skin (may be single or double).</p> + +<p>Compound: Bones penetrate the skin and cause infection.</p> + +<p>Comminuted: Bone is shattered.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227"></a>Indications of a fracture are: Pain, redness, swelling and mobility +where it ought not to be.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Treatment</span>.—Find out the kind of fracture. Paint the wound and put on +first aid packet; replace the clothes and splint the break. Splints +should not be too long so as to cause any friction or annoyance to the +patient. They may be made out of any available material, such as +rifle, bayonet, shingle, piece of board, scabbard, etc. Bind them +firmly but not too tightly.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Artificial Respiration</span>.—This subject is worthy of more treatment than +it can be accorded here. Any text on first aid will explain thoroughly +the Schaefer method, which is now the standard method in the army. +Points to be remembered in this method are; remove foreign articles +from the mouth; curl the little finger over the 12th rib; avoid the +pelvic bones; hold the arms straight and apply the pressure by means +of the whole body brought forward; take care not to break a rib; do +not give up too soon.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Trench Foot</span>.—This is due to long standing with legs and feet in wet +clothes. There are three types:</p> + +<p>Mild: Symptoms are numbness and a slight swelling.</p> + +<p>Medium: Additional symptom of a bluing of the leg; also large +blisters.</p> + +<p>Severe: Gangrene sets in.</p> + +<p>Tight clothes help to bring on these things. Keep the shoes, socks and +breeches loose; keep the clothes dry; furnish the men with hot food in +the trenches and so keep up the circulation. <i>Do not use grease</i>. +Trench foot can be avoided by proper treatment, and punishment should +follow upon its contraction.</p> +<a name="Page_228" id="Page_228"></a> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<a name="CHAPTER_11" id="CHAPTER_11"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229"></a>CHAPTER 11.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Signaling.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>This chapter proposes to cover a large amount of ground in a small +compass; hence treatment must be brief. A more liberal treatment will +be found at different sources; here a few suggestions and hints will +be given.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Semaphore</span>.—Time spent, 61 hours: 6 sessions ½ hours, 1 session 1 +hour, 1 conference 2 hours. It is easy to say "just learn the +semaphore," but to learn it quickly and well is another matter. A few +suggestions as to the methods followed by others will usually prove +helpful. Learn the semaphore by what may be called the "cycle" method, +<i>i.e.</i>, teach and illustrate how the successive letters are formed by +moving the arm or arms around the body in a clockwise direction +through successive stages. There are a few exceptions to the rule as +will be pointed out; but they only serve as a few landmarks and help +to fix the whole matter more firmly in mind.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +First Cycle</span>.—1 arm. A to G. One arm always at the interval. Be sure +to make the "D" with right arm straight overhead—then it is more +distinct at a distance. (Plate.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Second Cycle</span>.—2 arms. H to N, inclusive, with exception of J. One arm +always in the A position. In making I always be sure that the left +hand is at the A position. Some men insist in making this letter wrong +by crossing the body with the left hand uppermost. This is very +awkward and also very indistinct at a distance. P changes arms but +retains same relative position of flags.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Third Cycle</span>.—2 arms. T and U. Right arm in position of C. Letter U +actually resembles that letter.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Third Cycle</span>.—2 arms. O to S. One arm always in B position. In letter +O, left arm is in B position; in all others, right arm.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230"></a><span class="sc"> +Fourth Cycle</span>.—2 arms. T and U. Right arm in position of C. Letter U +actually resembles that letter.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Doubles</span>.—L, U, R, N. These letters are keys to many others and should +be promptly learned.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Opposites</span>.—V and K, O and W, Q and Y, S and M, Z and H, X and I, M +follows L in cycle and is opposite of S, S follows E in cycle and is +opposite of M, K precedes L in cycle and is opposite of V. Figures are +first 10 letters of alphabet, preceded by crossing flags overhead.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Instructing</span>.—This plan of teaching the semaphore will be found very +helpful, for it helps to reason out the alphabet for the student. By +fixing firmly in mind a few things the student can soon reason out the +alphabet for himself by a very logical plan.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Second Step</span>.—After the men have been taught the alphabet they should +either pair off and one man send to the other, or one man should be +selected to send for the entire class. At first only letters should be +sent until the men have learned the alphabet thoroughly. In this way +the key characters of the alphabet can be fixed in mind, as well as +their relation to the other letters.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Third Step</span>.—The men should next be paired off and instructed to send +simple messages to each other. You should insist that there be no +other communication between the men than by means of their flags.</p> + +<p><span class="sc"> +Fourth Step</span>.—Proceed to simple qualification tests, four men working +in two pairs and the pairs alternating in sending and receiving. One +man of first pair should read for his companion to send. On the other +end, one man should read and the other copy. The distances should be +such as to preclude the possibility of conversation. Forty letters per +minute is a fair test; or this system may be followed: Have a good +signalman send 10 combinations of 5 letters each to the whole class. +The men should read these and write <a name="Page_232" id="Page_232"></a>them +down, <i>one combination at a time</i>. Time limit should be 3 minutes.</p> + +<br /> +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_231" id="Page_231"></a><a href="images/plate13.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate13.png" width="90%" alt="Plate 13: Semaphore Letters" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + + +<p><span class="sc"> +Wig Wag</span>.—Time spent: Same as semaphore course. The alphabet can be +found in any standard signal book, or in the "Manual for +Non-Commissioned Officers and Privates." The dots are made to the +right of the body, the dashes to the left; interval at the end of a +word by dipping the flag once to the front, at the end of a sentence +by dipping it twice, and at the end of a message by dipping it three +times. The alphabet should be learned first according to the same +general plan as in the semaphore; <i>i.e.</i>, the key letters to certain +combinations should first be learned. The following grouping of +letters may be found helpful:</p> + +<p class="cen">E I S H; T M O; A U V; N D B; R F L; K C Y; W P J; G Z Q.</p> + +<p>The instructor can find many other groupings that will aid him. It +should also be pointed out that each number from one to ten consists +of five characters, and that each succeeding number follows the +previous one according to a regular method.</p> + +<p>After the men have studied the alphabet sufficiently, have them send +to each other, limiting the work at first to letters only. Then +gradually work up to the point where they may send simple messages. +Make them rely upon the flags for communicating during the practice. +Do not permit conversation—separate the men by a considerable +distance. In both wig wag and semaphore instruction the same plan +should be followed as in teaching a foreign language; <i>i.e.</i>, confine +all communication to the medium under study. Qualification tests are +similar to those for the semaphore, except that less speed can be +exacted; 15 characters per minute or 10 combinations of 5 letters each +to be received and written down in 5 minutes.</p> + +<p>In both the semaphore and the wig wag men should be taught the +conventional signals used in field work. These can be found in any +manual on the subject.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<a name="Page_233" id="Page_233"></a>Points To Remember.</p> + +<p>The semaphore is a quicker means of communication than the wig wag; +but the wig wag can be used in a prone position under shelter.</p> + +<p>Lanterns can be used at night for semaphoring.</p> + +<p>Acetylene lamps can be used at night in place of the wig wag. In this +case a short flash represents a dot, a long flash a dash.</p> + +<p>A few men in each company should be developed into expert signalers; +some men always show aptitude for this sort of thing.</p> + +<p>Frequent use should be made of signaling in field work.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Letter Codes.</b></p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em;"> +Infantry.</p> + +<p class="cen">For use with General Service Code or semaphore hand flags.</p> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="85%" summary="Letter Codes"> +<tr> +<td width="35%" class="tdcenter">Letter of alphabet</td> +<td width="30%" class="tdcenter">If signaled from the <br />rear to the firing line</td> +<td width="35%" class="tdcenter">If signaled from the <br />firing line to the rear</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> AM</td> +<td class="tdleft">Ammunition going forward.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Ammunition required.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> CCC</td> +<td class="tdleft" valign="top">Charge (mandatory at all times).</td> +<td class="tdleft">Am about to charge if no instructions to the contrary.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> CF</td> +<td class="tdleft">Cease firing</td> +<td class="tdleft">Cease firing.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> DT</td> +<td class="tdleft">Double time or "rush."</td> +<td class="tdleft">Double time or "rush."</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> F</td> +<td class="tdleft">Commence firing.</td> +<td class="tdleft"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> FB</td> +<td class="tdleft">Fix bayonets.</td> +<td class="tdleft"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> FL</td> +<td class="tdleft">Artillery fire is causing us losses.</td> +<td class="tdleft"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> G</td> +<td class="tdleft">Move forward.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Preparing to move forward.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> HHH</td> +<td class="tdleft">Halt.</td> +<td class="tdleft"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> K</td> +<td class="tdleft">Negative.</td> +<td class="tdleft"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> LT</td> +<td class="tdleft">Left.</td> +<td class="tdleft"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> O <br />(Ardois and semaphore only).</td> +<td class="tdleft">What is the (R.N., etc.)? <br />Interrogatory.</td> +<td class="tdleft">What is the (R.N., etc.)? <br />Interrogatory.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> <span style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: bold;">..--..</span> +<br />(All methods but Ardois and semaphore).</td> +<td class="tdleft">What is the (R.N., etc.)? <br />Interrogatory.</td> +<td class="tdleft">What is the (R.N., etc.)? <br />Interrogatory.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> P</td> +<td class="tdleft">Affirmative.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Affirmative.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> RN</td> +<td class="tdleft">Range.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Range.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> RT</td> +<td class="tdleft">Right.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Right.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> SSS</td> +<td class="tdleft">Support going forward.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Support needed.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> SUF</td> +<td class="tdleft">Suspend firing.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Suspend firing.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdleft"> T</td> +<td class="tdleft">Target.</td> +<td class="tdleft">Target</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<a name="Page_234" id="Page_234"></a><b>Arm Signals.</b></p> + +<p>The following arm signals are prescribed. In making signals either arm +may be used. Officers who receive signals on the firing line "retreat +back" at once to prevent misunderstandings.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Forward March</span>.—Carry +the hand to the shoulder; straighten and hold +the arm horizontally, thrusting it in direction of march. This signal +is also used to execute quick time from double time.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Halt</span>.—Carry +the hand to the shoulder; thrust the hand upward and hold +the arm vertically.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Double Time, March.</span>—Carry +the hand to the shoulder; rapidly thrust +the hand upward the full extent of the arm several times.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Squads Right, March.</span>—Raise +the arm laterally until horizontal; carry +it to a vertical position above the head and swing it several times +between the vertical and horizontal positions.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Squads Left, March.</span>—Raise +the arm laterally until horizontal; carry +it downward to the side and swing it several times between the +downward and horizontal positions.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Squads Right About, March</span> +(if in close order) or, <span class="sc">To The Rear, March</span> +(if in skirmish line).—Extend the arm vertically above the head; +carry it laterally downward to the side and swing it several times +between the vertical and downward positions.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Change Direction Or Column Right (Left), +March.</span>—The hand on the side +toward which the change of direction is to be made is carried across +the body to the opposite shoulder, forearm horizontal; then swing in a +horizontal plane, arm extended, pointing in the new direction.</p> + +<p>As <span class="sc">Skirmishers, March.</span>—Raise +both arms laterally until horizontal.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235"></a>As <span class="sc">Skirmishers, Guide Center, March.</span>—Raise +both arms laterally until +horizontal; swing both simultaneously upward until vertical and return +to the horizontal; repeat several times.</p> + +<p>As <span class="sc">Skirmishers, Guide Right (Left), +March.</span>—Raise both arms laterally +until horizontal; hold the arm on the side of the guide steadily in +the horizontal position: swing the other upward until vertical and +return it to the horizontal; repeat several times.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Assemble, March.</span>—Raise +the arm vertically to its full extent and +describe horizontal circles.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Range, Or Change Elevation.</span>—To +announce the RANGE, extend the arm, +toward the leaders or men for whom the signal is intended, fist +closed; by keeping the fist closed battle sight is indicated; by +opening and closing the fist, expose thumb and fingers to a number +equal to the hundreds of yards; to add 50 yards describe a short +horizontal line with forefinger. <i>To change elevation</i>, indicate the +<i>amount of increase or decrease</i> by fingers as above; point upward to +indicate increase and downward to indicate decrease.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">What Range Are You Using? Or What Is The +Range?</span>—Extend the arms +toward the person addressed, one hand open, palm to the front, resting +on the other hand, fist closed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Are You Ready? Or I Am +Ready.</span>—Raise the hand, fingers extended and +joined, palm toward the person addressed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Commence Firing.</span>—Move +the arm extended in full length, hand palm +down, several times through a horizontal arc in front of the body.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fire Faster.</span>—Execute +rapidly the signal "<span class="sc">Commence +Firing.</span>"</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fire Slower</span>.—Execute +slowly the signal "<span class="sc">Commence +Firing.</span>"</p> + +<p><span class="sc">To Swing The Cone Of Fire To The Right, +Or Left</span>.—Extend the arm in +full length to the front, <a name="Page_236" id="Page_236"></a>palm to the right (left); swing the arm to +right (left), and point in the direction of the new target.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Fix Bayonet</span>.—Simulate +the movement of the right hand in "Fix +Bayonet."</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Suspend Firing</span>.—Raise +and hold the forearm steadily in a horizontal +position in front of the forehead, palm of the hand to the front.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Cease Firing</span>.—Raise +the forearm as in <i>suspend firing</i> and swing it +up and down several times in front of the face.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Platoon</span>.—Extend +the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader; +describe small circles with the hand.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Squad</span>.—Extend +the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader; swing +the hand, up and down from the wrist.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Rush</span>.—Same as <i>double time</i>.</p> + +<p>The signals <span class="sc">Platoon</span> and +<span class="sc">Squad</span> are intended primarily for communication +between the captain and his platoon leaders. The signal +<span class="sc">Platoon</span> +or <span class="sc">Squad</span> +indicates that the platoon commander is to cause the signal +which follows to be executed by platoon or squad.</p> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_12" id="CHAPTER_12"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237"></a>CHAPTER 12.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Guard Duty.</h3> + +<div class='ctr'> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="7" width="30%" summary="Time Spent"> + <tr> + <td width="35%" class="tdright" style="white-space: nowrap" valign="top">Time spent:</td> + <td width="65%" class="tdleft" style="white-space: nowrap">Study, 2 hours.<br /> + Conference, 2 hours.<br /> + Formal guard mounting.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>Guards are divided roughly into four classes:</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Exterior—(Which come more properly under head of field service).</li> +<li>Interior—Their purpose is to preserve order, protect property and +enforce police regulations.</li> +<li>Military Police—Also treated of in field service.</li> +<li>Provost Guards—Used in the absence of military police to aid civil +authorities in preserving order among soldiers beyond the interior +guard.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Here we are concerned chiefly with interior guards. We shall make up a +brief summary of what an officer must know and what he ought to teach +his non-coms. and men. Also we shall touch upon the subject of guard +duty as it has been changed by trench warfare.</p> + +<p>An officer ought to have a good grasp of the following subjects +relative to guard duty:</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Guard mounting (both formal and informal).</li> +<li>Posting reliefs.</li> +<li>Preparation and running of rosters.</li> +<li>General orders—also special orders at post No. 1.</li> +<li>Duties of the following in reference to guard duty: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Commanding officer.</li> +<li>Officer of the day.</li> +<li>Adjutant.</li> +<li>Sergeant Major.</li> +<li>Commander of the guard.</li> +<li>Sergeant of the guard.</li> +<li>Corporal of the guard.</li> +<li>Musicians.</li> +<li>Orderlies and color sentinels.</li> +<li>Privates of the guard.</li> +</ol> +</li> +<li><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238"></a>Compliments of the guard.</li> +<li>Prisoners: General.<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">Garrison.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">Awaiting trial.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">Awaiting result of trial.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: .5em;">How is an officer arrested? Can an enlisted man arrest him?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: .5em;">How is a non-com. arrested?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: .5em;">How is a soldier arrested?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: .5em;">How is a civilian arrested?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: .5em;">(See a.w. No. 68.)</span></li> +</ol> + +<p>An officer ought to-teach to his non-coms. as much of the above as is +consistent with time and other demands; he ought to teach to his +privates all that is necessary to the proper discharge of their duties +in this connection.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Formal Guard +Mounting</span>.—Here follow a few reminders that may help the +reader to keep the ceremony in mind:</p> + +<p>1. Weather conditions permitting, guard mounting takes place every day +at the discretion of the C.O.</p> + +<p>2. Tour of duty is 24 hours; there are 3 reliefs, 2 hours on and 4 +hours off. No organization is detailed for guard duty more than once +in 5 days if this can be prevented.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Ceremony</span>.— +1. The band takes post, its left 12 paces to the right of +where the right of the guard is to be.</p> + +<p>2. Adjutant's Call.—The Adjutant marches to the parade ground +(Sergeant Major on his left) and takes post 12 paces in front of and +facing the center of where the guard is to rest. The Sergeant Major +continues on, marches by the left flank and takes post 12 paces to the +left of the band and facing in the direction the line is to extend.</p> + +<p>3. The details are marched to the parade ground by the senior +non-commissioned officers, halted and dressed as follows:</p> + +<p><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239"></a><span class="sc">First +Detail</span>.—Non-commissioned officer.—1. Detail; 2. Halt. The +detail is halted against the left arm of the Sergeant Major; the +non-commissioned officer steps out, faces the Sergeant Major at a +distance slightly greater than the front of the detail and commands: +1. Right; 2. Dress. The detail dresses on the line formed by the +Sergeant Major and the Commander of the detail. 3. Front. The +Commander of the detail salutes and reports: "The detail is correct" +(or otherwise). When the report is made the Sergeant Major returns the +salute. The Commander of the detail passes by the right of the guard +and takes post in rear of the right file of his detail.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Other +Details</span>.—Non-commissioned officers.—1. Detail; 2. Halt; 3. +Right; 4. Dress; 5. Front. Each commander of a detail halts his +detail, dresses it on the general line, salutes and reports as does +the first; then takes his post in a similar manner. Should the +commander of a detail not be a non-commissioned officer he passes by +the right of the guard and retires.</p> + +<p>4. <span class="sc">Sergeant +Major</span>.—He takes one step to the right, draws sword and +verifies the detail, and then commands: "Count off." He completes the +last squad if necessary and indicates the division into platoons: then +takes his post and commands: 1. Open ranks; 2. March. This is executed +as laid down in the Infantry Drill Regulations. 3. Front. He then +moves parallel to the front rank until opposite the center, turns to +the right, halts half-way to the Adjutant, salutes and reports: "Sir, +the details are correct" (or otherwise).</p> + +<p>5. <span class="sc">Adjutant</span>: +"Take your post." (Adjutant draws saber.)</p> + +<p>6. <span class="sc">Sergeant +Major</span>.—Faces about, approaches to within two paces of the +center of the guard, turns; to the right and moves three paces beyond +the left of the guard, turns to the left, halts on the line of the +front rank, faces about and brings his sword to the order. (When <a name="Page_240" id="Page_240"></a>the +Sergeant Major has reported the Officer of the Guard takes his post, +as shown in the diagram, and draws saber.)</p> + +<p>7. <span class="sc">Adjutant</span>.—1. +Officer (officers) and non-commissioned officers; 2. +Front and center; 3. March. At "Center" the officer carries saber; at +"March" the officer advances and halts 3 paces from the Adjutant, +remaining at the carry; non-commissioned officers pass by the flank, +move along the front and form in order of rank from right to left, 3 +paces behind the officer, remaining at the right shoulder. If there is +no officer of the guard the non-commissioned officers halt 3 paces +from the Adjutant. The Adjutant assigns them to their positions in +order of rank—commander of the guard; leader of the first platoon; +leader of the second platoon, etc., and commands: 1. Officer +(officers) and non-commissioned officers; 2. Posts; 3. March. At the +command "March" they take their posts as prescribed in the School of +the Company with open ranks (Platoon leaders 3 paces in front of +center of their platoons).</p> + +<p>8. <span class="sc">Adjutant</span>: +"Inspect your guard, sir."</p> + +<p>9. <span class="sc">Officer Of The Guard</span>.—Faces +about and commands: "Prepare for +inspection."</p> + +<p>10. <span class="sc">Adjutant</span> +(after the inspection is ended, and after posting himself +30 paces in front of and facing center of the guard—at the same time +the new Officer of the Day takes position about 30 paces behind the +Adjutant, facing the guard, and with the old officer of the day 1 pace +in rear and 3 paces to the right): 1. Parade; 2. Rest; 3. Sound off. +(The band, playing passes in front of the Officer of the Guard to the +left of the line, returns to its post and ceases to play.) 1. Guard; +2. Attention; 3. Close ranks; 4. March. (As in the School of the +Company.) 1. Present; 2. Arms. He then faces the new officer of the +day, salutes, and reports: "Sir, the guard is formed."</p> + +<p>11. <span class="sc">New Officer +Of The Day</span> (returning salute): "March the guard in +review, sir."</p> + +<p><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241"></a>12. <span class="sc">Adjutant</span>.—He +carries saber, faces about, brings the guard to the +order and commands: "1. At trail, platoons right; 2. March; 3. Guard; +4. Halt." The band takes post 12 paces in front of the first platoon, +the Adjutant 6 paces from the flank and abreast of the Commander of +the Guard, and the Sergeant Major 6 paces from the flank of the second +platoon. Adjutant commands: "1. Pass in review; 2. Forward; 3. March."</p> + +<p>13. <span class="sc">Commander Of +The Guard</span> (as the guard reaches a position 6 paces +from the Officer of the Day): 1. Eyes; 2. Right; (at 6 paces beyond +the Officer of the Day) 3. Front.</p> + +<p>At 12 paces beyond the Officer of the Day the Adjutant and the +Sergeant-Major halt, salute and retire.</p> + +<p>14. <span class="sc">Commander +Of The Guard</span> (as the Adjutant and the Sergeant Major +retire): 1. Platoons, right by squads; 2. March. The guard is then +marched to its post; the old guard is then relieved and sentinels +posted according to the principles laid down in the Manual of Interior +Guard Duty. (See diagrams at the end of this chapter.)</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Guard +Duty In The Trenches</span>.—It differs from guard duty as we are +accustomed to it. The challenge is not "Who is there?" but rather a +sudden and imperative "Hands up." The party challenged throws up his +hands and gives the countersign in a low voice. Sentinels are posted +in the front line and in the line of dugouts, one at each entrance to +a dugout to give immediate warning. Watchers are posted at places +having a good range of view; at night they keep watch over the +parapets rather than through the loopholes since the latter afford +only a narrow range of view. Auto riflemen (6 or 7 to a post) are used +as watchers, one being on duty at a time. They should have a favorable +background to provide concealment.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242"></a> +<a href="images/plate14.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate14.png" width="85%" alt="Plate 14" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="70%;"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244"></a> +<a href="images/plate14a.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate14a.png" width="85%" alt="Plate 14a" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 85%;"> +<a href="images/plate15.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate15.png" width="95%" alt="Plate 15" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<a name="CHAPTER_13" id="CHAPTER_13"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245"></a>CHAPTER 13.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Company Administration.</h3> +<br /> + +<p>Company administration is a very broad subject and can be really +learned only by experience. However, this chapter will attempt to +point out a few suggestions and practices that may prove of some +assistance, particularly to the new officer. We shall treat briefly of +the first organization of the company; then we shall try to reproduce +in some slight measure the actual work of a day in camp (more +particularly of a training camp such as Plattsburg); then finally we +shall treat of the orderly room and some of the problems that come up +in army paper work.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Notes on Organization.</b></p> + +<p class="cen">(By <span class="sc">Major +W.H. Waldron</span> Twenty-Ninth Infantry.)</p> +<br /> + +<p>1. <span class="sc"> +Prepare In Advance To Receive Men Assigned To Company</span>.</p> + +<p>(a) Detail one of the Lieutenants in charge of the company mess.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Duties</span>.—Secure +the necessary kitchen and dining room equipment and +prepare everything to start the mess; make up a bill-of-fare for a +week based on the ration components and supplies available; secure the +rations and issue them to the cooks daily. Train a mess Sergeant in +the duties that fall to him. In fine, this Lieutenant will have +complete charge of the company mess, the cooking, and serving of the +meals, training of cooks and men detailed for duty in connection with +the mess.</p> + +<p>(b) Detail the other Lieutenant in charge of property.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Duties</span>.—Procure +all the articles of individual and company equipment +from the Regimental Supply Officer. Get into the company storeroom and +prepare <a name="Page_246" id="Page_246"></a>it for issue. Train the Company Supply Sergeant in the duties +that will fall to him.</p> + +<p>(c) This leaves the Company Commander free to organize the orderly +room and make the necessary preparations to receive the men as they +report.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">If In Cantonment</span>.—Lay +out the quarters into platoon sections and +subdivide these into squads, allowing space for platoon leaders and +guides. Starting at the end of the quarters plainly mark each squad +section, 8 beds, four on each side of the aisle with the number of the +squad—first squad, second squad, etc.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">If In Tents</span>.—Number +the tents, one for each squad, leaving two tents +in the center for platoon leaders, guides, etc. Prepare a sheet having +a space for each squad, large enough to enter eight names in it. +Prepare a measuring post where the men can be measured for height as +they report.</p> + +<p>2. <span class="sc">Men Reporting</span>:</p> + +<p>(a) When the men arrive they will be sent to Regimental Headquarters +direct. There they will receive their assignment to a company. When so +assigned they will be directed to join the company.</p> + +<p>(b) A table on which is spread the squad assignment sheet is located +at the head of the company street. Nearby is located the measuring +post. When a man reports, look him over, receive him in the company, +make him feel at home. Make him feel that he is welcome. This little +act will pay you large dividends in contentment and company <i>esprit de +corps</i> later on. Turn him over to the man in charge of the measuring +post to get his height. Assign him to a squad corresponding to his +height. Enter his name in the squad space to which he is assigned and +send him to the section of the cantonment designated for that +particular squad. Detail a few of the first men who report for duty to +assist in this work.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247"></a>Say you have 16 squads. They will run in height about as follows:</p> + +<p>1st squad, over 6 feet; 2nd, 6 feet; 3rd, 6 feet; 4th, 5 feet 11 +inches; 5th, 5 feet 11 inches; 6th, 5 feet 10 inches; 7th, 5 feet 10 +inches; 8th, 5 feet 9 inches; 9th, 5 feet 9 inches; 10th, 5 feet 8 +inches; 11th, 5 feet 8 inches; 12th, 5 feet 7 inches; 13th, 5 feet 7 +inches; 14th, 5 feet 6 inches; 15th, 5 feet 6 inches; 16th, 5 feet 5 +inches. If there are more squads put them in the 5 feet 7 to 5 feet 9 +inches class.</p> + +<p>(c) As soon as practicable place one member of the squad in charge for +the ensuing 24 hours, change this detail every day until every man of +the squad has had an opportunity to demonstrate his ability. This will +assist you greatly in the selection of your non-commissioned officers.</p> + +<p>(d) Should the entire company be assigned in a body, line them up in a +row according to height and assign them to squads. Place the most +likely looking man in each squad in charge for the time being.</p> + +<p>3. <span class="sc">Issue Of Equipment</span>:</p> + +<p>(a) The articles of camp equipment, bedding and poncho should be +issued as soon as practicable. These are necessary for the immediate +comfort of the men.</p> + +<p>(b) Hold the articles of personal equipment for issue later on. Do not +dump the entire equipment on a man all at once. There is nine-tenths +of it that he knows nothing about. He does not know what it is for. As +the training progresses you can issue it to him, an article or two at +a time until he has finally gotten all of it. Before issuing an +article, explain at a company formation, what it is for, the purpose +it serves and where it is carried.</p> + +<p>(c) Uniforms and clothing should be procured as soon as practicable. +The commanding officer will indicate whether or not the clothing will +be requisitioned for in bulk or on individual clothing slips. The +supply officer will provide a quartermaster publication which <a name="Page_248" id="Page_248"></a>shows +the sizes of clothing by the numbers. Seek out a couple of tailors in +the company, have them measure the men and make a record of the sizes +of clothing that they require. Shoes will have to be fitted to each +man. Make them large enough. The average recruit will want to wear a +shoe at least one size too small for him. When he gets the pack on and +drags it around all day his feet will swell and fill his small shoes +to the bursting point. Do not let the men decide what size shoes they +will wear; you decide it for them and make them plenty big. This work +of measuring the men can be started right out the first day. The +captain that gets in his requisition first, properly made out, will be +the first to get his clothing.</p> + +<p>4. <span class="sc">Organization</span>:</p> + +<p>(a) As soon as practicable get the company organized into permanent +squads. Try out squad leaders for a few days. You will soon be able to +select the men that you will want for non-commissioned officers. Be +careful in their selection so that you will not have to make many +changes. Don't be in too much of a hurry about making sergeants; try +them out as corporals first. Try to get a good man and start him in as +mess sergeant. A man with hotel experience, especially the kitchen and +dining room end of the business, give him a trial. Your lieutenant in +charge of the mess can tell in a day or two how he stacks up. Make it +plain that the men detailed from day to day are merely acting +non-commissioned officers and that you are merely placing them in +charge to give them an opportunity to demonstrate their ability. It's +better to work this proposition out in a systematic manner than it is +to jump in and make a lot of non-commissioned officers that you will +have to break later on to make way for better men.</p> + +<p>Give your acting non-commissioned officers all the responsibility you +can. Assign tasks with their squads and see how they get away with it.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249"></a>(b) At one of the first formations explain the rules of camp +sanitation and personal cleanliness and the necessity for their strict +observance.</p> + +<p>(c) Start right out with a system of rigid inspections so that the men +will acquire habits of cleanliness and tidiness of their surroundings. +Once this is acquired it is easily maintained. The reverse of this +statement is equally true. Let a company get started in a slovenly, +untidy manner and it is difficult to get it back on the right track +again.</p> + +<p>(d) As soon as uniforms are issued have every man dispose of his +civilian clothing, dress suit cases, trunks, etc. There is no place +for them in the cantonments or tents. Strip right down to uniforms and +allow no civilian clothing around.</p> + +<p>(e) Before issuing rifles provide places for their safe keeping in +cantonments. If wooden trunks are used, a wire staple driven into the +upright of the bed at the height of the slacking swivel forms an +excellent support; simply hook the slacking swivel into the staple.</p> + +<p>(f) Get every man interested in the company. Be personally interested +in every man yourself. Do not permit any swearing at the men or around +the barracks. Explain the idea of military courtesy and the salute and +insist on its being carried out at all times. By doing all of these +things and systematizing your work of training and instruction right +from the start you lay the foundation for a "good company." Fifteen +good companies make a "good regiment" and so on up to the division, +and that's what we want "good divisions"—the basis of which lies in +the "good company" which you are going to command.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Day's +Routine</span>.—The day's routine will soon develop and cannot be a +stereotyped thing. It will be determined to a large extent by local +conditions. But in <a name="Page_250" id="Page_250"></a>all training camps some such model as the +following will no doubt be followed:</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Reveille</span>:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">First call, 5.30 a.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">March, 5.40 a.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Assembly, 5.45 a.m.</span></p> + +<p>At first call the non-commissioned officer in charge of quarters, or +some other charged with that duty, will go through the barracks and +awaken the men. After a short time this may be dispensed with.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Mess</span>:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">First call (followed by mess call), 5.55 a.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Assembly, 6.00 a.m.</span></p> + +<p>Allow the men approximately 20 minutes for breakfast and the privilege +of returning individually—this for purposes of attending to the calls +of nature.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Sick Call</span>, +6.30 a.m.—Have the non-commissioned officer in charge of +quarters put through this call; the sick will report to the orderly +room, be entered on the sick report and marched to the hospital by the +same non-commissioned officer. All men answering sick call should be +questioned as to the nature of their trouble and its cause; men who +are trying to dodge work should be caught up with. Care should be +exercised in making out the sick report; be careful what you put on it +and where you put it. The sick report will be treated further under +"Paper Work."</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Morning Instruction</span>:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">First call, 6.50 a.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Assembly, 7.00 a.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Recall, 12.00 m.</span></p> + +<p>Utilize this time according to the schedule laid down by higher +authorities. It will no doubt be insisted that the schedule be closely +adhered to; but this can be done without completely destroying +individual initiative.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Mess</span>:<a name="Page_251" id="Page_251"></a><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">First call (followed by mess call), 12.10 p.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Assembly, 12.15 p.m.</span></p> + +<p>Allow 30 minutes for noon mess. The men may not consume it all; but +judgment must be used in this matter. After mess have the company +formed and marched back to barracks. This plan should be followed for +a time, at least, particularly with "green" men purely for +disciplinary purposes.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Afternoon Instruction</span>:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">First call, 1.20 p.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Assembly, 1.30 p.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Recall, 4,30 p.m.</span></p> + +<p>Same general procedure as for morning work.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Sick Call</span>, +4.45 p.m.—When the sick report is sent to the hospital in +the afternoon, it is customary to make a new entry for all men who are +in the hospital. In this way a running account is kept and quickly +referred to without running all through the book.</p> + +<p>The time from recall to retreat at 5.30 or thereabouts can usually be +used to advantage in cleaning up and getting ready for this ceremony.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Retreat</span>.—(Formal—on +the parade grounds).<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">First call, 5.30 p.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Assembly, 5.35 p.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Retreat, 5.50 p.m.</span></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Mess</span>:<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">First call, followed by mess call, 6.00 p.m.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Assembly, 6.05 p.m.</span></p> + +<p><span class="sc">School Call</span> (except Saturdays), 7.00 p.m.</p> +<p><span class="sc">Tattoo</span>, 9.00 p.m.</p> +<p><span class="sc">Call To Quarters</span>, 9.30 p.m.</p> +<p><span class="sc">Taps</span>, 9.45 p.m.</p> + +<p>At taps lights should be out and absolute quiet should prevail. This +rule should be insisted upon from the very beginning of the training +period. A check roll call is often taken at taps and the company +reported <a name="Page_252" id="Page_252"></a>to the Officer of the Day. Likewise, the company is reported +to the Officer of the Day at reveille, retreat and mess formations; +however, these things are determined entirely by local conditions.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Sundays And Holidays</span>.—Calls are ½ hour later, except retreat, +tattoo, call to quarters and taps. In case an entertainment is given +on the post, taps usually follow its close by a half hour.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Details</span> for any +day should be published at retreat formation the day +previous; bulletins and notices should also be published to the +company at this formation.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Paper Work</span>.—Paper +work in the Army is generally viewed askance. A +certain amount of it is absolutely necessary, but the amount can be +reduced by careful attention to the way in which the work is done. A +good first sergeant and a good company clerk will take a load of +trouble off the shoulders of the company commander in this respect; +but usually these men must be trained. Instructions on the blank forms +should be carefully read the first time a certain paper is made out. +Attend to all paper work promptly and make a note of anything that +cannot be handled immediately. Do not let anything get into the +company files until it has been O.K'd. by the company commander or +initialed by the officers. Have a basket for the company commander and +one for the other officers where they may expect to find matters that +are of interest to them. Get reports, requisitions and other papers in +on time. Do not wait until they are called for. Establish a daily, as +well as a monthly, system of doing things in the orderly room and then +stick to it as nearly as possible. Have a file for:</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>General orders, post and W.D.</li> +<li>Special orders.</li> +<li>Memorandums, bulletins and notices may be included under this + head.</li> +<li>Company orders.</li> +<li>Document file (copies of letters, etc.).</li> +</ol> + +<p><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253"></a>The needs for files will be determined largely by local conditions. +The point is to have things where they can be found readily under an +appropriate heading; and to have them accessible to others besides the +company clerk. Keep a copy of everything, as nearly as possible, but +do not clutter up your company files with unimportant items. Keep your +orderly room looking as neat as possible.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Military Correspondence</span>.—A +very important feature of Army Paper Work. +Neatness, brevity and clarity are to be sought—ceremonial forms are +avoided.</p> + +<p>References to Army Regulations: Paragraphs 225, 512, 776, 778, 779, +780, 786, 789, 790, 822 (g.o. 23 w.d.).</p> + +<p>A letter consists of three parts; heading, body and signature. The +heading consists of designation of the command, place and date, all +placed in the upper right-hand corner. At the left, and with a margin +of about an inch, should be:</p> + +<div> +<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">From:</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">To:</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Subject:</span><br /> +</div> +<br /> + +<p>A double space should be left between these lines.</p> + +<p>The body should be divided into numbered paragraphs, each paragraph +treating of but one topic. The lines should be single-spaced, but a +double space should be left between the paragraphs. The signature +should be made without any unnecessary forms.</p> + +<p>Any good treatise on this subject will show the proper forms for a +military letter.</p> + +<p>Indorsements follow the signature in succession on the same page or on +added pages. They are very brief, follow a prescribed form and, if +necessary, are paragraphed in the same way as the letter. Letters +should <a name="Page_254" id="Page_254"></a>be made in three, four, five or six copies, according to +destination. They should always be handled through military channels; +time will be lost if you try to dodge it.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Morning Report</span>.—This +is a complete record of daily events and should +be kept with great care. It is submitted daily to the proper +authority, checked and returned. Any standard work on this subject +will show the proper method of making entries. Be sure to make entry +of all events affecting your company, its numbers or condition. If +there is no change, say so.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Ration Return</span>.—This +form is made out in duplicate for periods of from +10 days to a month. In case men join the company after the ration +return has been submitted for a given period, one ration for each man +for each day from date of joining to date of submitting next return, +may be drawn on the next return. The same plan is followed in making +deductions for men in the hospital or absent from the company. For +ration allowances see a.r. 1202-1252.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Sick Report</span>.—A +commissioned officer of the company and the medical +officer sign on one line following the last entry for the occasion. +Neither may encroach on the territory of the other and both enter +their opinions as to whether the sickness is in line of duty. No +erasures are allowed.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Duty Roster</span>.—For +any roster the key word should be "equality of all +duties." It means the difference between contentment and +dissatisfaction among your men. Keep an exact list of men available +for every duty and detail them in exact rotation; adjust to complete +satisfaction any little differences that arise. Let the men know that +you want to give them a square deal and they will respond. The longest +man off duty is the first man to be called. In the regular service the +roster covers guard duty and other duties, notably kitchen, police and +other fatigue work.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255"></a><span class="sc">Monthly +Return</span>.—The form is self explanatory. Read the instructions +on the blanks before filling them in. By keeping in the company a +record of events you can easily fill out the return properly when the +time comes.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Service +Record</span>.—References in Army Regulations: Paragraphs 115, 118, +124, 135, 138, 938, 1337, 1361, 1451, 1535. Article 16.</p> + +<p>The service record is a complete personal history of the soldier and +follows him wherever he goes. It contains: a descriptive list, report +of assignment, record of prior service, current enlistment, military +record, record of allotments, clothing account and settlement, +deposits, indorsements (this latter to give reasons for change of +status or station of the soldier).</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Discharge</span>.—Discharges +are of three kinds: honorable, dishonorable and +plain discharge. The first is on a white sheet and entitles the +soldier to re-enlist; the second is on a yellow sheet and is given +following sentence of a general court-martial; the third is on a blue +sheet and is given on account of physical disability—it does not +entitle the soldier to re-enlist.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Final Statement</span>, +a.r., Art. 21.—The final statement is issued to +every enlisted man upon his discharge unless he has forfeited all pay +and allowances and has no deposits due him.</p> + +<p>The final statement is not to be prepared on the type-writer. Money +amounts shall be written in both figures and words. The final +statement should show the amount due the soldier for: additional pay; +clothing; deposits; pay detained; miscellaneous causes. It also should +show the amounts due the United States by the soldier for various +reasons. In addition it should also state the period covered by the +last pay of the soldier.</p> + +<p>Officers signing and certifying to the various entries are +responsible.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Muster Roll</span> +a.r. <span class="sc">Article</span> +42.—The muster roll is made bi-monthly and +great care should be taken <a name="Page_256" id="Page_256"></a>in its preparation to make it both correct +and complete. All officers and enlisted men are taken up on the muster +roll from the date of receipt of notice of assignment. The following +are entered on the rolls:</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Commissioned officers belonging to the organization, in order of +rank.</li> +<li>Commissioned officers attached to the organization, in order of +rank.</li> +<li>Non-commissioned officers in order of grade.</li> +<li>All others except musicians and privates, alphabetically arranged +in order of grade.</li> +<li>Musicians.</li> +<li>Privates.</li> +</ol> + +<p>All names, except those entered by rank, are entered in alphabetical +order with the last name first.</p> + +<p>The names of enlisted men attached to the company are borne on a +detachment roll. This is not true of officers attached to an +organization, however.</p> + +<p>Remarks should be entered according to the model which can be obtained +from the Adjutant General's Office.</p> + +<p>All changes should be noted which affect the status of the soldier. An +excellent idea for retaining this data is to keep a separate card for +each man and to enter thereon anything that affects his status.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Pay Roll</span>. +a.r. 1315-1383.—The pay roll is made out monthly in +triplicate, one copy being retained and two copies being sent to the +Quartermaster. On the pay roll there are four certificates to be +signed:</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>The commander of the organization examines the roll carefully and +certifies that all entries are correct.</li> +<li>The inspecting and mustering officer signs certifying that all are +present or accounted for—or notes exceptions.</li> +<li>The commanding officer witnesses the payment of each man and +certifies to that effect.</li> +<li>The commanding officer certifies that the duplicate and triplicate +are exact copies of the original.</li> +</ol> + +<p><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257"></a><span class="sc">Names</span>.—The +last name is entered first; <i>e.g.</i>, Smith, John A. But the +soldier signs as follows: John A. Smith.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Losses</span>.—The +losses should follow immediately on the next line after +the last entry. They include those by reason of: Discharge, transfer, +retirement, desertion and the fact that the man has been dropped.</p> + +<p>Each officer should check his knowledge and be sure that he knows the +purpose of, and is familiar with the following papers: (References are +to Army Regulations and to Adjutant and Quartermaster forms.)</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 5em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Morning Report (a.r. 280).</li> +<li>Daily Sick Report (a.r. 280), (339 a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Duty Roster (a.r. 282), (339 a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Company Fund Book (a.r. 280), (452 q.m.c.).</li> +<li>Delinquency Record (a.r. 280), (509 q.m.c.).</li> +<li>Property Responsibility:<br /> + Quartermaster (a.r. 280), (501cc q.m.c.).<br /> + Ordnance (a.r. 280), (501c q.m.c.).</li> +<li>Descriptive List, Military Record and Clothing Account (a.r. + 280), (29 a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Memorandum Receipts (a.r. 281), (448 a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Abstract Record of Memorandum Receipts (par. 1, g.o., 6, 1916), + (448b a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Summary Court Records (a.r. 9570), (594 a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Statement of Clothing charged to Enlisted man (165b q.m.c.).</li> +<li>Abstract of Clothing (180 q.m.c.).</li> +<li>Company Target Records (307 a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Individual Clothing Slips (165 q.m.c.).</li> +<li>Files of Orders (a.r. 280).</li> +<li>Correspondence Book with Index (a.r. 280).</li> +<li>Document File.</li> +<li>Record of Rifles (p. 14, Ordnance Pamphlet No. 1965).</li> +<li>Record of Sizes of Clothing (g.o. 48, 1911).</li> +<li><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258"></a>Company Return (a.r. 811), (30 a.g.o.).</li> +<li>Muster Roll (a.g. 807).</li> +<li>Returns (a.g. 811).</li> +<li>Return of Casualties.</li> +<li>Pay Roll (366 q.m.c.).</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>As well as numerous other forms for special occasions which are not +here listed.</p> + +<p>Except for the morning report, sick report, duty roster, +correspondence book and various files, practically all the +afore-mentioned records are now kept at regimental headquarters +instead of in the company orderly room.</p> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="CHAPTER_14" id="CHAPTER_14"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259"></a>CHAPTER 14.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Conferences.</h3> + +<p class="cen">(Time—2 hours each day in afternoon.)</p> +<br /> + +<p>1. Know your subject and be thoroughly prepared.</p> + +<p>2. Have an outline to refer to, showing main points you wish to cover.</p> + +<p>3. Do not allow a man to give an entire chapter in reply to a +question. Make your questions short and specific—and require answers +to be the same.</p> + +<p>4. Get every man on his feet at least once every day.</p> + +<p>5. Have a laugh every little while—keep the men awake.</p> + +<p>6. Vary your system of calling on men so that no one will know when he +is likely to be called on.</p> + +<p>7. Avoid reading to the men.</p> + +<p>8. Require men to put things on the blackboard when possible.</p> + +<p>9. In case of a conference for which no time has been given for +preparation, use all possible schemes to get the points home without +having either a lecture or a study period. Allot—a definite time and +require definite results—<i>e.g.</i>, allow 10 minutes for a rough map +showing the placing of a picket—15 minutes for an outline of a +certain chapter, etc.</p> + +<p>10. Never forget that there are 2 sides to every conference—what you +plan to give and what you plan to get. You must test the men to see +how well they know the work but you must also make sure that every man +knows it when he goes out even if he didn't when he came in.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"><b>Study</b>.</p> + +<p>The study period usually comes after a full day in the open, and the +warm air and artificial light soon <a name="Page_260" id="Page_260"></a>make the most ardent soldier doze +off into cat-naps. Something must be done to counteract these +influences and keep the men on the job. The terror of the next day's +conference will not do it, as that time seems safely distant, with all +night ahead.</p> + +<p>Assign the men three to five questions on the work to be studied, +which will be asked in conference and which require a pretty general +knowledge of the subject. Every man will then have a definite +objective and a certain minimum of attainment for the evening. Or +reverse the process and let each of the class write several questions +about what they have studied. The following day let these questions, +with the names of the men who asked them, be read before the class and +answered. The effect of reading the name of the writer is to insure +careful preparation of the question and study of the subject. A good +question can hardly be asked without a basis of knowledge, and a +foolish question condemns its author.</p> + +<p>Another plan is to let the men, whenever possible, instruct the class. +Announce that any man may be called upon to take charge, and the +uncertainty will keep everyone studying. This plan will also give the +men valuable practice in teaching others. Their periods of +instruction, of course, must be limited, and unsatisfactory parts of +their work reviewed before the conference is dismissed.</p> + +<p>Another way to stimulate study is to have a short discussion, talk or +quiz just before the close of the study hour, when the men, if left to +themselves, will incline to look at their watches more often than at +their books. A brief explanation of the work assigned, with emphasis +upon a few especially important points, makes good use of this closing +time, especially when the men are required to write down the points +emphasized.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<a name="Page_261" id="Page_261"></a><b>Syllabus: Small Problems for Infantry.</b></p> + +<p class="cen">(References, f.s.r., p. 26-30, 33-39.)</p> + +<p>First Problem: Advance Guard and Point:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—Small patrol sent ahead from advance +party for disclosing enemy's position and strength, in time for +larger bodies to make suitable defensive and offensive dispositions. +Function primarily warning; but to give specific information, it may +have to fight and thus feel enemy out.</li> + +<li>Principles: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Formed zig-zag; distance from advance party =?</li> +<li>Controlled by leader of advance party.</li> +<li>Speed must be great enough not to impede the main column. + Must not halt at first sign of enemy, nor go off on a flank.</li> +<li>Interest and co-operation of inferiors, by adequate + explanation of situation and of individual duties + ("repeats").</li> +<li>Rules for estimating numerical strength of the moving body of + troops (cf., f.s.r., sec. 27).</li> +<li>Point as a "march outpost" (=?) when the column is halted. + Only then may the A.G. point make any lateral arrangement of + its members (cf. 3 above).</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Second Problem: Advance Guard Connecting File, cf., f.s.r., reference +above:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—Two men (usually) for liaison en +route where elements too widely separated or roads too curved and +wooded. Distance 200 to 5 yards apart.</li> + +<li>Principles: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Constant touch with elements before and behind.</li> +<li><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262"></a>Relay both ways messages sent to or from remoter parts of the + column. Speed and accuracy of signaling.</li> +<li>Guide to be forward in daytime, at night on the main body.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Third Problem: Advance Guard Flank Patrol, pp. 31-32:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—For protecting a marching column from +attack, by warning it on the basis of information gained in +reconnaissance. Interval between men depends on circumstances.</li> +<li>Principles: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Start from near head of the column, <i>i.e.</i>, from smallest + element in the advance guard that can afford to cut down its + numbers.</li> +<li>Speed rather than safety, to keep abreast of own column and + to force the enemy to disclose himself by firing on F.P. + rather than on main body.</li> +<li>Sent to investigate suspicious areas, <i>e.g.</i> in woods, behind + houses.</li> +<li>Action in case of firing on main body; advance and + counterfire, deployed.</li> +<li>Get-away man in rear of column.</li> +<li><i>Stick to the job</i>: no wandering or chasing of enemy beyond + range of column. Job is to warn and protect against flank + attack.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + + +<p>Fourth Problem: Platoon as Advance Party:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function: <br /> +Body of infantry, amounting to 1/8 to 1/2; the Support + (depending on the number of cavalry ahead) cf., f.s.r., p. + 28.<br /> +<a name="Page_263" id="Page_263"></a>Duty.—To back up the point and the advance cavalry (if any) if + fired upon; remove enemy bodies and other obstacles.</li> + +<li>Principles: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Describe general mission to inferiors.</li> +<li>Explain individual duties to inferiors.</li> +<li>Send out point and connecting files.</li> +<li>Form in platoon; zig-zag.</li> +<li>Keep going; prosecute engagements briskly, not to delay main + column.</li> +<li>Procedure under fire: deploys and drops, when fired upon; + looks for enemy's direction and assigns target and range. + Advance under cover if any, when fire light; when heavy seek + to divert fire to you away from main body of advance guard to + facilitate latter's disposition for advance to your support.<br /> + Seek to drive off a weaker enemy, and to hold off a stronger.</li> +<li>Speedy decisions. Value of imaginary situations, while on the + march; and planning your commands.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Fifth Problem: Combat Patrol:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—Contrasted with covering detachment, +which is large enough to offer considerable resistance, the combat +patrol is primarily to <i>Warn</i>, especially against flank attacks. Size +varies widely because of looseness in definition, <i>e.g.</i>, 100 men +might be <i>covering detachment</i> for a regiment, but a combat patrol +for a brigade.</li> + +<li>Principles: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Comparison of thin line versus thin column, regarding: (a) + vulnerability, (b) fatigue, (c) tactical advantage, when + <a name="Page_264" id="Page_264"></a>engagement materializes, (e) control of movement and of + fire.</li> +<li>Agent between advance and main body.</li> +<li>Attack any enemy of reasonable size that attacks main body.</li> +<li>Corn as concealment versus corn as obstruction to sight.</li> +<li>Vulnerability of charging cavalry.</li> +<li>Lieutenant as tactical chief, sergeant as disciplinarian, in + a platoon; except when?</li> +<li>Messages concise, not ambiguous, written versus oral? + Repeats.</li> +<li>Limitations of use of map. Vegetation changes; errors in + contouring.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + + +<p>Sixth Problem and Seventh Problem: Two Pickets:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—Outpost contrasted with advance guard +in that former is stationed around a camp or bivouac, while latter +precedes a marching column. To check enemy attempting to attack main +body, and hold him till larger force is able to deploy. Consists of +outpost reserve, outpost line of supports, line of outguards +(pickets, sentry squads, and cossack posts), plus sentinels, patrols, +etc.<br /> +Picket ordinarily merely warns of an attack, but may offer +resistance.</li> + +<li>Principles: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Smooth posting of outpost very desirable; influence of delay + on spirits of men, after day's march.</li> +<li>Outpost support sends out pickets.</li> +<li>Picket sends out sentry squads, cossack posts, sentinels, + etc.</li> +<li>Provisional dispositions by leaders of outguard elements; + importance of good sketch; intrenchments?</li> +<li><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265"></a>Confirmation and alteration by higher officers; especially + changes at night regarding layout and manning. Fire + ineffective at night except at short ranges.</li> +<li>6. Roster = ?</li> +<li>Instructions regarding enemy's position and strength, and the + friendly outguards to right and left.</li> +<li>Mode of numbering elements (from right to right). Arrangement + for smooth withdrawal of each element upon stronger one.</li> +<li>Disposition of strangers; use for information.</li> +<li>Need of explicit arrangements in case of attack in day or + night.</li> +<li>Sleep near arms.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Eighth Problem—Cossack Post and Sentry Squad:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Cossack Post: 4 men in charge of a corporal (usually) + primarily to observe and warn; secondarily to keep + concealed, and intercept strangers who might be useful to + enemy or to us.</li> +<li>Sentry Squad: 8 men in charge of a corporal. Duties similar + but strength is greater. Posts double sentinel.</li> +<li>Post important enough for a cossack post is often doubled + into a sentry squad at night.</li> +</ol> +</li> + +<li>Principles: + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Opportunity to "pick off" enemies ought to be ignored until + position of c.p. or s.s. or of its supporting body has + unquestionably been learned by enemy. Then fire away.</li> +<li><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266"></a><i>Stop</i> enemy's patrolling. Is as important as to <i>force</i> your + own observation.</li> +<li>Advantages of s.s. over c.p. for night work: (a) strength, + (b) sureness, (c) adequacy of observation before firing + alarm.</li> +<li>Use of prisoners, and papers on dead bodies.</li> +<li>Value of imagining yourself in position of enemy commander in + deciding what enemy dispositions you will combat him with.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Ninth Problem: Reconnoitering Patrol:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—Gather information in the field. No +resistance unless compelled. Concealment and flight rather than +resistance by fire: opposite of "covering detachment."</li> +<li>Principles. + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Judgment in deciding what equipment is appropriate to the + particular patrol.</li> +<li>Sketch copies; contours as guides for concealed route.</li> +<li>Fight only in self defence.</li> +<li>How to question hidden sentinel without disclosing his + position to enemy.</li> +<li>Judicious choice of cover in approaching destination.</li> +<li>Dating and placing of messages.</li> +<li>Rate of passage of troops: "Rule of 2-2-2."</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Tenth Problem—Visiting Patrol:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function:<br /> + +Two men or more sent from supports and pickets liaison between + adjoining <a name="Page_267" id="Page_267"></a>outguards. More useful at night, because of + reduced visibility of terrain between outguards. + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Inform the sending body of conditions at sentinel posts.</li> +<li>Prevent enemy from penetrating lines between posts.</li> +<li>Exchange information between adjoining posts.</li> +<li>Take back captured strangers to commander.</li> +<li>Reenforce feeling of mutual support among the isolated + sentinels.</li> +</ol> +</li> +<li>B. Principles. + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Keen sight and hearing; silence.</li> +<li>Need of signals. Both countersign and check—countersign.</li> +<li>Equipment; nothing that rattles or glistens.</li> +<li>Disposition: leader in front, because of need for quick + decision.</li> +<li>Distance not over two miles even in most open country.</li> +<li>Danger of startling a friend sentinel by unwarned approach.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Eleventh Problem—Detached Post:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—Posted where connection cannot be +easily maintained with other elements of outpost. Sent usually by +outpost reserve or by main body, and retires to them, rather than to +the line of supports. Function same as element of outpost +proper,—<i>observation, resistance, reconnaissance</i>; but less +resistance than <i>warning</i>. May be as small as 2 men, or as large as a +support, depending on location and importance of detached position. </li> +<li>Principles.<a name="Page_268" id="Page_268"></a> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Established under precautions, because of danger of enemy + breaking between the main body and the detached post.</li> +<li>Entrenchment: what time of day? What other circumstances? + Treatment of bridges? Night?</li> +<li>Requisitioning order: Need of payment; for justice, for + military advantage later (reassure farmers through whose + territory you will need to pass and keep supplied).</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Twelfth Problem—Requisitioning Detachment or Patrol:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—A patrol may have any mission: here +it is sent to take (on payment) the provender designated. A.r.d. sent +by commander with specific instructions, is legal; a raid for booty +illegal. (See f.s.r., sec, 290.)</li> +<li>Principles. + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Preparation essential.</li> +<li>Sending of men singly or in pairs across open spaces.</li> +<li>Deliberate start on <i>wrong</i> road to deceive enemy scouts.</li> +<li>Not to fire unless obliged,—until return trip.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Thirteenth Problem—A Contact Patrol:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: upper-alpha"> +<li>Definition and Function.—A small patrol sent out from a +stationary body of troops, usually at night, to find out whether +enemy is starting a retreat. (Compact formation in column.)</li> +<li>Principles. + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Travel light, but prepare to spend some time lying still.</li> +<li>Route rear and parallel to a road, but not on it.</li> +<li><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269"></a>Do not attack enemy patrols unless necessary.</li> +<li>Get through enemy line of observation and watch support or + larger body.</li> +<li>Return together when you have definite information. Do not + send single messengers.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<p>Fourteenth Problem.—A Small Outguard:</p> + +<p>The principles used in 14 are same as those listed under 1-13; and +should be clinched by assigning yourself the problem of completely +arranging an outpost for a brigade to be encamped or bivouacked at +some assigned position on the Hunter's Town sheet. Exchange +solutions, for mutual criticism.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"><b>Examinations.</b></p> + +<p>The following examinations, given at the second Plattsburg Training +Camp, will enable students of military matters to form some idea as to +where they stand in their grasp of the subject:</p> + +<p>Plattsburg Training Camp:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Explain the "Position of the Soldier." (Par. 51, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Being at parade rest, explain position of right foot. (Par. 53, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain the "Hand Salute." (Par. 58, i.d.r.)</li> +<li> (1) Give length of full step (a) in quick time, (b) in double time.<br /> +(2) How is the full step measured? (Par. 60, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain "Halt" from quick time. (Par. 70, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain position of butt of rifle at "Order Arms" standing. + (Par. 77, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain position of left forearm at present arms. (Par. 78, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270"></a>At parade rest under arms (rifle), explain position of left + hand. (Par. 90, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>The squad being in line explain "Squad Right." (Par. 119, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>The company in line, give commands and explain "To dismiss the +company." (Par. 174, i.d.r.)</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 25%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;' /> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Being in any formation assembled, give commands and explain + movements for deploying the squad as skirmishers. (Par. 124, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>When deployed as skirmishers (a) How do the men march? (b) How + are the pieces carried? (c) Who is the guide? (d) What is the + normal interval between skirmishers? (e) What is the length of + the front of the squad when deployed at normal intervals? (Par. + 124, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>In what formations are the loadings executed? (Par. 133, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>At the preparatory command for forming skirmish line, what does + each squad leader do? (Par. 200, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>In what direction does a deployed line face on halting? (Par. + 203.)</li> +<li>Being in skirmish line, explain the movement "Platoon columns." + March. (Par. 213, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>What is the purpose of the advance in a succession of thin + lines? (Par. 219, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Name three classes of fire. Which class is normally employed in + action? (Par. 241-2-3, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Why is it necessary to have proper distribution of fire? (Par. + 246, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain briefly the functions of platoon leaders, platoon + guides and squad leaders in the fire fight. (Par. 252, i.d.r.)</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 25%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;' /> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Explain the position of parade rest (without arms). (Par. 53,<a name="Page_271" id="Page_271"></a> + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Being in the position of the soldier, explain the position of + the heels, feet and knees. (Par. 51, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Give the commands for and explain the execution of "Right Face."</li> +<li>Being at a halt, give the commands for moving forward in quick + time and explain the execution thereof. (Par. 62, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>(a) Being in march in quick time, give the commands necessary + to march in double time and explain the execution thereof, + (Par. 63, i.d.r.) <br /> +(b) What is the length of step and the rate of steps per minute + in double time? (Par. 60, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>At "Right Shoulder Arms":<br /> + +(a) Explain the position of the trigger guard. (Par. 83, + i.d.r.)<br /> +(b) What is the position of the barrel? (Par. 88, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>In the rifle salute (right shoulder arms), describe the + position of the:<br /> + +(a) Left forearm on first count, (Par. 93, i.d.r.)<br /> +(b) Left hand on first count. (Par. 93, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain the position of the left forearm on the second count of + right shoulder arms from order arms. (Par. 83, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>The squad being in line explain "Squad right about." (Par. 121, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain the execution of "Right by Squads," 2 March. (Par. 183, + i.d.r.)</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 25%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;' /> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>What are the two general classes of military information? (Par.<a name="Page_272" id="Page_272"></a> + 9, f.s.r.)</li> +<li>What do you understand by the term "reconnaissance?" (Par. 11, + f.s.r.)</li> +<li>(a) Name the various kinds of patrols. (Note to Par. 23, + f.s.r.)<br /> +(b) What are the advantages of small patrols over strong + patrols? (Par. 24, f.s.r.)</li> +<li>What governs the formation adopted by the patrol? (Par. 26, + f.s.r.)</li> +<li>What is a field message? (Par. 32, f.s.r.)</li> +<li>(a) What is the function of an advance guard? (Par. 40, f.s.r.)<br /> +(b) What of a flank guard? (Par. 53, f.s.r.)</li> +<li>(a) What is an outpost? (Par. 60, f.s.r.)<br /> +(b) How are the outguards classified? (Par. 64, f.s.r.)</li> +<li>Define a successful march. (Par. 96, f.s.r.)</li> +<li>What rules govern the halts of a column of troops on the march? + (Par. 102, f.s.r.)</li> +<li>(a) From a certain point off the road you observe a column of + troops marching on the road. You can distinguish that these + troops are infantry in column of squads. It requires 20 + minutes for them to pass a given point. How much infantry + is in the column? (Par. 27, f.s.r.)<br /> + +(b) The day is still, no wind blowing, further to the rear you + can see a broken cloud of dust extending in prolongation of + the road but cannot see the cause. What does this indicate? + (Par. 27, f.s.r.)</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 25%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;' /> + +<p>Harvard College. School of the Soldier:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Define depth, distance, interval, front, base, point of rest, + deployment, pace. (i.d.r. definitions.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273"></a>(a) What is the guide of the leading subdivision, in column of + subdivisions, charged with? (Par. 20, i.d.r.)<br /> +(b) What is the guide of the subdivisions in rear charged with? + (Par. 20, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>What are orders, commands and signals. (Par. 31, 37, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Describe position of the soldier or attention (without arms.) + (i.d.r. 51.)</li> +<li>What are the rests? Describe each. (Par. 52, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Describe about face. (Par. 57, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>(a) Being at a halt, or marching in quick time, to march in + double time. Describe commands and how executed. (Par. 63, + i.d.r.)<br /> + +(b) Marching in double time, to resume quick time. Describe + commands and how executed. (Par. 64, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>What are the rules that govern the carrying of the piece? (Par. + 75, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>What general rules govern the execution of the manual of arms? + (Par. 76, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Give the rate per minute and length of the half step and full + step in quick and double time. (Par. 60, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>What are the arm signals for: Column left, march; halt; as + skirmishers, march; assemble, march; suspend firing; range, 250 + yards; fix bayonets. (Par. 43, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain the execution of the command "Right Dress." (Par. 107, + i.d.r.)</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 25%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;' /> + +<p>School of the Squad:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>To suspend firing: Give the commands and describe execution. + Same, to cease firing. (Par. 149-150, i.d.r.)</li> +<li><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274"></a>Describe in detail the execution of "Squads Right." (Par. 119, + i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Give the commands and explain execution for taking intervals. + How does it differ from taking distances? (Pars. 109, 110, 111, + 112, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Describe in detail "Right oblique, March." (Par. 116, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Explain the use of "In place, Halt." (Par. 14, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>When can the following commands be used: Resume March. (Par. 14, + i.d.r.) Oblique March. (Par. 117, i.d.r.) By the right flank, + March. (Par. 71, i.d.r.) Take Arms. (Par. 114, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Describe by what commands and in what manner a squad is formed.</li> +<li>(a) Being in line, give the commands and describe the movements + for turning on a moving pivot.<br /> +(b) Being in line, give the commands and describe the movements + for turning on a fixed pivot.</li> +<li>Being in any formation, assembled, give the commands and + describe the movements for deploying as skirmishers.</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 25%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;' /> + +<p>School of the Company:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 1em;"> +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal"> +<li>Give the proper commands for the following movements:<br /> + +(a) Company being in line, to march to the front in column of + squads. (Par. 183, i.d.r.)<br /> +(b) Company being in line, to form column of squads to the + flank. (Par. 178, i.d.r.)<br /> +(c) Company being in line, to form skirmish line. (Par. 206, + 200, 202, i.d.r.)<br /> +(d) <a name="Page_275" id="Page_275"></a>Company being in column of squads, to form line to the right + so the leading squad shall be on the right of the line. + (Par. 188, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Being in line, to align the company. Give the commands and + explain the movement. (Pars. 175, 107, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>The company having gone from line into column of squads by the + command: "Squads right, March," state the position of the + captain, two lieutenants and right and left guides. (Pars. 163, + 168 and Plate II, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>Show by diagram: (a) A company of two platoons in column of + platoons, (b) A company of three platoons in line of platoons. + (Plate II, i.d.r.)</li> +<li>What commands are given to form the company?</li> +<li>(a) Who is the pivot in executing "Company Left?"<br /> +(b) Who is the pivot in executing "Left Turn?"</li> +</ol> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Military Science and Tactics.</b></p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;"> +Minor Tactics.</p> + +<p class="cen"><span class="sc" style="margin-bottom: 1em;">Map: +Gettysburg—Antietam (Hunterstown Sheet).</span></p> + +<p>First Problem: An Advance Party—Situation I:</p> + +<p><i>Your battalion</i> and the <i>machine gun</i> company occupy <i>Center Mills</i>, +in enemy's country. The remainder of the <i>Harvard Regiment</i> is +encamped <i>two miles north of Center Mills</i>. The Battalion has an +outguard <i>at J. Fohl, 1150 yards southeast</i> of Center Mills. <i>It is +mid-winter;</i> there is <i>no snow</i>, but the <i>streams are frozen</i>.</p> + +<p>At 6.45 a.m., 1 Feb., 17, your battalion and the machine gun company +are <i>hurriedly assembled, pieces are loaded</i>, and the column, <i>your +company in the lead</i>, <a name="Page_276" id="Page_276"></a>is marched out of town, over the southeast +road. Your captain calls the <i>officers and non-commissioned officers</i> +to the head of the company and gives the following verbal order:</p> + +<p><i>A Blue force, estimated at one battalion with machine guns, is +marching north from Granite Hill Sta. Blue patrols have been reported +in vicinity of Henderson meeting house (700 yards north of +Hunterstown). There are no Red troops south of here. Our battalion and +the machine gun company are going to take up a position on the 712-707 +hills, which flank this road, about 3 miles south of here. This +company will be the advance guard. The main body, which is the rest of +our column, follows at 600 yards. Lieutenant Allen, your platoon (1st) +and the second platoon will constitute the</i> <span class="sc">Advance +Party</span>. <i>The third +and fourth platoons will form the</i> <span class="sc">Support</span>, +<i>and will follow the +advance party at 300 yards. Here is a map for you. Follow this road +(pointing and indicating on map) through J. Fohl—554-534—Bridge +S.H., to crossroads 666, where you will halt and establish a</i> +<span class="sc">March Outpost</span>. +<i>I will be with the support. When we reach the outguard at J. +Fohl the column will halt and the advance guard will move out. Posts.</i></p> + +<p>The column halts at the outguard. You are Lieutenant Allen.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>Your instructions, and dispositions in detail.</p> + +<p>Situation II:</p> + +<p>The <i>advance party</i> has just cleared roadfork 534 when it is fired +upon from the woods along the stream about <i>500 yards southeast</i>. +There are probably <i>20 rifles firing upon you</i>. The enemy's fire is +well-directed. The <i>point</i> has crossed the first bridge, 300 yards +south of 534. The <i>support</i> has halted; but is not under fire.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>Your instructions and dispositions.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277"></a>Second Problem: An Advance Guard Point—Situation I:</p> + +<p>The situation is the same as in the First Problem.</p> + +<p>You are the commander of the point.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>Your instructions and dispositions as the <i>point</i> clears the outguard.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>The <i>point</i> has just crossed the first bridge 300 yards southeast of +534, when you hear firing and observe that the <i>advance party</i> is +being fired upon from the woods directly east of you. A few moments +later you note a few dismounted men crossing the island about 400 +yards to the east. The firing has ceased.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>Your instructions and dispositions.</p> + +<p>Situation III:</p> + +<p>The <i>advance guard</i> has resumed its march. When the point reaches +Bridge S.H., it is fired upon from the woods 400 yards to the east. +About ten cavalrymen are hurriedly mounting, others are already riding +into the woods.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>Your instructions and dispositions.</p> + +<p>Third Problem: An Advance Guard Flank Patrol—</p> + +<p>Situation:</p> + +<p>The situation is the same as in the <i>First Problem</i>, and follows +<i>Situation III, Second Problem</i>.</p> + +<p>When the <i>advance party</i> is two hundred yards from the roadfork where +unimproved road leads northeast, about 600 yards southeast of Bridge +S.H., Lieutenant Allen gives the following instructions to Corporal +Adams, 3d Squad:</p> + +<p><i>Corporal, about fifteen Blue cavalry have been driven back through +those woods (pointing out woods to east). When we reach the roadfork +in front of us take your squad and comb the woods until you reach +southern <a name="Page_278" id="Page_278"></a>edge. From there go east until you observe the crossroads +(616) which are about 1200 yards beyond. Return over first improved +road running southwest to the crossroads (666) about 1-½ miles south +of here and just under the hilltop, where you will rejoin advance +party.</i></p> + +<p>You are Corporal Adams.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>Your instructions, dispositions, and route of the patrol.</p> +<br /> + +<p class="cen"><span class="sc">Map Reading. Visibility Problems.</span></p> + +<p class="cen" style="margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<span class="sc">Map: Gettysburg—Antietam (Hunterstown Sheet</span>).</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Note</span>.—<i>Observation points 707 and 712 are the hills referred to in +the First Problem under Minor Tactics.</i></p> + +<p><i>Where one point is invisible from another, state points of +interference.</i></p> + +<p><i>Problem 1</i>. Can a sentinel standing at 707 see the roadfork 535 +(about 1500 yards south)?</p> + +<p><i>Problem 2</i>. An enemy patrol is marching north on the 544-616 road, +and has crossed the stream (750 yards north of 544). Can this patrol +see the Red outguard at 707 from any point between stream and +crossroads 616?</p> + +<p><i>Problem 3</i>. Can the sentinel at 712 see the roadfork 581 (1850 yards +southwest from 712)?</p> + +<p><i>Problem 4</i>. Can the sentinel at 712 see the crossroads 561 (about +1200 yards southeast)?</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;" /> + +<p>General Situation—Hunterstown Sheet.</p> + +<p>The <i>Harvard Regiment</i> camps the night of May 31-June 1 on Opossum +Creek just west of Friends Grove S.H. (A-7) in hostile territory. The +regiment is part of a brigade, the remainder of the brigade being in +camp one day's march north of Center Mills.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279"></a>Problem I: An Advance Guard Point:</p> + +<p>At daylight of June 1st the regimental commander receives the +following message from brigade headquarters: "Our aeroplanes report a +large force of the enemy near Hunterstown. Move at once on +Hunterstown. Develop the strength of this enemy and locate his exact +position. I will send reinforcements to you by motor-train if +necessary."</p> + +<p>Officers call is sounded, and this information transmitted to all the +officers of the regiment. The <i>First Battalion</i> is designated as +<i>advance guard</i> and ordered to move out at once by crossroads 554 and +561, and road forks 535 and 552 towards Hunterstown. Major A, +commanding the First Battalion, designates the first two platoons of +"D" company as advance party and C company and the remainder of D +company as support.</p> + +<p>Lieut. X, commanding the advance party, calls up all his +non-commissioned officers and explains the situation to them. He then +says: "Sergeant Mason, take 4 men and move out on that road (pointing) +as the point. At crossroads and road forks semaphore W.W. and I will +indicate the direction. The remainder of these two platoons will be +the advance party. I will be with it. Move out."</p> + +<p>You are Sergeant Mason.</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) What instructions, and information do you give the point before +you reach crossroads 554?</p> + +<p>After passing crossroads 561 about 300 yards one of your men reports +about a squad of hostile cavalry on the road south of road fork 544, +1500 yards east of you.</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) What do you do?</p> + +<p>Problem II: An Advance Guard Connecting File:</p> + +<p>Situation as in preceding problem.</p> + +<p>After the advance party has moved out about 100 yards, Captain Y, +commanding the support, says: "Smith, you take Jones and move out as +connecting file." After Smith and Jones have moved about 100 <a name="Page_280" id="Page_280"></a>yards, +he says: "Donnelly, you take Burke and move out as connecting file." +You are Donnelly.</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) What instructions do you give Burke before reaching crossroads +554?</p> + +<p>After passing crossroads 561 you go about 150 yards without seeing the +connecting file in rear of you.</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) What do you do?</p> + +<p>Problem III: An Advance Guard Flank Patrol:</p> + +<p>Situation as in preceding problem.</p> + +<p>On arriving at crossroads 561 Lieut. X commanding the advance party +calls up Sergeant Clifford and says: "Sergeant, the point has just +reported a squad of hostile cavalry about a mile down this road +(pointing toward road fork 544). Take <i>your squad</i> and scout down this +road. I will take the next road to the left leading to Hunterstown. +Rejoin me on that road."</p> + +<p>You are Sergeant Clifford.</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) What formation do you adopt for your patrol?</p> + +<p>Nothing happens until you arrive near road fork 544, when you hear +firing from the woods southwest of you. This fire is not directed +toward you. There is evidently about a squad firing. You can see no +enemy in any direction.</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) What do you do?</p> + +<p>Problem IV: Platoon as an Advance Party:</p> + +<p>General situation same as before.</p> + +<p>You are Lieut. X commanding the advance party. You have arrived near +the small orchard southeast of road fork 535. A sharp fire is suddenly +opened from the woods to the southeast, apparently from a <i>squad or +small platoon</i>.</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) Give your orders and dispositions.</p> + +<p>After firing about a minute the fire of the enemy stops. You move out +into the road and can see no sign of your point or connecting files. +The support is closing up on you.</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) What do you do?</p> + +<p><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281"></a>Visibility Problems:</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) Can a man on hill 712 see a man at crossroads 554 in +Hunterstown? (Disregard trees.)</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) A man stands at the point where contour 680 crosses the road +followed in above problem, just south of hill 707. Where does the +roadbed first become invisible?</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;" /> + +<p class="cen" style="margin-bottom: 1em;"> +<span class="sc">Map: Gettysburg—Antietam (Hunterstown Sheet)</span>.</p> + +<p>First Problem: A Connecting File—Situation I:</p> + +<p>The Harvard Regiment is in camp in hostile country the night May 1-2 +in the corn field 1000 yards east of Boyd S.H., just northeast of +cross roads 488. The line of outguards extends approximately through +Boyd S.H., Hill 527, McElheny.</p> + +<p>At 1.00 a.m.; May 1st, the regimental commander receives the following +telephone message from brigade headquarters at Gettysburg (just off +the map to the south)—An enemy force estimated strength one regiment +is in camp 6 miles north of Center Mills. His patrols were seen +yesterday by our advance cavalry near Guernsey and Center Mills. It is +reliably reported that this force will march by Center Mills and +Guernsey on Biglersville to-morrow morning to destroy a large amount +of rolling stock at that point. Move at once toward Center Mills to +stop and drive back this force.</p> + +<p>Officers call is sounded. The situation is explained to the officers +and they are told to have their companies ready to move at 2.00 a.m. +The 1st battalion is designated as advance guard.</p> + +<p>The advance guard is directed to move across the field to road fork +511 thence north by the main road. The <i>first platoon</i> of "A" company +is designated as advance party. "B" company and the remainder of "A" +company form the support. As the advance party moves out Captain Smith +commanding the support, says to <a name="Page_282" id="Page_282"></a>Private Long, "Long, you and Williams +move out as connecting files. This is a dark night so be careful to +keep connection both front and rear." Before Long is out of sight; he +says, "Scott, you and Hunt move out as connecting files following +Long." You are Scott.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>(a) What instructions do you give Hunt?</p> + +<p>(b) What do you do up to the time you reach the main road at 511?</p> + +<p>Situation II:</p> + +<p>After you have passed road fork in <i>Table Rock</i> about 100 yards you +notice that Hunt who has been watching to the rear does not seem to be +alert. You look back and can see no sign of the connecting file in +rear of you. It is still dark.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>What do you do?</p> + +<p>Second Problem: An Advance Guard Point—General Situation same as in +Problem I:</p> + +<p>Sergeant Hill and four men constitute the point. The situation has +been explained to Sergeant Hill by the advance party commander.</p> + +<p>About daylight the point arrives at crossroads 600. A sharp fire +evidently from about a squad is received from the house on the rise +500 yards north along the road. You are Sergeant Hill.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>What do you do?</p> + +<p>Third Problem: An Advance Guard Flank Patrol—Situation I—General +Situation same as Problem I:</p> + +<p>Up to daylight no flank patrols have been sent out. When the support +reaches Table Rock the support commander calls Corporal Bell and says +to him "Corporal take your squad as a flank patrol up this road to the +right. Take the left hand road at the first two road forks and follow +the road past the church and <a name="Page_283" id="Page_283"></a>school-house until you reach this road +again about 1-½ miles north of here. Report every thing you have +seen when you rejoin. Your squad consists of seven men besides +yourself."</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>(a) The disposition of your squad on the march.</p> + +<p>(b) What do you do when you hear the firing near crossroads 600?</p> + +<p>Fourth Problem: Platoon as Advance Party—Situation—General Situation +same as in the First Problem:</p> + +<p>When you arrive at a point about 200 yards south of hill 646 you hear +firing 1000 yards north of you. You cannot see who is firing nor can +you see the point. You are Lieutenant Clark commanding the advance +party.</p> + +<p>Required:</p> + +<p>What do you do?</p> + +<p>Visibility Problems:</p> + +<p>(a) When the point arrives at hill 647 can it see the crossroads 610 +to the northeast?</p> + +<p>(b) When the flank patrol reaches Benders' Church crossroads can it +see an enemy patrol at the house midway on the road 534-554 one mile +to the northeast?</p> + +<p>(c) Looking north along the Center Mills road from hill 647 where does +the road first become invisible?</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;" /> + +<p class="cen" style="margin-bottom: 1em;"><span class="sc">Map: Hunterstown Sheet</span>.</p> + +<p>General Situation:</p> + +<p>The Harvard regiment encamped on the night of July 12-13 at +Biglerville (B-8) in hostile territory. The remainder of the brigade +of which the regiment is a part is in camp 5 miles west of +Biglerville.</p> + +<p>Problem I:</p> + +<p>At daylight, July 13, the regimental commander receives the following +message from brigade headquarters:</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_284" id="Page_284"></a>It is reported that the enemy is in force near Heidlersburg. Move on +Heidlersburg at once; locate the position of the enemy, and develop +his strength. Reinforcements will be sent you, if necessary."</p> + +<p>This information is transmitted to all officers of the regiment. The +First Battalion is ordered to move out at once as advance guard on +Biglerville-610-582 road toward Heidlersburg. Major Dunn, commanding +First Battalion, designates the first two platoons of C Company as +advance party, and D Company and the remainder of C Company as +support.</p> + +<p>Lieut. Gibbs, commanding the advance party, explains the situation to +his non-commissioned officers, and then orders:</p> + +<blockquote><p style="text-indent: 0em;">"Sergeant Dow, take four men and move out on that road + (indicating road to Heidlersburg) as point. The remainder of these + two platoons will be the advance party and will follow you at 200 + yards. I shall be with it. Move out."</p></blockquote> + +<p>You are Sergt. Dow.</p> + +<p>How do you place your men, and what information and instructions do +you give the point before you pass the orchard east of Biglerville?</p> + +<p>Situation 2:</p> + +<p>You are still Sergt. Dow.</p> + +<p>The point has reached crossroads 582. You are informed by a farmer +living at crossroads 582 that about half an hour before there were +some soldiers half a mile north of 582 on the road to Center Mills. He +says he does not know where they went.</p> + +<p>What do you do?</p> + +<p>Problem II:</p> + +<p>The advance party has arrived at crossroads 582. Information has come +to Lieut. Gibbs, both from the point and from the farmer direct, that +Red Soldiers have been seen on road to north leading to Center Mills. +Lieut. Gibbs on arrival at 582 sends out a squad under <a name="Page_285" id="Page_285"></a>Sergt. Jones +to patrol north on the Center Mills road half a mile, then east by +farm road to corner, then by fence south of house and barn to Opossum +Creek and down creek to main road again.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">The advance party then proceeds about 300 yards easterly from 582, +when the point signals "Enemy in small numbers in creek bottom due +north."</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>What does Lieut. Gibbs and the advance party do?</li> +<li>What does he tell the point to do?</li> +<li>What does the flank patrol under Sergt. Jones do?</li> +</ol> + +<p>Problem III:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Because of the action taken in Problem II the Reds have ceased to +menace the left flank of the advance guard:</p> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>What does the advance party and its commander do?</li> +<li>What does he tell the point to do?</li> +</ol> + +<p>Another Situation—Problem IV:</p> + +<p>Enemy is in the vicinity of Hunterstown. Your brigade has marched +south through Guernsey to road fork 610, and has turned east, and is +about to camp in grass field north of road 610-582, 1-3 of a mile west +of 582. Your battalion is to form the outpost. You are its major.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Where do you post:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>The outpost reserve?</li> +<li>The outpost supports?</li> +<li>The outguards?<br /> + +(<span class="sc">Note</span>: +The sector up to and including the road Center + Mills—554-534—Bridge S.H. is covered by another brigade + to your left.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Problem V:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">On the same general scheme as in Problem IV. You are Sergt. Robinson +of Support No. 1. You are ordered by its commander to move out with 3 +squads to form a <a name="Page_286" id="Page_286"></a>picket, outguard No. 1, putting out observation +posts on the road about half a mile south of the support.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>State what directions you give to your picket and how you move + to your position.</li> +<li>Where do you post the picket and its observation posts?</li> +<li>What orders and instructions do you give on arrival at the + place selected?</li> +</ol> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + +<a name="CHAPTER_15" id="CHAPTER_15"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287"></a>CHAPTER 15.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<h3>Trench Warfare.</h3> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>General Principles.</b></p> +<br /> + +<p>1. Defense may be made in depth by all organizations, down to and +including the platoon, or it may be made laterally.</p> + +<p>2. The smallest active segment, be it only three men, must have a +chief and a second in command, who is responsible for the proper +upkeep and defense of the segment. All occupants of active segments +must know all instructions which should be simple.</p> + +<p>3. Any troops in charge of a portion of trench must never abandon it, +no matter what happens, even if surrounded.</p> + +<p>4. All ground lost must be retaken at once by immediate counter attack +launched by the unit which lost the ground. As a matter of fact a +counter attack is difficult for a platoon or company; it is really +necessary for it to be made by a battalion.</p> + +<p>5. Each company must provide for emplacements for mine throwers to be +served by the artillery and for pneumatic guns to be served by their +own men.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Instructions to be Issued by Battalion Commander.</b></p> + +<p>1. Disposition of companies in sector assigned (best done by sketch +showing sectors assigned to companies).</p> + +<p>2. Special orders to companies (concerns field of fire to be obtained +not only in own sector, but also in those adjoining it).</p> + +<p>3. Improvement of defense. (Brief reports from company commanders to +be followed by work being done on order of battalion commander after +inspection.)</p> + +<p>4. Organization of watching (not sentry duty) (by company commander +under supervision of battalion commander).</p> + +<p><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288"></a>5. Organization of observation (not sentry duty) (by company commander +under supervision of battalion commander).</p> + +<p>6. Organization of supply (procuring, routing, etc., of tools, +ammunition, food, water, etc.), (by company commander under +supervision of battalion commander).</p> + +<p>7. Organization of liaison (communication) (runners, telephone, +telegraph visual signaling, pigeons, etc., by company commander under +the supervision of battalion commander). <i>All telephonic communication +must be in code</i>.</p> + +<p>8. Organization of supplies to include amounts to be expected daily +from the rear.</p> + +<p>9. Knowledge of enemy must be imparted to company commanders in order +to assist them in making their dispositions.</p> + +<p>10. Frequent reports to be made of existing conditions at the front +for information of higher commanders.</p> + +<p>11. Lateral defense of boyaux must not be overlooked.</p> + +<p>12. Wide turning movements are not possible. Enveloping movements are +possible only on local attacks against small portions of the hostile +line after it has been pierced. All main attacks are confined to +purely frontal attacks.</p> + +<p>13. The most important obstacle is barbed wire entanglements.</p> + +<p>14. Communication (liaison) between and co-ordination and co-operation +of, the different elements of a command is of the utmost importance.</p> + +<p>15. Artillery co-operates more closely than ever with infantry. Its +reconnaissance officers accompany infantry lines in order to obtain +information. <i>There is a certain number of artillery observers +attached to each battalion of infantry</i>.</p> + +<p>The general method of attack is to smother the defense with a torrent +of explosive shells, kept up incessantly for one or more days, and +shatter the defense so they will offer but slight resistance to the +infantry; <a name="Page_289" id="Page_289"></a>then rush forward with the infantry and seize the positions +while the enemy is demoralized, and consolidate them before +reenforcements can be brought up.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em; text-indent: 3em;"> +The artillery bombardment is necessary to prepare the way for the + infantry advance. It has for its objects:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>To destroy the hostile artillery, wire entanglements and + infantry trenches.</li> + +<li>To produce curtains of fire and prevent bringing up + reenforcements.</li> +</ol> + +<p><i>Light guns are assigned to</i> <span class="sc">Each Battalion Of Infantry</span>, subject only +to orders of regimental and battalion commanders concerned.</p> + +<p>Save under exceptional circumstances the light gun is always attached +to the Machine Gun Company for the attack.</p> + +<p>The essential role of the light gun is to destroy with direct fire the +visible machine guns; they are employed separately and not grouped.</p> + +<p>The infantry is divided into two classes: Holding troops—and +attacking or shock troops. Holding troops are those doing routine or +trench duty; shock troops are picked organizations of young and +vigorous men and are kept in camps well behind the battle front. +Holding troops are two weeks in and two weeks out of the trenches.</p> + +<p>All specialist groups, <i>i.e.</i>, Machine Gun Companies, etc., are +officered, allowing company and battalion commanders to concentrate +them, if the situation requires.</p> + +<p><i>They play the normal part in combat if they do not receive special +instructions.</i></p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Attack of a Defensive Position.</b></p> + +<p>Unity of command in depth must be preserved everywhere, unless there +is an imperative reason for doing otherwise.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290"></a>The front of each regiment should be divided between two or three +battalions.</p> + +<p><i>Each battalion commander having to look after a front of from 500 to +600 yards, can exercise efficient control of his command.</i></p> + +<p>In preparing for an assault, seniors must take steps to organize it +and make all necessary preparations themselves, and not leave all the +responsibility with the juniors.</p> + +<p>In the assault each unit must know its special task beforehand, and it +should be rehearsed in rear of the line of trenches. Each commander +must know the exact time he is to start and must start on time.</p> + +<p>The first waves of men are placed at 4 or 5 pace interval. Chief of +section can command only a front of 80 to 100 paces and it is +necessary to form the section in two (2) waves. The first containing +the grenadiers and automatic riflemen, the latter in the center. The +second wave contains the riflemen and rifle grenadiers, the latter in +the center.</p> + +<p>If the terrain is cut up by woods, villages, etc., the proportion of +grenadiers may be increased by taking them from the sections in +support and the automatic riflemen sent back to the second wave.</p> + +<p>If the distance to cross exceeds 300 or 400 yards, the number of +automatic riflemen should be increased.</p> + +<p><i>Two or three sections are usually placed abreast on the company +front, which thus covers two to three hundred yards.</i></p> + +<p>The support sections follow the leading sections of their company at +about 50 yards, marching in two lines, if possible in two lines of +squad columns at 20 yard intervals.</p> + +<p>The first wave of the support is usually formed of the one-half +section of specialists.</p> + +<p>The echeloning of the specialists in front is also the most favorable +formation to progress by rushes in a terrain cut up by shell holes.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291"></a>The chief of section is between the two (2) waves of his section.</p> + +<p>The captain is usually in front of the support sections.</p> + +<p>The support sections are closely followed by a powerful line of +machine guns, which are thrown into the fight when needed to reenforce +the leading units.</p> + +<p>"Trench Cleaners" usually march immediately after the leading sections +and may be taken from the support sections. They are armed with +pistols, knives and hand grenades.</p> + +<p>The captain can use his section complete, or take out the specialists +and use them for a particular purpose.</p> + +<p>The specialists carry only the weapons of their specialty and have +their loads lightened. The ordinary riflemen carry the usual packs and +equipment.</p> + +<p>Officers no longer lead the assault, but direct it. They are equipped +with the rifle and bayonet, the same as the enlisted man.</p> + +<p>Each unit of the first wave of the attack is given a definite +objective. Different waves must not break upon the first wave.</p> + +<p>Fire is opened by the assaulting troops only at short ranges, the +advance being protected by a curtain of artillery fire. The advancing +line makes use of shell holes and all other available cover.</p> + +<p>When the first section reaches its objective it is joined by the half +section of riflemen; it immediately organizes the captured ground.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Attacking From Trenches</span>.—The +commanders of brigades and battalions, +with the commander of the artillery detailed to support them, study on +the ground the artillery plan so far as it affects them. Immediately +after the advance of the infantry begins, the artillery supporting it +commences an intense bombardment with the object of forcing the enemy +to take cover. At the moment laid down in the table of artillery fire +the barrage lifts clear of the trench and the infantry rush <a name="Page_292" id="Page_292"></a>in and +capture it. The infantry must be taught that their success depends +upon their getting within 75 yards of the barrage before it lifts, in +order that they may reach the trenches before the enemy can man them. +The secret of a successful assault is exact synchronization of the +movements of the infantry with those of the barrage.</p> + +<p>The pace of a barrage depends, to a certain extent, on the pace of the +infantry, which varies with the condition of the ground, the length of +the advance, the number of enemy trenches to be crossed, etc. It may +be from 15 to 75 yards per minute. The pace of the barrage should be +quicker at first, and should gradually slow down as the men become +exhausted, in order to give them time to get close to the barrage and +pull themselves together for the final rush.</p> + +<p>In an attack each unit must have sufficient driving power in itself to +carry it through to its objective and enable it to hold its ground +when it gets there. When a number of trenches have to be carried, +considerable depth will be required, and the frontage must be reduced. +A brigade usually has a front in attack of 250 to 350 yards, but this +may be increased to 1,000 or 1,200 yards.</p> + +<p>A battalion should have a front of 250 to 350 yards. The battalion +must be organized in depth in a series of waves. Two companies are +usually put abreast in the first line and the others in the second +line. Each company in both lines attacks in column of platoons at +about 50 yards' distance, with intervals of three to five paces +between men, so there would be eight lines of waves, of two platoons +each. The 8th and 16th platoons, the two in rear forming the eighth +wave, are usually not employed in the attack, but are left behind as a +nucleus to form on in case of heavy casualties.</p> + +<p>The front line must not be less than 200 yards from the enemy's front +line.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293"></a>The leading two or three waves are likely to meet machine gun fire, +and generally move in extended order. Not more than two waves can be +accommodated in one trench. Subsequent waves will move in line or in +line of section columns in single file. Russian saps must be run out +as far as possible across "No Man's Land" to be opened up immediately +after the assault, as approach trenches. Ladders or steps are +necessary to assist the leading waves in leaving the trenches, as they +must move in lines. Provision must be made for bridges over the first +line trenches for the rear waves. In the original assault line will be +more suitable for both leading and rear waves. In later stages it is +better for the rear waves to move in small and handy columns. In the +original assault the distance between waves may be 75 to 100 yards; in +later stages they may follow each other at 50 yards.</p> + +<p>In the original assault, zero, or the time for the assault to begin, +may be fixed for the moment at which our barrage lifts from the enemy +front trench, the infantry timing their advance so as to be close +under our barrage before it lifts. In the later stages zero must be +the moment at which our barrage commences, and this commencement will +be the signal for the infantry to leave their trenches. Each wave is +assigned its own objective. All watches must be synchronized in order +that all units may start off at the appointed time.</p> + +<p>The first wave is composed of bombers and rifle grenade men, and +attacks the enemy's first line of trenches. It must go straight +through to its objective, following the artillery barrage as closely +as possible. The second and third waves, composed of riflemen with +bayonets and Lewis guns, re-enforce the first wave after the latter +has occupied the enemy's first line trench, and attack the second line +trench. The fourth wave takes up tools, ammunition and sand bags and +assists in consolidating the line. The fifth wave is a mopping-up +party to clear the enemy's dugouts. The sixth wave comprises +<a name="Page_294" id="Page_294"></a>battalion headquarters and has two Lewis guns, kept for a special +purpose. The seventh and eighth waves, if used, seize and consolidate +the enemy's third line trench.</p> + +<p>Bombing squads (1 non-commissioned officer and 8 men) are on the flank +of each attacking wave. Battalion bombers are assigned a special task.</p> + +<p>All movements must be over the top of the ground. The pace throughout +should be a steady walk, except for the last 30 or 40 yards, when the +line should break into a steady double time, finishing up the last 10 +yards with a rush.</p> + +<p>Barrage is continued 20 or 30 minutes after the objective has been +reached.</p> + +<p>Mopping parties must be trained with great care under selected +officers. They should always wear a distinguishing mark. They must at +once dispose of any occupants who may have emerged from their dugouts, +and picket the dugout entrances.</p> + +<p>The ultimate unit in the assault is the platoon. It must be organized +and trained as a self-contained unit, capable of producing the +required proportion of riflemen, bombers, rifle bombers, Lewis +gunners, and carriers, all trained to work in combination.</p> + +<p>Assaulting troops should have twelve hours of daylight in the trenches +before the assault begins, to enable them to get acquainted with the +ground and get some rest. All ranks must be given a hot meal, +including hot tea or coffee, before the assault.</p> + +<p>Take every precaution to prevent the enemy from realizing that the +assault is about to take place. Bayonets must not be allowed to show. +No increase in rate of artillery fire. No unusual movements must be +made in the trenches, and there must be no indication of the impending +assault until the barrage is dropped.</p> + +<p>When the trench has been taken, it should be consolidated at once to +prevent counterattack. To protect this consolidation, throw out an +outpost line, the posts consisting of one non-commissioned officer and +6 riflemen <a name="Page_295" id="Page_295"></a>with a Lewis gun, about 150 to 200 yards apart and 100 to +300 yards beyond the line. These posts should be established in +shellholes, which are to be converted into fire trenches, protected by +wire entanglements, as soon as possible.</p> + +<p>Approach trenches toward the enemy should be blockaded and hand and +rifle grenadiers posted to guard them. The main captured trench should +be converted at once into a fire trench facing the enemy. If it is +badly knocked to pieces, a new trench may be constructed 40 or 50 +yards in front of the captured line. The commander must reorganize in +depth to provide supports and reserves for counterattacks. Situation +reports should be sent back frequently. Rough sketches are better than +messages.</p> + +<p>Tanks follow infantry as closely as possible to deal with strong +points. They are employed in sections of four.</p> + +<p>Machine guns may be used to provide covering fire for attacking +infantry, cover its withdrawal if the attack fails, fill gaps in the +assaulting lines, assist in the consolidation of positions and repel +counterattacks.</p> + +<p>Lewis guns are of great value in knocking out hostile machine guns. +They usually move on the flanks of the second wave of assault. Later +they are used to back up patrols and to hold the outpost line while +the garrison line is being consolidated.</p> + +<p>As soon as consolidation begins, wire entanglements should be +constructed. Every effort should be made to secure the objective +against recapture. Any men available should be used to continue the +offensive.</p> + +<p>All commanders down to and including company commanders must keep some +portion of their command as a reserve. The company commander needs his +reserve to work around points which are holding against the leading +lines, to protect his flanks in case the companies on his right and +left are delayed in their advance and to exploit his success and gain +ground to the <a name="Page_296" id="Page_296"></a>front. He must keep it well in hand behind the company.</p> + +<p>Battalion reserves must start with the assaulting column and get +across "No Man's Land" as soon as possible; they must not get out of +hand. Such a reserve is usually checked in the vicinity of the enemy's +front line trench, where it can be thrown in to assist the advance or +extend a flank as needed.</p> + +<p>The brigade reserve is kept well in hand just clear of the friendly +front line and support trenches. Reserves of companies and battalions +must start moving over the top of the ground with the rest of the +assaulting troops.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Defense Of Trenches</span>.—The +latest methods consist in constructing, +supporting and strong points at the most favorable points to be held, +such as villages, woods, etc. These are separated by intervals not too +great for mutual support. They are of such resisting power that they +must be taken before the attack can progress. In the intervals between +them fire and communicating trenches are constructed, but these are +only held lightly. Dummy trenches may be placed in these intervals. +Lines of the various works are so traced that they bring enfilading +fire on troops attacking adjacent positions. The lines need not be +continuously occupied, but the obstacles extend in an unbroken line +along the whole front. Wire entanglements are set in front of +important positions in belts 20 feet wide, in two or three rows, each +20 yards apart.</p> + +<p>Each supporting point usually is occupied by a battalion, and consists +of a series of trenches formed into strong points, each held by a +garrison of one or more platoons or a company. The supporting points +are from 600 to 800 yards in depth and have a front of 600 to 1,000 +yards. The first line of strong points is occupied by one or two +companies in firing and cover trenches, while the remainder of the +battalion <a name="Page_297" id="Page_297"></a>occupies the support and reserve trenches. Bomb-proofs are +built along the cover trenches and are connected with the firing +trenches. Approach trenches are protected on both flanks by wire +entanglements. Strong points in support and reserve trenches are +prepared for an all-around defense and divided into two or more +separate strong points by wire entanglements.</p> + +<p>A body of infantry attacked is to oppose to the assailant its high +powered weapons, machine guns, automatic rifles, rifle grenades and +hand grenades and to reserve for the counter attack the grenadiers and +riflemen. There is always one line upon which the resistance must be +made with the greatest energy; for its defense the following methods +have been found successful. Machine guns should be placed where they +can secure the best flanking fire, and every one put out of action +should immediately be replaced by an automatic rifle. If machine gun +barrage fire is to play its role successfully at the moment of +assault, the guns must survive the bombardment. Their protection is +secured by placing them under shelter during the bombardment and +making their emplacements as nearly invisible as possible. They should +be echeloned in depth as far as practicable. They are generally placed +in re-entrants of the firing trenches and cover the intervals between +the adjoining supporting and strong points. Where the ground will +permit they are often placed in concealed positions 20 to 30 yards in +front of the trenches, to break up attacks made by hostile infantry. +Not too many should be placed in the front line, and they should be +echeloned in depth so as to confuse their disposition. The value of +machine guns depends on the possibility of using them suddenly for +brief periods, and in using them as long as they are effective. +Machine guns disposed for flanking fire must be well covered by +grenadiers; this is also true of automatic rifles.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298"></a>Automatic rifles, rifle grenades and hand grenades are used to +constitute a barrage to keep back the enemy. The entire front should +be defended by a barrage of hand grenades, while the barrage of +automatic rifles and rifle grenades is superposed farther to the +front, up to 400 yards.</p> + +<p>All riflemen and those grenadiers not employed in forming barrages are +reserved to make a counterattack.</p> + +<p>Companies on the second line operate on similar principles; machine +guns, automatic rifles and rifle grenades are arranged so as to cover +every portion of the first line that might be invaded. After a short +preparation by fire from these, the grenadiers and riflemen make the +counterattack.</p> + +<p>The captains in charge of the two lines are responsible for the +arrangement of the machine guns, automatic rifles and rifle grenades, +the distribution of barrages and the distribution of groups for the +counterattack. The real strength of the defense consists, not in +holding the fire and cover trenches, nor even the support trenches, +but in holding the supporting and strong points until the +counterattack can be launched.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Liaison</span>.—The +question of liaison in battle is of the utmost +importance, and complete co-ordination of the different arms is +absolutely necessary. Each battalion sends an officer or +non-commissioned officer and a cyclist to the colonel, and each +colonel sends a soldier to the battalion commander.</p> + +<p>The principal means of communication are the telephone, telegraph, +wireless, aeroplane, mounted messengers, autos and motorcycles; and at +the front runners, visual signals, rockets and carrier pigeons.</p> + +<p>Each battalion commander is connected by telephone with each company +commander, with the artillery observers, with the artillery commander, +with his own colonel and with the adjacent battalions on either side.</p> + +<p>The signallers of assaulting companies move with the company +commander. All signallers should be <a name="Page_299" id="Page_299"></a>given a special training in +repeating a message several times to a known back station which may +not be able to reply forward.</p> + +<p>At the commencement of the assault the pigeons and pigeon carriers +must be kept back at battalion headquarters, and sent forward as soon +as the position has been gained.</p> + +<p>Runners can be relied upon when all other means fail. They must be +trained with their companies. Runners should be lightly equipped and +wear a distinctive mark. They must be familiar with all the principal +routes to all the principal centers within their battalion sector. The +quicker they go the safer they are. Company and platoon runners must +go forward with their respective commanders. Messages to be carried +long distances will be relayed. Never send a verbal message by a +runner; ignore any received; all messages must be written.</p> + +<p>Company and battalion commanders must be prepared to assist artillery +liaison officers in getting their messages back. Liaison officers must +be exchanged by all the assaulting battalions with the battalion on +either flank.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Trench Orders</span>.—(Battalion): +Trenches are usually divided into a +certain number of bays; the number of men to defend these bays depends +upon the length of trench allotted to each company. Each section is +detailed to guard a certain number of bays.</p> + +<p>Non-commissioned officers and men must always wear their equipment by +day and night. Every company will "Stand To" arms daily one-half hour +before dusk and one-half hour before dawn, and will remain until +dismissed by the company commander.</p> + +<p>The enemy's trenches are so close that it is very important for the +men to have their rifle sights always at battle sight, so that there +will be no necessity to alter their sights in case of alarm. By night +all <a name="Page_300" id="Page_300"></a>bayonets are to be fixed and half of the men on duty in the +trenches are to be sitting on the firing platform with their rifles by +their side. In case of attack, especially at night, it should be +impressed upon the men that they fire low.</p> + +<p>Section commanders are responsible that the men under their command +have sufficient standing room for the purpose of firing over the +parapet. They must have a clear field of fire, and not only be able to +see the enemy trenches but the ground in the immediate vicinity of +their trench. When making new trenches parapets should be at least +five feet thick at the top in order to be bullet proof.</p> + +<p>Repairs or alterations of the parapet should be reported at once by +the section commander to the platoon commander, who will report it to +superior authority. Repairing of trenches, fatigue, etc., will be +carried on either by day or night according to company arrangement. +Certain hours will be allotted for these tasks and no man is to be +employed upon any kind of work out of these hours. No man should leave +his post in the trenches at any time without the permission of the +non-commissioned officer in charge of that post. At night there should +be at least one sentry post to each ten yards of parapet. At night, +double sentries should be posted if possible, and no sentry should be +kept on duty for longer than an hour at a time. The arrangement should +be such that when one sentry is doing his last half hour, his comrade +will be doing his first half hour.</p> + +<p>Sentries at night should always have their rifles resting on the +parapet, ready to fire at a moment's notice. As few sentries as +possible should be posted by day, so as to give as much rest as +possible to the remainder of the men.</p> + +<p>By day any existing loop-holes may be used by a sentry for observation +purposes, but this must be strictly prohibited at night, when the +sentry must look over <a name="Page_301" id="Page_301"></a>the parapet. If a sentry is continually fired +at, the section commander will post him in another position, but not +too far from his original position. There is no excuse for a man going +to sleep on sentry duty; if he is sick he should report the fact to +the non-commissioned officer, who will report to superior authority.</p> + +<p>An armed party of the enemy approaching the trench under a flag of +truce should be halted at a distance, ordered to lay down their arms, +and the matter at once reported to the company commander. If the party +fails to halt when ordered to do so, or does not convey a flag of +truce, they should be fired upon. An unarmed party should be halted in +the same way. It is not necessary to challenge at night; open fire at +once. This is modified only by special instructions.</p> + +<p>Men especially picked for listening patrols and sharp-shooters will be +given special privileges. All loud talking must be checked at night by +officers and non-commissioned officers. All working parties must wear +their equipment and carry their rifles. All picks and shovels will be +returned after use to the company store room. Ration parties and +parties carrying materials for repairs, etc., need not wear their +equipment or carry rifles; they should be accompanied by a fully armed +non-commissioned officer as an escort. Not more than 20 men are to be +away from the company at one time; one non-commissioned officer and +four men per platoon.</p> + +<p>Rifles must be kept clean and in good condition while in the trenches. +They will be cleaned every morning during an hour appointed by the +company commander for the purpose. Platoon commanders will be +responsible that section commanders superintend this work. All rifles +except those used by sentries are to be kept in racks during the day.</p> + +<p>Trenches must be kept in sanitary condition. Platoon commanders will +be responsible for the latrines in their sections of the trenches. All +water for <a name="Page_302" id="Page_302"></a>drinking and cooking is to be taken from a water cart or +tank provided for this purpose.</p> + +<p>Stretcher bearers will be stationed at a place designated by the +commanding officer. No soldier will be buried nearer than 300 yards +from the trenches.</p> + +<p>In every platoon a non-commissioned officer will be detailed for duty +by day; he will do no night duty. He will post the day sentries and +see that they are on the alert and carry out their orders correctly. +He will be responsible for the cleanliness of his lines and will +frequently visit the latrines. He will see that all loose ammunition +is collected.</p> + +<p>The platoon commander will always send a non-commissioned officer to +draw rations and he will be responsible for their delivery.</p> + +<p>The passing along of messages by word of mouth will not be used. All +messages should be written.</p> + +<p>Special instructions will be issued as to precautions against gas.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Selection of Site.</b></p> + +<p>(a) Fire trench should be selected with due regard to tactical +requirements and the economy of men.</p> + +<p>(b) Every fire trench should have a good field of fire, at least 250 +yards.</p> + +<p>(c) The trenches should have the best possible cover.</p> + +<p>(d) The forward position on a slope for the first line has the best +advantage. The support trench should be on the reverse slope from 100 +to 600 yards in rear of the first line to prevent direct observation +and to be practically free from artillery fire. The reserve trench is +usually from ½ to 1 mile in rear of the first line. Remember that +the first line, the support line, and the reserve line are all fire +trenches. Do not put them on a crest.</p> + +<p>(e) The communicating trenches (boyaux) should be zigzagged, wide and +deep, and should follow the low ground. The longest straight trench +should not exceed <a name="Page_303" id="Page_303"></a>thirty paces. The angle made by each turn should be +less than 140 degrees.</p> + +<p>(f) The fire trenches should have salients and re-entrants so as to +flank the wire entanglements. The bays are usually 27 feet long with 9 +feet of traverse.</p> + +<p>(g) There are two problems in the siting of trenches, one for those to +be constructed under fire and another for those that will be +constructed without any danger from fire. Trenches built under fire +are usually made by connecting up individual shelters made by the +front line when forced to halt. Trenches built under quiet conditions +can be laid out according to the best possible plan.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"> +<b>Trench Construction.</b></p> + +<p>Several kinds of difficulties face the trench digger: Sand, clay, +water and bullets. In order to overcome them he must be familiar with +the general arrangement of a trench, the principles which govern its +construction and the standard trench as it has been worked out in the +present war at the cost of thousands of lives.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">General Arrangement</span>.—A +position is a combination of trenches, +consisting of: The fire trench, or first line, nearest the enemy; the +cover trench, just behind the first line, where all but sentinels of +the fire trench garrison are held in dugouts or shelters; the support +trench, from 150 to 200 yards in rear of the cover trench, and the +reserve, from 800 to 1,200 yards still further to the rear.</p> + +<p>The support trench is placed far enough from the first line to prevent +the enemy from shelling both trenches at once. By a concentration of +artillery fire and a determined advance of the hostile infantry the +first line may be captured. The support trench must be so organized +that it will then act as a line of resistance upon which the enemy's +advance will break. Lieutenant Colonel Azan of the French army says: +"As long as <a name="Page_305" id="Page_305"></a>the support trenches are +strongly held, the position is not in the hands of the enemy."</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a href="images/plate16.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate16.png" width="90%" alt="Plate 16: Trenches" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>The reserve is usually a <i>strong point</i>, so organized that it can +maintain independent resistance for several days if necessary, should +the enemy obtain control of adjacent areas.</p> + +<p>Where possible trenches should be on reverse slopes, with the +exception of the first line; but usually the outline of a trench is +determined in actual combat, or is a part of hostile trench converted. +Under these circumstances it cannot be arranged according to tactical +ideals.</p> + +<p>Artillery and the automatic gun are the determining factors in trench +warfare to-day. The effect of artillery fire must be limited in its +area as far as possible, and trenches are, therefore, cut by +<i>traverses</i>, which are square blocks of earth not less than nine feet +square, left every 27 feet along the trench. They should overlap the +width of the trench by at least one yard, thereby limiting the effect +of shell burst to a single <i>bay</i>, the 27-foot length of firing trench +between two traverses. Sharp angles have the same effect as traverses, +but angles of more than 120 degrees cannot be utilized in this way.</p> + +<p>The sides of the trench are kept as nearly perpendicular as possible, +to give the maximum protection from shell burst and the fall of high +angle projectiles. The <i>parados</i>, the bank of earth to the rear of the +trench, has been developed during the war to give protection from +flying fragments of shells exploding to the rear, and to prevent the +figure of a sentinel from being outlined through a loop-hole against +the sky. The <i>berm</i>, a ledge or shelf left between the side of the +trench and the beginning of the parados, has come into general use in +order to take the weight of the parados off the earth at the immediate +edge of the trench, and so prevent the reverse slope from caving in +easily under bombardment or heavy rain.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_306" id="Page_306"></a> +<a href="images/plate16a.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate16a.png" width="90%" alt="Plate 16a: Trenches" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307"></a>Automatic guns have made it necessary to break the line of the trench +at every opportunity, in order to secure a flanking fire for these +arms. Auto-rifles and machine guns have tremendous effectiveness only +in depth, and flanking fire gives them their greatest opportunity.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Trench Construction.</span>—The +methods of building trenches are the same +whether the work is carried on under fire or not. In an attack, upon +reaching the limit of advance, the men immediately dig themselves in, +and later connect these individual holes to make a continuous line of +trench.</p> + +<p>Most of the digging must be done at night, and must be organized to +obtain the most work with the least confusion. There are three ways of +increasing the efficiency of the men. In the first of these, squad +shifts, the squad leader divides his men into reliefs and gives each +man a limited period of intensive work. Reliefs may be made by squads +or by individuals. The second way of increasing efficiency is to +induce competition among the man and squads, thus making the work a +game in which each soldier's interest will be aroused in the effort to +do better than the others. The third method is to assign a fixed +amount of work to each man. An average task, which all ought to +accomplish in a given time, is found by experience, and those who +finish before their time is up are relieved from further work during +that shift, and allowed to return to their shelters.</p> + +<p>Continual care must be used to check up the tools on hand, as the men +are prone to leave them where they were working rather than carry them +back and forth to work. Each unit must guard its property from +appropriation by neighbors on its flanks.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">System of Laying Out Trenches.</span>—The +trace of the trench is first +staked out, particularly at traverses and corners when the work is to +be done at night. Measurements should be exact, and the men should be +<a name="Page_308" id="Page_308"></a>required to line the limits of each trench so as not to exceed them +in digging. All sod should be taken up carefully and used on the +parapet for concealment or on the berm to make a square back wall for +the dirt of the parapet. If possible this should be done with the +parados wall, so as to make it as inconspicuous as possible from the +front.</p> + +<p>Men should begin to dig at the center of the trench and throw the dirt +as far out on the sides as possible, so that as they go deeper the +earth can be thrown just over the berm. The slope of the sides will be +kept steep and the men prevented from widening the trench as they dig. +In sandy soil the sides of the trench should be allowed to reach their +angle of repose (which is wider at the top than required), then the +trench walls supported with <i>revettments</i> to the proper width, which +are filled in behind with sand. Always dig to full depth before +beginning to revet, as it is impossible to dig deeper afterwards +without loosening the revetting.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Revettments.</span>—Every +trench at points needs support, and this +<i>revetting</i> may be done with any of the following materials: Sod; +corduroy of logs laid lengthwise; sand bags (size 20 in. x 10 in. x 5 +in.); galvanized iron; chicken wire and cloth made in a frame about +six feet long; <i>hurdles</i>, wicker mats made by driving three-inch +stakes into the ground, leaving uprights as high above the ground as +the depth of the trench, then weaving withes and slender saplings +between the uprights; expanded metal; <i>gabions</i>, cylindrical baskets +made like hurdles except that the stakes are driven in a circle; +<i>fascines</i>, bundles of faggots about 10 inches in diameter by 9 feet +long. The faggots are laid together on a horse or between stakes +driven in the ground, then "choked," or bound tightly together, by a +rope 3 feet 8 inches long with loops at each end, tightened with two +stiff levers. The bundle is then bound with wire at intervals of two +feet. The circumference of a fascine should be 25 inches.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_309" id="Page_309"></a> +<a href="images/plate17.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate17.png" width="85%" alt="Plate 17: Revettments" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310"></a>Capt. Powell of the C.E.F. found during 18 months' service in the +trenches, that a separate construction for the bottom and firing step +from that of the parapet made repair much simpler when the trench was +damaged by shell fire. The upper part of the trench usually suffers +most, while the bottom section, if unattached, often remains intact +and the drainage system needs only to be cleared out. If the portion +above the firing step is one piece with that below, however, the whole +trench has to be reconstructed.</p> + +<p>There is nothing more important than the supports used to keep +revetting in place. With sods, sand bags, concrete and gabions, a +proper arrangement in the first place will make other support +unnecessary.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Sod</span> +should be placed carefully, with a slope of not more than one +inch on four, with the vegetation uppermost. This type is least +affected by rain.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Sand Bags</span> +should be used like brickwork, laid in alternate headers +(binders) and stretchers. Their use should be confined as far as +possible to emergency and repair work, because after a few weeks the +bags rot and cannot be moved about. If the trench wall has been +demolished by artillery fire, the particles of cloth make digging out +the bottom of the trench a very difficult matter.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Concrete Work</span> +has been used extensively by the Germans, but the +chips fly like bullets under shell explosion, and the concrete cracks +and disintegrates in severe weather. It is used in the bottom of +trenches for drainage and for the firing step.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Gabions</span> +may be set into the wall of the trench and filled with +earth, or used at corners to prevent the wearing down of the edge, +which reduces the protective effect of the trench. Set in at a slight +angle they will hold the side without further re-enforcement.</p> + +<p>With the other forms of revetting some secondary support is required. +This is usually furnished by sinking <a name="Page_311" id="Page_311"></a>stakes into the bottom of the +trench and securing their upper ends to a "dead man"—a stake or log +sunk in the ground more than three feet away. The tendency is to sink +the dead men too near to the trench, and to attach too many wires to +one of them. It is important to sink the stakes at least one foot +below the bottom of the trench. By digging holes for them instead of +driving them in directly, the sides of the trench need not be +disturbed by the concussion of driving the stakes. This is especially +important in sandy soils. Stakes should be placed about two feet +apart. Dead men should be buried deeply enough to prevent cutting by +shell explosions.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Trench Armament.</span>—A +few machine guns are set in concealed +emplacements along the trench to cover important salients. The +automatic rifle is used over the parapet. Besides these there is the +rifle grenade and trench mortar. The rifle grenade has a simple +emplacement. After securing the proper elevation, the butt of the +rifle is placed between posts or blocks of wood and the muzzle rested +against a log on the wall of the trench. A trench mortar emplacement +is dug in the rear wall of the trench, or a shell hole is utilized, +care being taken to conceal it from aerial observation.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Loopholes.</span>—Loopholes +are still much in use for observation, but +they are employed less and less for firing, as they are difficult to +conceal from the enemy and almost useless when the enemy is close. +They should cut the parapet diagonally, not directly to the front, and +should be concealed by vegetation and by a curtain over the opening +when they are not in use. Sheet steel plates with small peep holes are +used on the parapet. They are set up with a slope to the rear to +deflect bullets.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Trench Bottoms.</span>—In +clay or hard soil special arrangements must be +made for drainage. Where possible the trench should have a convex +surface and should be smooth. A rough bottom means delay in reliefs, +and <a name="Page_313" id="Page_313"></a>possible injuries. Where trenches are +used for long periods board walks should be constructed. Under these +drains or sink holes can be placed to collect water. A sink hole may +be constructed by digging a pit filled with small stones, or a barrel +may be sunk into the ground and filled with stone. Where there is not +sufficient slope to carry off the water, or at the lowest point of a +drainage system, a water hole should be dug in front of the trench +large enough to handle the drainage water.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_312" id="Page_312"></a> +<a href="images/plate18.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate18.png" width="85%" alt="Plate 18: Trench Bottoms" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Communication Trench (or Boyau).</span>—Running +to the rear and joining +the different parallel resistance trenches are communication trenches +or boyaux. These are for transportation of men and material as well as +for communication. Communication trenches should be made wide enough +to allow travel for men with loads, should be at least seven feet deep +and as smooth as possible on the bottom. Rough places will delay +traffic. They are dug with turns every 20 or 30 yards to prevent their +being swept by gun fire. When boyaux are built by night sharp zig-zag +corners should be used, or the angles will not be acute and protection +will be lost. During daylight when the directions can be seen, the +construction may be a serpentine curve, with no stretch of more than +30 yards visible from one point.</p> + +<p>Boyaux are sometimes used for lateral defence and often emplacements +for automatic guns are arranged to cover stretches of them. Bombing +stations are placed near by to protect the guns and to clear the boyau +of the enemy. At these points the boyau is left straight for a short +distance in front. Where provision is made for lateral or frontal +defence by rifle fire, firing steps are constructed. If this is +inconvenient for movement along the boyau, individual emplacements +must be made in the side wall for firing. Sentry posts are dug at +right angles to the boyau.</p> + +<p>Arrangements for passage of men moving in opposite directions may be +made by extending short spurs at the +<a name="Page_315" id="Page_315"></a>corners, enlarging the boyau at the bends, digging niches or passing +points here and there, or constructing island traverses with the boyau +running around on each side.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_314" id="Page_314"></a> +<a href="images/plate19.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate19.png" width="85%" alt="Plate 19: Types of Boyaux" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>Every boyau should be marked where it meets a trench with a sign +indicating the place and trench. Without this messengers, reliefs and +re-enforcements may easily be lost in the maze of trenches.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Latrines</span> +should be run out about 20 feet from boyaux at points +directly in rear of lateral trenches. If possible they should be +placed so that men cannot enter them without passing near the platoon +leaders. This will prevent men from leaving the front line, under the +pretense of going to latrines, during bombardments or mining +operations. The trench leading to a latrine should be constructed like +a boyau, and the pit should be close to the side nearest the enemy, to +give the best possible protection from shell fire. There are three +types of trench latrines: Deep boxes which are covered and have rough +seats; short straddle trenches or trenches equipped with a single +horizontal bar, and portable cans, used where the ground or the +limited space make it impossible to dig pits. These cans should be +emptied daily into holes behind the trenches, which are covered after +the cans are emptied into them.</p> + +<p>Urinals should be separate from the latrines. They may be either holes +about three feet deep filled with stone, troughs with a covered pit at +the end, or portable cans.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Shelters.</span> For +the protection of men not actually on duty three forms +of shelters are used. The <i>splinter-proof</i> is a form of light shelter +whose covering affords protection only against splinters. These are +usually on the reserve line. About 12 inches to 20 inches of earth +over a roof of logs or planks will afford protection from splinters +and shrapnel. Curved sheets of iron may also be used. The <i>deep +shelter</i> or <i>bomb-proof</i> is a chamber constructed by digging from the +surface and <a name="Page_317" id="Page_317"></a>constructing a roof. To +protect against eight-inch shells the top of the chamber should be +twenty feet below the surface. Heavy beams or sections of railroad +iron are laid across the roof. Above them is a layer of earth several +feet thick; then another layer of timber extending to undisturbed +ground on the sides with concrete, crushed stone, metal, etc., above +to make a percussion surface for exploding projectiles that penetrate +the upper layer of earth. This layer fills in the rest of the space to +the level of the ground.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_316" id="Page_316"></a> +<a href="images/plate20.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate20.png" width="80%" alt="Plate 20: Shelters" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>Shelters should not exceed six feet in width, but can be of any +length. This will prevent the crushing in of the roof timber by the +explosion of a projectile buried in the upper layer of earth. The +principles of constructing shelters will be considered under +"Dugouts," as they are similar for the two types.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Dugouts</span> +are chambers tunnelled into the ground with twenty feet or +more of undisturbed earth above them. They are used in the cover +trenches and sometimes in the first line. Enough of them must be built +to shelter the garrison of each sector, allowing one man per yard of +front. They must also be built for machine gun and trench mortar +detachments.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Sentries</span> +must be stationed in observation posts which command the +ground in front of each dugout. They must be connected with the +dugouts by telephone or speaking tube.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Position.</span>—Dugouts +must always be on the side of the trench toward +the enemy. This prevents flying shells from falling into the +entrances. They should connect with lateral trenches, not with boyaux, +as men at the entrance obstruct traffic through the boyaux.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Entrances</span> +and exits must be well concealed, with not less than five +feet of head cover. This should be provided with a bursting layer. All +dugouts must have at least two openings, one on the opposite side of +the <a name="Page_318" id="Page_318"></a>traverse or angle from the other. It is well to have an exit +behind the parados leading to a surprise position for a machine gun +and bombers. All openings must have a sill 6 inches to 8 inches high, +to prevent water from entering the dugout.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Galleries</span> +leading to dugouts should be built at an incline of 45 +degrees. Their dimensions should be 2 feet 6 inches by 6 feet. Frames +are of squared timber. The sill and two side posts should be not less +than 6 inches square, and the frames in the passageways 2 feet 6 +inches by 4 feet 6 inches. They must be placed at right angles to the +slope of the gallery, with distance pieces between uprights. In +treacherous soil the frames rest on sills. Steps in the passageway are +1 foot broad and 1 foot high.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Bomb-traps</span>, +extensions of the gallery about 3 feet long, should be +dug beyond the point where the entrance to the dugout chamber leads +off from the gallery. These will catch bombs thrown in from the +surface and protect the chamber from the effects of their explosion.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Interior</span>. +The standard section is 6 feet by 8 feet, to allow for +bunks on each side. Frames of 6 by 6 timber spaced 2 feet 6 inches +apart support the sides and roof. Roof planking should be 2 inches +thick, and the sides should be covered with 1-½ inch plank or +corrugated iron. Two shovels and two picks for emergencies should +always be kept in each dugout. The construction of the chamber should +be that of a very strong box, so that it will stand strain, if +necessary, from within as well as from without.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Depots for Supplies</span> +must be near the headquarters of the platoon, +company, battalion and regiment. Shelters may be made with ammunition +boxes set into the side of the trench. Places should be provided for +the following: Food, ammunition for rifles and auto-rifles, grenades, +rockets, tools and other supplies. Places must also <a name="Page_319" id="Page_319"></a>be arranged in +the front line for ammunition, rockets and hand and rifle grenades.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Telephones</span>. +Communication is established as speedily as possible +with the various units. In the forward trenches wires do not last long +under bombardment and fire left open along the side of the trench, +where quick repairs can be made. All soldiers must be taught to +respect these wires and to care for them when they are found under +foot or hanging. Conduits are dug for wires to battalion and +regimental headquarters, and these are fairly safe from shell fire.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Departure Parallel</span>. +In preparing for an advance upon the enemy, a +straight line trench without traverses, and with steps at the end for +exit to the surface, is built in front of the first line trench. This +line of departure is generally brought within about 200 yards of the +hostile line by means of <i>saps</i>, short trenches run out from the front +line to the new parallel. Since this line of departure can be seen by +the enemy, it is sometimes better to construct steps in the front line +trench itself, or when possible to build a <i>Russian sap</i>. This is a +tunnel very near the ground, which can be broken through at a moment's +notice when troops are ready to advance.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Machine Gun Emplacements</span>.—Shell-holes +with a good field of fire and +emplacements along boyaux are the best location for machine guns. Few +guns are placed in the front line, and these only at strong points in +the line, which command a maximum field of effectiveness. Shell-holes +may be imitated for machine gun emplacements, but in any case they +should be connected by underground passage with the trenches. Thus +when trenches are destroyed by bombardment the machine guns remain +intact. The field of fire for each machine gun should be carefully +determined and marked by three stakes, one for the position of the +gun, the other two for the limits of the field of fire. Using these +as <a name="Page_321" id="Page_321"></a>guides, the gun can be fired correctly at +night. During the day it is never left in place nor fired from its +actual emplacement.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_320" id="Page_320"></a> +<a href="images/plate21.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate21.png" width="85%" alt="Plate 21: Boyau Arrangement" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Listening Posts</span>.—These +stations are usually carried out to the edge +of the entanglements nearest the enemy. The listening station must be +large enough for half a squad, and often has an automatic rifle and +grenade thrower. There should be not more than two posts for each +battalion. They are not occupied during the day. They are hard to +defend and easily captured by a raiding party which cuts the wire to +one of the flanks and comes in from the rear. The boyau leading to the +post should be zig-zagged. The post itself should be deep enough for +good head cover.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Wire Entanglements</span>.—The +object of the entanglement is not to stop +completely the advance of the enemy, but to delay him at close range +under machine gun, auto rifle and rifle fire, and within range of +grenades and bombs. Entanglements should be concealed as much as +possible from the enemy's trenches and from aerial observation. If +possible, they should be placed on a reverse slope or in a dead angle. +They should be from 50 to 100 yards in front of the trench, so that +artillery fire directed upon the trench will not be effective on the +wire. At the same time the wire must not be far enough advanced so +that the enemy's raiding parties can cut the entanglements.</p> + +<p>Wire entanglements are classified as high entanglements, low +entanglements and loose wire.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">High Entanglements</span> +are strung on metal or wood posts about four feet +high, both wire and posts being painted for camouflage. The driving of +posts must be muffled, and metal screw posts are used when near the +enemy's line. Posts are placed in two parallel lines, two yards apart, +spaced alternately so that the posts in one line are opposite the +middle of the interval in the other.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;"><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322"></a>Tracing Entanglements</span> +is done by a sergeant followed by two stake +placers, two holders and two drivers, who in turn are followed by men +attaching wire. Two men carry each roll of wire, and each pair (there +are twelve pairs in all) strings one wire. A panel between stakes is +composed of four strands. Each wire should be wrapped around each +post. The same arrangement of panels should run between the two lines +of posts. The entanglements are in three lines about 20 yards apart, +the nearest being 20 yards from the front line trench. The +entanglement nearest the enemy should be constructed first, so that +men always work nearest their own trenches. All wire entanglements +should be at all points commanded by the flanking fire of machine +guns. High entanglements (known as abatis) may be made by felling +trees toward the enemy, and similar entanglements made of brushwood +are useful in emergency.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Low Entanglements</span> +are formed of pickets two feet high, 2-½ inches +in diameter, wired in all directions. Vegetation renders the +entanglement invisible from the enemy and from aerial observation. +This type may also be placed in shallow excavations which are +concealed from the enemy and partly protected from artillery fire. +Sharpened stakes, with their points hardened by fire, driven obliquely +into the ground, may also be used.</p> +<br /> + +<p><span style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%;">Loose Wire</span> +in the form of loops of small diameter fastened to +stakes, or wire laid along the ground and attached at the ends, or +spirals of barbed wire in racks, is used for entanglements. It is +reported that this form is coming into considerable use, but the +details have not been published. Such entanglements are much harder to +locate by aerial observation.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;" /> + +<p>The following are a number of criticisms made by Lieut. Henri Poire of +the French army, detailed as instructor at Plattsburg, upon the system +of field works <a name="Page_323" id="Page_323"></a>constructed by the 17th and 18th Provisional Training +Regiments. The ground was of loose sand, with some gravel at a depth +of about six feet.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">1. Dimensions of trenches as laid out were not followed.</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Bottom of trenches behind firing steps too narrow.</li> +<li>Firing step too deep. It should never be more than 3 feet 4 + inches below berm of parapet.</li> +<li>Parapet much too thin in most cases. It should be at least + three feet thick.</li> +<li>Communication trenches (boyaux) generally too narrow.</li> +<li>Islands in communication trenches should never be less than + 10 x 12 yards—otherwise one shell will demolish the entire + passageway.</li> +</ol> + +<p>2. Revettment work not well anchored. In some cases too many wires +from supports fastened to one dead man. Another fault is that dead +men were not buried deeply enough in the ground, nor far enough back +from the trench. In one case a dead man (a stake) supported all four +sides of an island in a communication trench. The destruction of this +post would have completely blocked every passage around the island. +Furthermore, dead men rot quickly and tend to break off. It is +necessary, therefore, to have a number of them, each holding only a +portion of the weight. All projecting branches and irregularities +along a trench should be removed by occupying troops.</p> + +<p>3. Too many loop-holes. Except for snipers, riflemen and automatic +riflemen fire over the parapet.</p> + +<p>4. Machine gun loop-holes not wide enough. They should not be less +than 36 inches wide. There must be vegetation planted in front and a +curtain hung over the <a name="Page_324" id="Page_324"></a>loop-holes to prevent detection. The growing +plants in front will be easily swept away at the first discharge.</p> + +<p>5. Remember never to imitate shell-holes until after a real +bombardment by the enemy.</p> + +<p>6. The dugouts made were never deep enough and afforded no +protection. In fact it would be far better to have none than to be +caught inside when a shell exploded in a shallow one, because the +confinement of the explosion would intensify the effect.</p> + +<p>7. Shelters were all too wide. Six feet is the maximum.</p> + +<p>The platoon headquarters dugout should be of the same width as the +trench, not over three feet, but as long as necessary. Company +headquarters is six feet wide and of whatever depth required.</p> + +<p>8. In digging, not enough care was used to conceal the fresh earth +from the enemy. Make false emplacements to utilize this dirt; also dig +dummy trenches about one foot deep, leaving the sides sharp so that +they will show clearly on aerial photographs.</p> + +<p>9. In using plants as camouflage, distinct care must be exercised +not to put growing plants too freely nor to place them where they +never existed. The actual ground conditions must be copied.</p> + +<p>10. Some latrines were not arranged with the stools close beneath +the wall nearest the enemy. This caused the loss of protection, which +it is imperative to consider, as many casualties occur here.</p> + +<p>11. Too many listening posts. They are easily captured by hostile +fighting patrols. There should never be more than two listening posts +to a battalion.</p> + +<p>12. The observation stations in many instances had no good field of +fire or were outlined against the sky on the crest of some rise. The +site for an observation post should always be placed over the crest +and have a good field of fire for use in case of attack.</p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%"><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325"></a> +<b>Occupation.</b></p> + +<p style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%; margin-bottom: .2em; text-indent: 0em;"> +I. Relief in the Trenches.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: upper-alpha; margin-top: .4em"> +<li><span class="sc">The Two Main Classes Of Relief:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>General Relief. Applied to the relief of a whole position + manned by a division or more. Executed when large units are + going to "full rest" in the rear or being removed from one + part of the front to another. Executed in the same way as + interior relief; i.e., by successive relief of the + battalions involved.</li> + +<li>Interior Relief. Applied to the relief of one sector or + portion of a sector manned by a brigade or less.</li> +</ol> +</li> + +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">General Principles Of Relief:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Interior relief is executed about once every six days; more + frequently when the stay in the trenches is particularly + arduous, less frequently when it is unusually comfortable.</li> +<li>The battalion is the relieving unit.</li> +<li>"It is advisable to arrange the relief between units which + have friendly relations to one another; e.g., battalions of + the same regiment; and, so far as possible, to assign each + unit to the same trenches on each relief. This promotes + continuity of effort.</li> +<li>Relief is executed at night; the hour must be varied; secrecy + is imperative.</li> +<li>Prompt execution is essential, to prevent fatigue of the + troops and congestion of the boyaux.</li> +</ol> +</li> + +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">The Mechanism Of Relief:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Reconnaissance, 24 hours in advance, by the captain of each + relieving company, accompanied by his platoon leaders and + non-commissioned officers. He ascertains:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li>The plan of occupation; i.e., the dispositions and + duties of the unit to be relieved.</li> + <li><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326"></a>The shelter accommodations.</li> + <li>Work being done and proposed.</li> + <li>Condition of the wire and other defences.</li> + <li>The available water supply.</li> + <li>Artillery support.</li> + <li>Communications.</li> + <li>The location, amount and condition of stores.</li> + <li>Danger points.</li> + <li>All available information of the enemy; his habits, + location of his snipers, what work he is doing.</li> + <li>The ways and means of liaison, both lateral and from + front to rear.<br /> + To the success of this reconnaissance, the closest + co-operation between all officers of the companies + relieving and relieved, is indispensable.</li> +</ol> +</li> +<li>The march from billets to the trenches:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Transportation, by auto-trucks and wagons, is utilized + to a point as near the lines as possible, to carry the + packs of the men, the auto rifles, extra ammunition and + other heavy equipment. When the distance is great the + men themselves should be carried by auto-truck; this + saves time and fatigue. The men will carry rifles loaded + and locked, full cartridge belts, gas masks, and all + other lighter equipment, with rations for 24 hours at + least. Grenades will be secured in the trenches.<br /> + Electric torches will be carried by company and platoon commanders.</li> +<li>The strictest discipline must be maintained. On arrival + within sight of the enemy, noise and smoking (or other + lights) will be prohibited.</li> +<li><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327"></a>Guides, from the company to be relieved, will meet the + relieving company promptly at a point definitely agreed + upon in advance.</li> +</ol> +</li> +<li>The march through the boyaux (communicating trenches):<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Distance; often as much three or four miles.</li> +<li>Order of march: company in single file, captain at the + head; each platoon leader at the head of his platoon; a + non-commissioned officer at rear of each platoon.</li> +<li>The column must be kept closed up. Each man must consider + himself a connecting file, guiding on the head, and + behave accordingly. A guide should accompany the + commander of the last platoon.</li> +<li>Rate of march: roughly, about 40 yards per minute. It + takes 250 men about 20 minutes to pass a given point.</li> +<li>Route and right of way:<br /> + +The first line and support trenches will never be used + as roads. Separate boyaux should, if possible, be + assigned to the troops relieving and relieved. In no + case will one company cross the path of another. In case + of two columns meeting, one moving forward, the other to + the rear, the former has the right of way.</li> +</ol> +</li> + +<li>No man of the unit in occupation will leave his post until + he has actually been relieved and has transmitted all orders + and information relative to that post.</li> +<li>Liaison must be established, immediately on arrival, with the + units on the flanks and with headquarters in the rear. + Captains must make <a name="Page_328" id="Page_328"></a>sure that their runners are thoroughly + acquainted with the routes of communication.</li> +<li>As soon as relief is accomplished both captains will report + that fact to their respective commanders.</li> +<li>The relieving commander then inspects his trenches. He + ascertains that all his watchers are at their posts and that + the balance of his men know their posts and duties and are + prepared to assume them quickly.</li> +<li>The duties of the relieved commander are:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> + <li>To turn over his sector thoroughly policed and in good + condition as regards its construction and the new work, + if any, in progress.</li> + <li>To turn over his supplies in good condition and fully + accounted for.</li> + <li>After reporting the relief, to march his men back to + billets as promptly and secretly as possible, in column + of files, platoon leaders in the rear of their platoons, + a non-commissioned officer and guide at the head of each.</li> + <li>On the evening preceding relief, to send his cooks back + to billets so that his men may be provided with a hot + meal immediately on arrival.</li> +</ol> +</li> +</ol> +</li> +<li>If an attack occurs during the march through the boyaux, to or + from relief, the company affected occupies the nearest + defensive position and at once notifies its battalion + commander. If an attack occurs during the actual process of + relief, the senior officer present takes command.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="font-weight: bold; font-size: 115%; margin-bottom: .2em; text-indent: 0em;"> +<a name="Page_329" id="Page_329"></a>II. The Stay in the Trenches.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: upper-alpha; margin-top: .4em"> +<li><span class="sc">The Four Objects Of A Trench Commander:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Security of his sector.</li> +<li>Protection of his troops.</li> +<li>Constant and accurate observation.</li> +<li>A continuous offensive.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">His Plan Of Defense:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>General principles of defense:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Arrangement in depth. The most dependable defense is in + prearranged counter attacks. The system of defense must + react like a helical spring.</li> +<li>Tenacity of defense. + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Each unit must be prepared to hold its post to the last + extremity.</li> +<li>Orders to withdraw will never be obeyed unless + unmistakably valid.</li> +<li>All ground lost must be retaken at once in counter attack + by the unit which lost it.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Apportionment of responsibility. Each active segment must + have a commander responsible for its defense, upkeep and + sanitation, and the discipline and instruction of his men.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Basis: <br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>The plan of defense turned over by the preceding commander. + This will usually suffice for the first 24 hours after + relief.</li> +<li>General information of the enemy's lines, dispositions, and + intentions, based chiefly on aerial photographs.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">Organization Of Defense:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Allocation of front. (The front of an American battalion will + average about 1,000 yards.)<br /> + +Diagrams: A. The Regiment. B. The Battalion. C. The Company. D. + The Platoon. </li> + +<li>Distribution of effectives. Determined chiefly by the terrain<a name="Page_330" id="Page_330"></a> + and by 3.</li> +<li>Employment of the several arms:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Machine guns. Crew of 8 men per gun. (Furnished by + detachments of a machine gun company.) Located by the + infantry commander, in concealed emplacements behind the + first line, to deliver successive barrages from flanking + positions. Effective range: up to 700 yards.</li> +<li>Automatic rifles. Crew of 3 men per rifle. Usually posted to + enfilade the entanglements of the first line. They + concentrate the fire effect of from 7 to 10 riflemen. + Effective range: up to 300 yards.</li> +<li>Rifle Grenadiers. Located near enough to first line to hold + the enemy trenches under fire and deliver effective barrages + near the mouths of our own communicating trenches. Should be + located near observation posts so that their fire can be + promptly corrected.</li> +<li>Trench mortars. Located similarly to (c). Manned by + riflemen.</li> +<li>Bombers. One supply man to each 2 grenadiers. Used for + protection of auto-rifles, in counter attacks, for + protection of communicating trenches and fighting in close + quarters.</li> +<li>Riflemen. Posted to deliver frontal fire. Grouped according + to the plan of counter attacks.</li> +<li>As many men as possible should be instructed in the use of + the enemy's weapons.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">Liaison:</span><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331"></a><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>By telephone. Quickest and most accurate. Maintained + between each platoon and its company headquarters, and + between adjoining companies. Especially subject to + destruction in bombardment. Wireless and ground telegraphy + are used only between brigade and division headquarters.</li> +<li>By runners ("liaison agents"). Five detailed from each + company to battalion headquarters; one sent to each + adjoining company headquarters; one from each platoon to + company headquarters; four or five on duty at each platoon + headquarters; five from each machine gun company to + battalion headquarters. Messages sent by them should, if + practicable, be written and signed, and should be receipted + for by the addressee.</li> +<li>By rockets and flares. Quickest means of liaison with the + artillery in rear.</li> +<li>Domestic (message carrying) grenades.</li> +<li>Dogs and carrier pigeons. Sent out to the rear from + battalion headquarters.</li> +<li>One searchlight—with a radius of 3 miles—is furnished to + each company.</li> +<li>Noise. Klaxon signals, etc., give warning of gas attacks.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">Observation:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Observers: <br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Must be men of infinite patience, keen hearing and + eyesight.</li> +<li>They are located behind the first line in positions + combining good view with concealment.</li> +<li><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332"></a>Each is provided with a panoramic map, made from + aeroplane photographs, of the enemy's trenches. On this + must be promptly noted every slightest change in the + trace, height of parapet, etc., of the enemy's line. Such + notes greatly assist in locating machine gun + emplacements.</li> +<li>Each observer will also record in a note book everything + of importance, with the time observed.</li> +<li>A report of changes, with an abstract of observer's + notes, is forwarded daily to regimental headquarters.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Watchers (sentinels):<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Stationed, one near the door of each dugout, in the + first line, support and intermediate trenches.</li> +<li>They must be carefully concealed.</li> +<li>They must watch over the parapet (never through slits or + loopholes) so as to have unrestricted view.</li> +<li>They are furnished with signal rockets and flares for + prompt communication with the artillery, and have + authority to use them.</li> +<li>Double sentinels are posted at night.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Listening Posts:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Located, usually in shell holes, just inside the + entanglements. Connected with front line by tunnels. + Protected from grenades by heavy gratings, when + possible, and by concealment.</li> +<li>Occupied by 4 men (1 in command), in 3 reliefs. Usually + occupied only at night unless our trenches are on a + reverse slope.</li> +<li>Chief function is protection of the entanglements.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Microphone Posts.—Installed usually behind the first line.<a name="Page_333" id="Page_333"></a> + Intercept the enemy's telephone and ground-telegraph + messages and any loud conversation in his trenches.</li> +<li>Fixed Patrols.—Generally remain in shell holes in front of + our entanglements.</li> +<li>Reconnoitering Patrols:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Composed of from 3 to 5 men, commanded by a + non-commissioned officer. Sent out at night only.</li> +<li>The company commander must promptly notify commanders of + adjoining companies of the dispatch of these patrols, + their time of departure, route and probable time of + return.</li> +<li>Men should be assigned to this duty by roster.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">Trench Work:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Constant battle with the elements, care for drainage, + revettment, sanitation and storage.</li> +<li>Repair of the effects of bombardment.</li> +<li>New work, for better security, communication and observation.</li> +<li>Work in the open.<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Usually consists of repair or rearrangement of wire + entanglements, digging new listening posts, etc.</li> +<li>Effected by parties detailed by roster.</li> +<li>They are guarded by fighting patrols, composed like + reconnaissance patrols. Their best protection is in silence + and concealment.</li> +<li>Adjoining companies must be notified of their dispatch, + location and probable time of return.</li> +<li><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334"></a>This work, like all operations conducted outside the + protection of the trenches, offers a valuable tonic to the + morale.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">Offensive Operations:</span><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Sniping:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Snipers constitute one of the most dependable and + productive agencies of attrition.</li> +<li>The best shots of the company are especially trained and + assigned for this duty exclusively.</li> +<li>They operate in pairs and post themselves to cover any + exposed portions of the enemy's trenches, especially his + communicating trenches.</li> +<li>They should be well supplied with all necessary special + equipment; <i>e.g.</i>, sniperscopes, telescopic sights, painted + headgear, etc.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Mining Operations.</li> +<li>Raiding:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Object of raids: destruction of the enemy's defenses, + disturbance of his morale, collection of prisoners and + information.</li> +<li>The personnel of raiding parties will usually include: A + commander and second in command, bayonet men, bombers, + engineers, signal men, stretcher bearers. Their numbers and + proportions are regulated by the nature and difficulty of + the task.</li> +<li>Co-ordination with the artillery barrage is the essential of + their success. The limit of advance, extent of operations, + and time of return will therefore be set in advance and + rigidly adhered to.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li style="margin-top: .4em"><span class="sc">Role Of The Trench Commander:</span><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335"></a><br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Inspections: The men will be formally inspected twice daily at + the general "stand to" by the company commander. Particular + attention will be paid to the health of the men, condition of + their feet and their clothing. Each man must have at least one + pair of dry socks always available. Arms, gas masks, and other + equipments will also be rigidly inspected.</li> +<li>Roster: The company commander will carefully supervise the + preparation of the duty roster. An obviously equal distribution + of the arduous duties involved in trench life is essential to + the maintenance of morale.</li> +<li>Reports and Records: (Additional to those already required by + regulations.) Log Book, Report of Casualties, Wind Report + (daily), Bombardment Report (daily), Intelligence Report, which + will include observer's notes and changes (twice daily), and a + daily report of Work completed and Undertaken.</li> +<li>"One principle which the trench commander should never forget is + the necessity for his frequent presence in the midst of his men. + * * * Direct contact with the troops on as many occasions as + possible is the most certain way to gain their confidence."</li> +</ol> + +</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Duties of the Company Commander.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>To inspect the sector his company is to occupy, one day in + advance of occupying it.</li> +<li>To assign segments to the platoons.</li> +<li>To prepare a plan of defense.</li> +<li>To connect by liaison with the companies on his flanks.</li> +<li>To have an agent or runner at Battalion Headquarters.<a name="Page_338" id="Page_338"></a></li> +<li>To prepare a plan for counter attacks.</li> +<li>To report to the Battalion Commander when his company has taken + up its position:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Its situation.</li> +<li>Security.</li> +<li>Liaison.</li> +<li>State of position left by predecessor.</li> +<li>Defense of sector.</li> +<li>Plan of counter attacks.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>To inspect the trenches frequently to see that everything is in + proper condition and that his men are in jubilant spirits.</li> +<li>To have platoon guides report to Battalion Headquarters on the + date for the relief of his company and act as guides to the + company that relieves him.</li> +<li>To keep a special log book in which the following are kept:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Work completed by his unit.</li> +<li>Work under way.</li> +<li>Work proposed.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Turn over to his successor:<br /> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> +<li>Measures taken for security.</li> +<li>Plan of attacks.</li> +<li>Plan of counterattacks.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Have one officer on duty at all times.</li> +<li>"Stand to" will take place one (1) hour before daylight, and all + available men will attend. There will be a thorough inspection. + Rapid loading will be practiced. The firing position of every + man will be tested to see if he can hit the bottom of our wire. + Gas helmets will be inspected.</li> +<li>Time table—allot hours of work, rest and meals.</li> +<li>Supplies—make timely requisitions for them—<a name="Page_339" id="Page_339"></a>be especially + watchful about meals and rations—have no delays.</li> +<li>To have one watcher and one relief on duty near Company + Headquarters at all times.</li> +<li>To get a good field of fire to the front and cover the sectors + of each company on flanks.</li> +<li>(Subject to change)<br /> + <ul style="list-style-type: none;"> + <li>Red Rocket-Artillery Barrage wanted.</li> + <li>White Rocket Gas Attack.</li> + </ul> + </li> +<li>To report twice daily all changes in wind direction.</li> +<li>To report to Battalion Commander when relieved.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 60%;"> +<a name="Page_336" id="Page_336"></a><a href="images/image-3.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/image-3.png" width="80%" alt="diagram of trenches1" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> +<hr style="width: 25%;" /> +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 60%;"> +<a name="Page_337" id="Page_337"></a><a href="images/image-4.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/image-4.png" width="80%" alt="diagram of trenches2" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Duties of Platoon Leaders as Officers on Duty with Company.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Report with old officer at company headquarters.</li> +<li>Make frequent inspections of all trenches occupied by company.</li> +<li>Visit each Listening Post; at least once during tour of duty.</li> +<li>Visit all sentinels and receive their reports.</li> +<li>See that one non-commissioned officer per platoon is on duty.</li> +<li>Receive reports of non-commissioned officers after they have + posted sentinels.</li> +<li>At end of tour hand over to new officer all orders, a report of + work in progress, and any useful information.</li> +<li>Report with new officer at Company Headquarters on completion of + tour.</li> +<li>To report anything unusual to Company Headquarters.</li> +<li>To send dead and wounded to dressing station trenches.</li> +<li>To send patrols to front at night.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Duties of Platoon Leaders.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Must accompany company commander on inspection of trenches one + day previous to occupying them.</li> +<li><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340"></a>Make necessary reliefs for his men in his segment.</li> +<li>Make a plan of defense and counterattack for his position or + approve the one left there.</li> +<li>Establish sniping posts and arrange reliefs.</li> +<li>Establish Listening Posts and arrange reliefs.</li> +<li>Assign non-commissioned officer to duty with platoon and arrange + relief.</li> +<li>Instruct every man as to his place in case of attack.</li> +<li>Establish liaison with platoons on both flanks; and one runner + to Company Headquarters.</li> +<li>Have one platoon guide report to Company Headquarters on day his + platoon is to be relieved.</li> +<li>On completion of posting his platoon, report to his company + commander.</li> +<li>Turn over to platoon relieving him all orders and data + pertaining to his position.</li> +<li>Be especially attentive to rigid military discipline; <i>i.e.</i>, + every soldier to be neat; equipment must be clean at all times; + to render the required salute when not observing or firing at + the enemy.</li> +<li>Have one non-commissioned officer on duty at all times.</li> +<li>To inspect rifles, equipment and latrines twice daily. + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> +<li>To have at least one latrine in working order at all times.</li> +<li>To have a sentry on duty at each platoon dugout at all + times.</li> +<li>Establish one Observation Post in daytime.</li> +</ol> +</li> +<li><b>In Front Line Trenches:</b> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> +<li>No smoking or talking to be allowed at night.</li> +<li>Every man to wear his equipment except packs.</li> +<li>Have rifle within reaching distance.</li> +<li>All reliefs to be within kicking distance of soldier on + duty.</li> +</ol> +</li> +<li>Inspect at "Stand to" and report results to Company + Headquarters, especially if each man has <a name="Page_341" id="Page_341"></a>170 rounds of + ammunition and necessary grenades and bombs.</li> +<li>To be especially attentive to sanitation and care of the men's + feet.</li> +<li>To have one (1) watcher and relief on duty at all times near + platoon dugouts.</li> +<li>To get a good field of fire to his front and to cover the sector + of each platoon on his flanks.</li> +<li>Make requisition for material.</li> +<li>To see that all of his men are properly fed.</li> +<li>Report to company commander when relieved.</li> +<li>Must know what every man is doing at all times.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Duties of Non-Commissioned Officer on Duty (Each Platoon).</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>To make frequent inspections of the position occupied by his + platoon.</li> +<li>To be responsible that each soldier knows his duties.</li> +<li>To report anything of special importance to officer on duty.</li> +<li>On being relieved to report with the new non-commissioned + officer to the officer on duty.</li> +<li>After posting sentinels to report "All is Well" to officer on + duty.</li> +<li>Explain to his sentinel his duties, the position of Section and + Platoon Commanders and of sentries on either side; and to + caution his sentries when friendly patrols are out, the probable + time and place of return.</li> +<li>Bayonets will always be fixed in front line trenches.</li> +<li>At night time to have double sentinel.</li> +<li>To see that each sentinel in daytime has a periscope.</li> +<li>Rifles to be loaded; no cartridge shall be in the chamber + except when necessary to shoot.</li> +<li>To report to Company Headquarters any change in direction of + wind.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_342" id="Page_342"></a>Patrols.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Usual orders about patrols.</li> +<li>Always go out at night via the Listening Post; tell the men in + the Listening Post your mission and probable time of return.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Sentinels.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>To sound Klaxon horn on approach of gas attack.</li> +<li>To report immediately to non-commissioned officer on duty any + change in direction of wind.</li> +<li>In cold weather to work bolt frequently to keep it from + freezing.</li> +<li>At night to challenge only in case of necessity, and then only + in a low tone. Challenge "<i>Hands up.</i>"</li> +<li>Number of posts depends on assumed nearness of enemy and local + conditions. Normally one per platoon by day and three double + sentinels per platoon at night.</li> +<li>Relief kept close at hand. Report "All is Well," or otherwise, + when officer passes.</li> +<li>Screened from observation.</li> +<li>Remain standing unless height of parapet renders this + impossible.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Machine Guns.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Non-commissioned officer and one (1) watcher on duty at all + times.</li> +<li>Except in emergency they will not be fired from their regular + emplacements.</li> +<li>Unless emplacements are well concealed, guns will not be mounted + except between evening and morning "stand to."</li> +<li>Before dusk each gun will be sighted on some particular spot + either in front of or behind the enemy's line.</li> +<li>Range cards will be prepared and kept with each gun.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_343" id="Page_343"></a>Snipers.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal;"> +<li>Sniping Post consists of one (1) observer and one (1) rifleman + with relief of two (2) men posted close by.</li> +<li>Sniping post should be well concealed.</li> +<li>Daily report from each post, of + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .1em"> +<li>Any work done by enemy.</li> +<li>Enemy seen; place, uniform, apparent age, physique, + equipment.</li> +<li>Any other information of interest.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +<li>Sniper to be appointed from each section.</li> +<li>Must be intelligent, alert, good scout, good shot, courageous.</li> +<li>Snipers should spend 24 hours in trenches with those of command + which theirs is to relieve, before relief takes place.</li> +<li>No night work required of these men since they must be + constantly on the alert during the day.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_344" id="Page_344"></a>Organization of a Platoon—Rifle Company—Table No. 7</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;">PLATOON</p> +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;">Platoon Headquarters<br /> +1 Lieut.<br /> +1 Sgt.<br /> +4 Privates.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="70%" summary="Organization of a Platoon"> +<tr> +<td width="18%"> 1st Section</td> +<td width="18%"> 2d Section</td> +<td width="18%"> 3d Section</td> +<td width="16%"> 4th Section</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Hand Bombers</td> +<td>Rifle Grenadiers</td> +<td>Riflemen</td> +<td>Auto-Riflemen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>3 Teams, each</td> +<td>1 Team of</td> +<td>1 Sgt.</td> +<td>1 Sgt. and 2 Corps.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1 Leader</td> +<td>6 Grenadiers</td> +<td rowspan="2">2 Squads of <br /> 8 men each</td> +<td>4 Teams, each</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1 Thrower</td> +<td rowspan="3">3 Carriers <br /> (May be <br /> subdivided)</td> +<td>1 Gunner</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1 Carrier</td> +<td rowspan="2">4 Extra <br /> riflemen<a name="FNanchor_R_18" id="FNanchor_R_18"></a> + <a class="noline" href="#Footnote_R_18"><span style="font-size: 80%;">[R]</span></a></td> +<td>2 Carriers</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1 Scout</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>2 Corps.</td> +<td>2 Corps.</td> +<td>1 Sgt. and 2 Cpls.</td> +<td>1 Sgt. and 2 Cpls.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>4 Pvts. 1st Cl.</td> +<td>1 Pvt. 1st Cl.</td> +<td>6 Pvts. 1st Cl.</td> +<td>4 Pvts. 1st Cl.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>6 Pvts.</td> +<td>6 Pvts.</td> +<td>12 Pvts.</td> +<td>8 Pvts.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Total—12</td> +<td>Total—9</td> +<td>Total—21</td> +<td>Total—15</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<div class="note"><p><a name="Footnote_R_18" id="Footnote_R_18"></a><a class="noline" href="#FNanchor_R_18">[R]</a> Runners: Attached to 3d Section and 7th Squad. With +Platoon commander when company is in extended order formation.</p></div> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 105%;"> +<a name="Page_345" id="Page_345"></a><i>Suggested Organization of Platoon in Close Order and for +Administration.</i></p> + +<br /> + +<div class="ctr" style="text-align: center;"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="90%" summary="Platoon in Close Order"> +<tr> +<td width="15%">1st Squad</td> +<td width="14%">2d Squad</td> +<td width="14%">3d Squad</td> +<td width="14%">4th Squad</td> +<td width="14%">5th Squad</td> +<td width="14%">6th Squad</td> +<td width="15%">7th Squad</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">Bomber Section <br />(less 1 bomber <br />team)</td> +<td valign="top">½ Auto Rifle <br />Section <br />i.e., Cpl and <br />2 teams</td> +<td valign="top">½ Auto Rifle <br />Section <br />i.e., Cpl and <br />2 teams</td> +<td valign="top">Grenadier <br />Section</td> +<td valign="top">1 Rifle Squad</td> +<td valign="top">1 Rifle Squad</td> +<td valign="top">1 Bomber Team <br />plus 4 extra <br />riflemen<a name="FNanchor_S_19" id="FNanchor_S_19"></a> + <a class="noline" href="#Footnote_S_19"><span style="font-size: 80%;">[S]</span></a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1 Corp</td> +<td>1 Cpl.</td> +<td>1 Cpl.</td> +<td>1 Cpl.</td> +<td>1 Cpl.</td> +<td>1 Cpl.</td> +<td>1 Cpl.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>7 Pvts.</td> +<td>6 Pvts.</td> +<td>6 Pvts.</td> +<td>7 Pvts.</td> +<td>7 Pvts.</td> +<td>7 Pvts.</td> +<td>7 Pvts.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td>(Extra Cpl. in <br />File Closers)</td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em;">Right Guide—Automatic Gun Sgt. Left Guide—Rifle Sgt.<br /> +Chief of Platoon—Lieut. File closer or acting 1st Sgt.—Sgt.-Asst.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 1em; margin-left: 2em;">Note.—If desirable the 4 mechanics and 4 privates (signalmen) who are +not assigned to platoons regularly, can be used to fill the blank +files in the 2d and 3d squads.</p> + +<div class="note"><p><a name="Footnote_S_19" id="Footnote_S_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_S_19">[S]</a> Runners: Attached to 3d Section and 7th Squad. With +Platoon commander when company is in extended order formation.</p></div> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_346" id="Page_346"></a>Deployments.</p> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">General Principles:</p> + +<p>(a) The following plans for deployment are not to be regarded as +rigid. The positions of the various squads depends upon tactical +considerations.</p> + +<p>(b) The platoon in attack will be used only for accomplishment of +its offensive mission. Moppers-up, additional carriers, etc., will be +furnished by other organizations.</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: upper-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Being in line, to form single skirmish line to the front. + + <ul style="list-style-type: none;"> + <li>1. As skirmishers (so many) paces, guide right (left or + center). 2. March.</li> + <li>Executed as described in pars. 206 and 208, i.d.r.</li> + <li>Normal interval to be ordered, 4 or 5 paces.</li> + <li>This formation to be regarded as exceptional.</li> + </ul> + +</li> +<li>Being in column of squads, to form single skirmish line. Same + command as in (A). Executed as described in para 207 and 208, + i.d.r.</li> +<li>Being in line to form double skirmish line to the front (<i>i.e.</i>, + to take the "Formation for Attack" in the diagram.) + +<ul style="list-style-type: none; margin-right: 10em;"> +<li>1. In two lines. 2. As skirmishers (so many) paces, guide right + (left or center). 3 March.</li> +<li>Executed according to the principles in pars. 206 and 208, + i.d.r., except that at the command March the even-numbered + squads stand fast while the odd-numbered squads form the + first line by deploying on the base squad as in the case of + deployment in single line. Similarly, the even-numbered + squads form the second line by deploying on their base squad + after the odd-numbered squads have moved forward about 20 + paces.</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_347" id="Page_347"></a><a href="images/image-5.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/image-5.png" width="95%" alt="Normal Battle Formation in Attack" /></a> +</div> +<br /> +</li> +<li>Being in line or column of squads to deploy in line of squad<a name="Page_348" id="Page_348"></a> + columns in one or two lines. Use same commands and execute in + same manner as described in (A), (B), (C), except that in the + command "Squad Columns" is substituted for "as skirmishers," + and in the execution each corporal on approaching the line + forms his squad in "squad column" instead of deploying it as + skirmishers. + +<br /> +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a href="images/plate22.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate22.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 22: Company in Columns of Squads" /></a> +</div> +<br /> +<i>E.G.</i> 1. In two lines—2. Squad columns (so many) paces, Guide + right (left or center)—3. March.<br /> + +This gives a "Formation of Approach" as the French describe it, + or as an "Artillery Formation" as the British describe it; which + may be used directly or indirectly (by means of echelons) for + advancing when not liable to infantry fire.</li> +<li>Being in above formation to vary the intervals.<a name="Page_349" id="Page_349"></a><br /> +1. Squad columns (so many) paces, 2. Guide right (left or + center). Executed in the same manner as similar movement + described in i.d.r. 126.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +General Principles of the Platoon Formation in the Assault of +Fortified Positions in Trenches. (Points of Resistance, Etc.).</p> + +<p>1. The platoon is now a complete fighting unit within itself. It +contains riflemen, bombers, auto-riflemen, and rifle grenadiers. With +this combination the platoon commander has, under his immediate +control, all the different kinds of fire available to the infantry.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a href="images/plate23.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate23.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 23: Sketch of Infantry Platoon" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + + +<p><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350"></a>2. This formation was developed so that the platoon commander could +meet the different contingencies that arise from being opposed by +points of resistance in a "Trench-to-Trench" attack or the +"Semi-Open-Warfare;" that is the secondary stage of a push.</p> + +<p>3. When strong opposition develops, the principle on which the platoon +works is to develop or surround the point of resistance, the platoon +acting either alone or in conjunction with neighboring platoons. The +four different kinds of fire are then used to their best advantages to +silence or diminish the enemy fire thus making this manoeuvre +possible.</p> + +<p>4. In order to obtain success it is first necessary to impress on the +officers and men that the primary advantage of the entire formation is +its mobility, and the scope it gives to the initiative of the platoon +section, squad and team leaders. In studying this formation it is +first necessary to free the mind of all parade ground formations and +to feel that there is nothing to hinder any desired movement of the +sections, so long as the movement is not contrary to the operation +orders for the attack. Until this idea is grasped thoroughly no +progress can be made.</p> + +<p>5. There is no typical or "normal formation." The one given at the +beginning of this instruction here is a drill or parade ground +formation, and while it may be used under actual conditions of +warfare, it is simply utilized at this time as a basis from which the +necessary variations may be worked out. In an attack, every platoon in +the battalion may use a different formation.</p> + +<p>6. The formation to be used is decided upon after a careful study of +air-photographs. As far as possible all points of resistance are +picked out and the best method of meeting the situations that may +arise are then considered. The platoon is then arranged so as to best +facilitate this manoeuvre. It must be realized that there will be +other platoons on the flanks and in the rear, <a name="Page_351" id="Page_351"></a>and their dispositions +must be studied with a view of their probable bearing on the points of +resistance.</p> + +<p>7. In order to know how to get results it is first necessary to have a +very clear conception of the uses and limitations of the different +weapons in the platoon.</p> + +<p>Briefly they can be used in the following ways:</p> + + <ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em;"> + <li>The auto-rifles open up a point blank fire on the strong point as +soon as it is discovered. Their function is to either draw the fire of +the enemy or to silence him by a hit or forcing him to take cover. +Their work may be compared to the work of the field artillery in a +barrage. They cover the movement of the infantry across the open. The +auto rifles so place themselves at such points that their line of fire +will in no way interfere with the manoeuvre of the commander of the +platoon or the remaining units of the platoon interfere with the +effective use of the auto rifles of the platoon.</li> + +<li>The rifle grenadiers advance at once just as close as possible, +but at all costs to within effective grenade range. They then take +cover in shell holes, trenches, etc., and open up a rapid fire. They +are the long distance howitzers of the platoon and are very valuable. +By a well placed grenade the whole resistance may be overcome. This +section usually works around a flank.</li> + +<li>The riflemen work up by squad as far as practicable and to a +flank, when an opportunity presents itself, the squad opens fire in +such a manner as to protect advance of other squads or teams.</li> + +<li>The bombers endeavor to get well around behind the enemy and +taking advantage of cover get to within bomb range. They may be +compared to the close range howitzers or trench mortars.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When all four sections are in action at proper ranges, the opposition +can probably last but a short time, and as soon as the machine guns +cease fire the platoon, especially the riflemen, go after the +remainder of the garrison with the bayonet.</p> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 80%;"> +<a href="images/plate26.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate26.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 26: Platoon from Line to Double Extended Skirmish Line" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 70%;"> +<a name="Page_352" id="Page_352"></a><a href="images/plate27.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate27.png" width="100%" alt="Plate 27: Section Columns Fully Extended" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353"></a>It may happen that the barrage put up will so demoralize the enemy +that the riflemen can advance before his machine guns are even put out +of action. This operation allows the rifle men to get in with the +bayonet, if the resistance is not sooner overcome.</p> + +<p>When the different sections are getting to their places, they usually +find enough shell holes or old trenches to obtain cover. They should +not move as entire sections, but as small groups of three or four at a +time.</p> + +<p>8. After the encircling movement has once begun, the platoon commander +loses all control, and the action is then conducted by the section, +squad or team leaders. They must be trained to act on their own +initiative, as further orders are rarely practicable.</p> + +<p>The resistance will finally be overcome, either because the enemy will +retreat or surrender under the menace of encirclement, or by the +losses caused by our fire or by the attack at close range of our +bombers or else by the final assault with the bayonet led by our +riflemen.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered that under an artillery barrage it is never +possible to issue verbal orders, so the sections must be trained to +understand and obey the arm signals of its officer, or more often to +work without orders.</p> + +<p>9. A sequence of command must be arranged in each section, squad and +team down to the last man.</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Remarks Regarding The Forming Of Wave From Close Order.</p> + +<p>The sketch of deployment attached is an illustration of one of the +formations that may be adopted. It is given as an example. Any other +wave formation may be practically as easily formed up. The platoon +commander simply calls out the squads he wants in the first line.</p> + +<p><i>It must not be imagined that this transition from close order to +extended is done in the field when actually under fire or as a result +of surprise.</i></p> + +<p><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354"></a>Before the platoon goes into an attack it is all arranged so as to +allow it to be changed with ease from column of sections at extended +intervals (formation for approach) to the wave formation decided upon. +This arrangement is made when the platoon is miles to the rear.</p> + +<p>When the change is made from column of sections to the wave formation +there must be no crossing of sections as they go to their places.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Some of the Many Questions a Platoon Commander Should Ask Himself on +Taking Over a Trench, <br />and at Frequent Intervals Afterwards.</p> + +<p>1. <i>I am here for two purposes: To hold this line under all +circumstances, and to do as much damage as possible to the enemy? Am I +doing all I can to make this line as strong as possible? Am I as</i> +<span class="sc">Offensive</span> <i>as I might be with organized snipers, sniperscopes, rifle +grenades, catapults, etc., and patrols?</i></p> + +<p>2. Do I connect up all right with the platoons on my right and left? +Do I know the position of my nearest support?</p> + +<p>3. Does every man know his firing position and can he fire from it, +over the parapet, at the foot of the wire?</p> + +<p>4. Where are my S.A.A. and bomb stores? Are they under cover from the +weather?</p> + +<p>5. Do all my men know their duties in case of attack—bombers +especially?</p> + +<p>6. Are all my rifles and ammunition clean and in good order? Have all +the men got rifle covers? Are the magazines kept charged?</p> + +<p>7. Is my wire strong enough?</p> + +<p>8. Are my parapets and traverses bullet-proof everywhere?</p> + +<p>9. Where are my sally ports?</p> + +<p>10. Where are my listening posts? Are my listening patrols properly +detailed?</p> + +<p><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355"></a>11. What points in front particularly require patrolling at night?</p> + +<p>12. Are my sentries in their right places? Are they properly posted by +N.C.O's.? Have they received proper instructions?</p> + +<p>13. Have I got the S.O.S. message in my pocket, and do I know the +orders regarding its use?</p> + +<p>14. Are the trenches as clean and as sanitary as they might be? Are +live rounds and cases properly collected? Are my bags for refuse and +empties in position?</p> + +<p>15. Are my trenches as dry as I might make them?</p> + +<p>16. Am I doing all I can to prevent my men getting "Trench Feet"?</p> + +<p>17. How can I prevent my parapets and dugouts from falling in?</p> + +<p>18. Have I got at least one loophole, from which men can snipe, for +every section? Have I pointed out to Section Commanders the portion of +the enemy's trench they are responsible for keeping under fire, and +where his loopholes are?</p> + +<p>19. Have my men always got their smoke helmets on and are they in good +order?</p> + +<p>20. Are the arrangements, in case of gas attack, complete and known to +all ranks?</p> + +<p>21. Are the orders as to wearing equipment carried out?</p> + +<p>22. Are my men using wood from the defences as firewood?</p> + +<p>23. Are my men drinking water from any but authorized sources?</p> + +<p>24. <i>I am here for two purposes: To hold this line under all +circumstances, and I do as much damage as possible to the enemy? Am I +doing all I can to make this line as strong as possible? Am I as</i> +<span class="sc">Offensive</span> <i>as I might be with organized snipers, sniperscopes, rifle +grenades, catapults, etc., and patrols?</i></p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_356" id="Page_356"></a>Defensive Measure Against Gas Attacks.</p> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;"> +I. Introduction.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;">A. General Considerations:</p> + +<p>In the absence of suitable means of protection the poison gases used +in war are extremely deadly and the breathing of only very small +quantities of them may cause death or serious injury. This being the +case, it is essential that not the slightest time should be lost in +putting on the anti-gas device on the gas alarm being given.</p> + +<p>It cannot be too strongly insisted on that the measures to meet +hostile gas attacks afford <i>perfect protection</i>, and if they are +carried out properly no one will suffer from gas poisoning.</p> + +<p>The whole basis of protecting troops against gas lies (a) in keeping +the appliances in perfect working order; (b) in learning to adjust +them rapidly under all conditions, and (c) in ensuring that every man +is given immediate warning. These results can only be attained:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>By frequent and thorough inspection of all protective + appliances.</li> +<li>By thorough instruction and training in their use.</li> +<li>By every man understanding and complying with all standing + orders on the subject of defense against gas.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If these are effectually carried out, there is nothing to fear from +hostile gas attacks. Officers must impress this on their men, as an +important object of all anti-gas instruction should be to inspire +complete confidence in the efficacy of the methods which are adopted.</p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;">B. Nature of Gas Attacks:</p> + +<p class="sc">(1) Gas Clouds:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .1em;"> +This method of making a gas attack is entirely dependent on the +direction of the wind. The gas is carried up to the trenches +compressed in steel cylinders. <a name="Page_357" id="Page_357"></a>These are dug in at the bottom of the +trench and connected with pipes leading out over the parapet. When the +valves of the cylinders are opened, the gas escapes with a hissing +sound, which, on a still night, can frequently be heard at a +considerable distance. It mixes with the air and is carried by the +wind towards the opposing trenches, spreading out as it goes forward. +A continuous wave of gas and air is thus formed, the color of which +may vary:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em; margin-right: 10em;"> +<li>Because of the weather conditions. In very dry air it may be + almost transparent and slightly greenish in color, while in + damp weather it forms a white cloud.</li> +<li>Because it may be mixed with smoke of any color.</li> +</ol> + +<p>A cloud attack can only take place when there is a steady but not too +strong wind blowing from the enemy's lines towards our own. A wind +between 4 and 8 miles an hour is the most likely condition. An 8-mile +wind will carry the gas cloud twice as quickly as a man walks rapidly.</p> + +<p>Gas attacks may occur at any time of the day, but are most likely to +be made during the night or in the early morning.</p> + +<p>Gentle rain is without appreciable effect on a gas attack, but strong +rain washes down the gas. Fogs have hardly any effect and may, in +fact, be taken advantage of to make an attack unexpectedly. Water +courses and ponds are no obstruction to a gas cloud.</p> + +<p>The gas used by the enemy is generally a mixture of chlorine and +phosgene, both of which are strongly asphyxiating. The gases are +heavier than air, and therefore, tend to flow along the ground and +into trenches, shelters, craters and hollows. The gas cloud may flow +round slight eminences, thus leaving patches of country which remain +free from gas.</p> + +<p>Chlorine and phosgene strongly attack the mucous membranes of the +respiratory organs, causing bad <a name="Page_358" id="Page_358"></a>coughing. In strong concentrations of +gas, or by longer exposure to low concentrations, the lungs are +injured and breathing becomes more and more difficult and eventually +impossible, so that the unprotected man dies of suffocation. Death is +sometimes caused by two or three breaths of the gas. Even when very +dilute, chlorine can be recognized by its peculiar smell, which is +like chloride of lime, but stronger and more irritating.</p> + +<p>Both chlorine and phosgene also exert a strongly corrosive action on +metals, so that the metal parts of arms must be carefully protected by +greasing them.</p> + +<p>The speed with which the gas cloud approaches depends entirely on the +wind velocity. Gas attacks have been made with wind velocities varying +from 3 to 20 miles per hour, <i>i.e.</i>, from 1-½ to 10 yards per +second. In a 9-mile wind, the gas would reach trenches 100 yards +distant in 20 seconds.</p> + +<p>Gas attacks have been made on fronts varying from 1 to 5 miles; their +effects at points up to 8 miles behind the front trenches have been +sufficiently severe to make it necessary to wear helmets.</p> + +<p class="sc" style="margin-top: .1em; margin-bottom: .1em;">(2) Gas Projectiles:</p> + +<p>The use of these is not entirely dependent on the direction of the +wind. In gas projectiles such as shells, hand grenades, and trench +mortar bombs, a part or the whole of the explosive charge is replaced +by a liquid which is converted into gas by the explosion. The +explosive force and noise of detonation of these projectiles is less +than that of the ordinary kind, and a large number of them are usually +discharged into a comparatively small space. After the explosion, the +irritant chemicals form a small gas cloud, though some may sink to the +ground and remain active for a considerable time.</p> + +<p>For using gas shells, the best condition is calm, or a wind of low +velocity.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359"></a>Gas projectiles can be used in all types of country. Woods, bushes, +corn fields and clumps of buildings may hold the gas active for a +considerable time.</p> + +<p>Two kinds of shell gases are used by the enemy, viz., lachrymators, +which mainly affect the eyes, and poison gases, which may affect the +eyes and are just as deadly as the gases used in the form of clouds.</p> + +<p class="sc3">(1) Tear, Or Lachrymatory Shells:</p> + +<p>These shells on explosion drive the liquid chemical which they contain +into the air as a mist. They cause the eyes to water strongly and +thereby gradually put men out of action.</p> + +<p>Their actual smell may be slight. Large concentrations of lachrymators +begin to affect the lungs and cause sickness, coughing and general +irritation.</p> + +<p class="sc3">(2) Poison Shells:</p> + +<p>Besides the comparatively harmless lachrymators the enemy also uses +projectiles which contain a gas, the action of which is very similar +to that of phosgene. Because of their slight detonation, these shells +are liable to be mistaken for blinds, but they emit large quantities +of a gas which attacks the lungs strongly and is very dangerous, and +even in slight cases may cause serious after effects.</p> + +<p class="sc3">(3) Smoke:</p> + +<p>The enemy may make use of smoke, either in the form of a cloud or +emitted from shells and bombs. Smoke may be used with gas or between +gas clouds; it may also be used alone to distract attention from a +real discharge of gas, to cover the advance of infantry, or merely as +a false gas attack.</p> + +<p class="sc3">(4) Mine And Explosion Gases:</p> + +<p>The poisonous gases which occur in mines, and which are formed in +large quantities when high explosive goes off in an enclosed space, +<i>e.g.</i>, from a direct hit in a shelter, or on the explosion of a +charge in a mine, are not protected against by the ordinary anti-gas +<a name="Page_360" id="Page_360"></a>appliances. The chief of these gases is carbon monoxide. Protection +against such gases will not be considered in these notes.</p> + +<p>Officers are held responsible that all the anti-gas appliances for +protecting their men are maintained in perfect condition, and that all +ranks under their command are thoroughly trained in the use of these +appliances and in all other measures which may affect their safety +against gas.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Summary of Protective Measures:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> +<li>Provision to each man of individual protective devices.</li> +<li>Arrangement for the inspection of those appliances and training + in their use and instruction in all other measures of gas + defense.</li> +<li>Provision of protected and gas-proof shelters.</li> +<li>Weather observations to determine periods when the conditions + are favorable to a hostile gas attack.</li> +<li>Arrangement of signals and messages; for immediate warning of a + gas attack.</li> +<li>Provision of appliances for clearing gas from trenches and + shelters.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;">C. Protection of Shelters:</p> + +<p class="sc3">(1) Methods Of Protection:</p> + +<p>Protection of dugouts, cellars, buildings, etc., is given if all +entrances are closed by well-fitting doors or by blankets sprayed with +hypo. solution. Practically no gas passes through a wet blanket, and +the protection depends on getting a good joint at the sides and bottom +of a doorway, so as to stop all draughts. This can be effected by +letting the blanket rest on battens, fixed with a slight slope, +against the door frame. The blanket should overlap the outer sides and +a fold should lie on the ground at the bottom. A pole is fastened to +the blanket, which allows the latter to be rolled up on the frame and +causes it to fall evenly.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361"></a>Wherever possible, particularly where there is likely to be movement +in and out of the shelter, two blankets fitted in this way but sloping +in opposite directions should be provided. There should be an interval +of at least three feet between the two frames, and the larger this +vestibule is made the more efficient is the dugout.</p> + +<p>When not in use, the blankets should be rolled up and held so that +they can be readily released, and should be sprayed occasionally with +water or a little Vermorel sprayer solution.</p> + +<p>If the blankets became stiff from a deposit of chemicals, they should +be sprayed with water.</p> + +<p>All ranks must be taught how to use gas-proof dugouts, <i>e.g.</i>, how to +enter a protected doorway quickly, replacing the blanket immediately, +and carrying in as little outside air as possible.</p> + +<p>The protection afforded by these means is just as complete against +lachrymatory gases as it is against cloud gas and poisonous shell +gases.</p> + +<p class="sc3">(2) Shelters Which Should Be Protected:</p> + +<p>The following should always be protected:</p> + +<p>Medical aid posts and advanced dressing stations; Company, Battalion +and Brigade Headquarters; signal shelters and any other place where +work has to be carried out during a gas attack.</p> + +<p>In addition to the above, it is desirable to protect all dugouts, +cellars and buildings within the shell area, particularly those of +artillery personnel. It should be noted, however, that the protection +of dugouts for troops in the front line of trenches is usually +inadvisable on account of the delay involved in getting men out in +time of attack. It is desirable to protect stretcher bearers' dugouts +with a view to putting casualties in them.</p> +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;">D. Protection of Weapons and Equipment:</p> + +<p>Arms and ammunition and the metal parts of special equipment (<i>e.g.</i>, +telephone instruments) must be <a name="Page_362" id="Page_362"></a>carefully protected against gas by +greasing them or keeping them completely covered. Otherwise, +particularly in damp weather, they may rust or corrode so badly as to +refuse to act. A mineral oil must be used for this purpose. The +following in particular should be protected:</p> + +<p class="sc3">(1) Small Arms And S.A.A.</p> + +<p>Machine guns and rifles must be kept carefully cleaned and well oiled. +The effects of corrosion of ammunition are of even more importance +than the direct effects of gas upon machine guns and rifles.</p> + +<p>Ammunition boxes must be kept closed. Vickers belts should be kept in +their boxes until actually required for use. The wooden belt boxes are +fairly gas-tight, but the metal belt boxes should be made gas-tight by +inserting strips of flannelette in the joint between the lid and the +box.</p> + +<p>Lewis magazines should be kept in some form of box, the joints of +which are made as gas-tight as possible with flannelette.</p> + +<p>A recess should be made, high up in the parapet if possible, for +storing ammunition and guns. A blanket curtain, moistened with water +or sprayer solution, will greatly assist in keeping the gas out.</p> + +<p class="sc3">(2) Hand And Rifle Grenades:</p> + +<p>Unboxed grenades should be kept covered as far as possible. All safety +pins and working parts, especially those made of brass, should be kept +oiled to prevent their setting from corrosion by the gas.</p> + +<p class="sc3">(3) Light Trench Mortars And Their Ammunition:</p> + +<p>As far as the supply of oil permits, the bore and all bright parts of +light trench mortars and their spare parts should be kept permanently +oiled. When not in use, mortars should be covered with sacking or +similar material.</p> + +<p>Unboxed ammunition should be kept covered as far as possible and the +bright parts oiled immediately after <a name="Page_363" id="Page_363"></a>arrival. Ammunition which has +been in store for some time should be used up first.</p> + +<p>Sentries must be prepared to give the alarm on the first appearance of +gas, as a few seconds delay may involve very serious consequences. +Signals must be passed along by all sentries as soon as heard.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">The earliest warning of a gas attack is given:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>By the noise of the gas escaping from the cylinders.</li> +<li>By the appearance of a cloud of any color over the enemy's + trenches. If the attack takes place at night, the cloud will + not be visible from a distance.</li> +<li>By the smell of the gas in listening posts.</li> +</ol> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li><span class="sc">Action To Be Taken In The Trenches On Gas Alarm:</span> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Respirators to be put on immediately by all ranks (a + helmet, if no box respirator is available).</li> +<li>Rouse all men in trenches, dug-outs and mine shafts, warn + officers and artillery observation posts and all employed + men.</li> +<li>Artillery support to be called for by company commanders by + means of prearranged signals.</li> +<li>Warn battalion headquarters and troops in rear.</li> +<li>All ranks stand to arms in the front trenches and elsewhere + where the tactical situation demands.</li> +<li>Blanket curtains at entrances to protected shelters to be + let down and carefully fixed.</li> +<li>Movement to cease except where necessary.</li> +</ol> +<br /> +</li> +<li><span class="sc">Action To Be Taken In Billets And Back Areas:</span> + +<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>All men in cellars or houses to be roused.</li> +<li><a name="Page_364" id="Page_364"></a>The blanket curtains of protected collars, etc., to be let + down and fixed in position.</li> +<li>Box respirators to be put on immediately, the gas is + apparent.</li> +</ol> + +</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;">H. Action During a Gas Attack:</p> + +<p class="sc">(1) Protective Measures:</p> + +<p>There should be as little moving about and talking as possible in the +trenches. Men must be made to realize that with the gas now used by +the enemy, observance of this may be essential for their safety.</p> + +<p>When an attack is in progress, all bodies of troops or transport on +the move should halt and all working parties cease work until the gas +cloud has passed.</p> + +<p>If a relief is going on, units should stand fast as far as possible +until the gas cloud has passed.</p> + +<p>Supports and parties bringing up bombs should only be moved up if the +tactical situation demands it.</p> + +<p>If troops in support or reserve lines of trenches remain in, or go +into, dug-outs, they must continue to wear their anti-gas appliances.</p> + +<p>Officers and N.C.O's must on no account remove or open up the masks of +the box respirators or raise their helmets to give orders. The +breathing tube may be removed from the mouth when it is necessary to +speak, but it must be replaced.</p> + +<p>Men must always be on the look-out to help each other in case an +anti-gas device is damaged by fire or accident. When a man is wounded, +he must be watched to see that he does not remove his respirator or +helmet until he is safely inside a protected shelter; if necessary, +his hands should be tied.</p> + +<p>Men must be warned that if they are slightly gassed before adjusting +their respirators or helmets they must not remove them. The effect +will wear off.</p> + +<p class="sc">(2) Tactical Measures:</p> + +<p>From the point of view of protection against gas, nothing is gained by +men remaining in unprotected <a name="Page_365" id="Page_365"></a>dug-outs or by moving to a flank or to +the rear. It is, therefore, desirable that on tactical and +disciplinary grounds all men in the front line of trenches should be +forbidden to do these things. In support or reserve lines where there +are protected dug-outs, it is advisable for men to stay in them unless +the tactical situation makes it desirable for them to come out.</p> + +<p>Nothing is gained by opening rapid rifle fire unless the enemy's +infantry attacks. A slow rate of fire from rifles and occasional short +bursts of fire from machine guns will lessen the chance of their +jamming from the action of the gas and tends to occupy and steady the +infantry.</p> + +<p>It should be remembered that the enemy's infantry cannot attack while +the gas discharge is in progress and is unlikely to do so for an +appreciable time—at least 10 minutes—after it has ceased. It is, in +fact, a common practice for the enemy infantry to retire to the second +and third line of trench whilst gas is being discharged. There is, +therefore, no object in opening an intense S.O.S. barrage of artillery +on "No man's land" during the actual gas cloud and it is advisable +that the warning to the artillery of a gas attack should be a signal +differing from the ordinary S.O.S. signal, as the latter may have to +be sent later if an infantry attack develops.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered that smoke may be used by the enemy at the same +time as, or alternately with, the gas and that under cover of a smoke +cloud he may send out assaulting or raiding parties. A careful +look-out must, therefore, be kept; hostile patrols or raiders may be +frustrated by cross-fire of rifles and machine guns and should an +assault develop the ordinary S.O.S. procedure should be carried out.</p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;">I. Precautions Against Gas Shells:</p> + +<p>Owing to the small explosion which occurs with these shells, they are +liable to be mistaken for blinds, and <a name="Page_366" id="Page_366"></a>even when the gas is smelt men +may not realize its possibly dangerous character at once and so may +delay putting on respirators or helmets until too late. Men sleeping +in dug-outs may be seriously affected unless they are roused. Men in +the open air are unlikely to be seriously affected by poison gas +shells, provided they put on respirators or helmets on first +experiencing the gas. The following points should therefore be +attended to:</p> + +<p>(i.) All shells which explode with a small detonation or appear to be +blind should be regarded with particular attention; the respirator or +helmet should be put on at the first indication of gas and blanket +protection of shelters adjusted.</p> + +<p>(ii.) Arrangements must be made for giving a <i>Local</i> alarm in the event +of a sudden and intense bombardment with poison gas shells, but care +must be taken that this alarm is not confused with the main alarm. +Strombos horns must on no account be used to give warning of a gas +shell bombardment.</p> + +<p>(iii.) All shelters in the vicinity of an area bombarded with poison +gas shells must be visited and any sleeping men roused.</p> + +<p>(iv.) Box respirators or helmets should continue to be worn throughout +the area bombarded with poison gas shells until the order is given by +the local unit Commander for their removal.</p> + +<p>Lachrymatory or "tear" shells are frequently used by the enemy for the +purpose of hindering the movements of troops, for preventing the +bringing up of supports, or for interfering with the action of +artillery. Owing to the deadly nature of poison gas shells, however, +the precautions given in paragraph 60 above, must be taken for all gas +shells. The goggles are intended for use after lachrymatory +bombardments only, in cases where the irritant gas persists in the +neighborhood.</p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_367" id="Page_367"></a>K. Action Subsequent to a Gas Attack:</p> + +<p class="sc">1. General:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">The most important measure to be taken after a cloud gas attack is to +prepare for a further attack. The enemy frequently sends several +successive waves of gas at intervals varying from a few minutes up to +several hours and it is therefore necessary to be on the alert to +combat this procedure. The following measures should be adopted as +soon as the gas cloud has passed:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em"> +<li>Removal of respirators.—Anti-gas fans should be used to + assist in clearing the trenches of gas, so as to admit of + respirators being removed. Respirators and helmets must not + be removed until permission has been given by the Company + Commander.</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-top: .2em;">A sharp look out must be kept for a repetition of the gas attack, as +long as the wind continues in a dangerous quarter.</p> + +<p class="sc">2. Movement:</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Owing to the enemy gas sometimes causing bad after effects, which are +intensified by subsequent exertion, the following points should be +attended to:</p> + +<ol class="indent4" style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>No man suffering from the effects of gas, however slightly, + should be allowed to walk to the dressing station.</li> +<li>The clearing of the trenches and dugouts should not be + carried out by men who have been affected by the gas.</li> +<li>After a gas attack, troops in the front trenches should be + relieved of all fatigue and carrying work for 24 hours by + sending up working parties from companies in rear.</li> +<li>Horses which have been exposed to the gas should not be + worked for 24 hours if it can be avoided.</li> +</ol> + +<p class="sc">3. Clearing Dugouts And Other Shelters:</p> + +<p>It is essential that no dugout be entered after a gas attack event +with box respirators or helmets adjusted, <a name="Page_368" id="Page_368"></a>until it has been +ascertained that it is free from gas. The only efficient method of +clearing dugouts from gas is by thorough ventilation. The older method +of spraying is not efficient.</p> + +<p>An appreciable quantity of gas may be retained in the clothing of men +exposed to gas attacks and also in bedding, coats, etc., left in +shelters. Precaution should, therefore, be taken to air all clothing.</p> + +<p class="sc">4. Ventilation:</p> + +<p><i>Natural Ventilation</i>.—Unless a shelter has been thoroughly +ventilated by artificial means, as described below, it must not be +slept in or occupied without wearing respirators, until at least 12 +hours after a gas attack. It must not be entered at all without +respirators on for at least 3 hours. The above refers to cloud gas +attacks. In the case of gas shell bombardments the times cannot be +definitely stated, as they depend on the nature of the gas used and +the severity of the bombardment. With lachrymatory gases the times +after which shelters can be used without discomfort may be +considerably longer than those mentioned above.</p> + +<p><i>Ventilation by Fire</i>.—All kinds of shelters can be efficiently and +rapidly cleared of gas by the use of fires. Shelters with two openings +are the easiest to ventilate and where possible, dugouts with only one +entrance should have a second opening made, even a very small one, to +assist in ventilation.</p> + +<p>In dugouts provided with a single exit at the end of a short passage, +the best results are obtained if the fire is placed in the center of +the floor of the dugout and at a height of about 9 inches.</p> + +<p>In dugouts provided with a single exit at the end of a long and nearly +horizontal passage, the best results are obtained if the fire is +placed about one-third of the distance from the inner end of the +passage.</p> + +<p>In dugouts provided with two or more exits, the fire should be placed +at the inner end of one of the exit passages.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_369" id="Page_369"></a>In general, 1 pound of dry wood per 200 cubic feet of air space is +sufficient for clearance of any gas. The best fuel is split wood, but +any fuel which does not smoulder or give off thick smoke can be used. +The materials for the fire, <i>e.g.</i>, the split wood, newspaper, and a +small bottle of paraffine for lighting purposes, should be kept in a +sand bag, enclosed in a biscuit tin provided with a lid. An improvised +brazier should be kept ready for use.</p> + +<p>The fire must be kept burning for at least ten minutes and the +atmosphere in the shelter should be tested from time to time.</p> + +<p><i>Ventilation by Fanning</i>.—Dugouts can be ventilated by producing air +currents in them by means of special anti-gas fans.</p> + +<p>If no anti-gas fans are available, ventilation can be assisted by +flapping with improvised fans such as sand bags, ground sheets, etc.</p> + +<p class="sc">5. Cleaning Of Arms And Ammunition:</p> + +<p>Rifles and machine guns must be cleaned after a gas attack and then +re-oiled. Oil cleaning will prevent corrosion for 12 hours or more, +but the first available opportunity must be taken to dismantle machine +guns and clean all parts in boiling water containing a little soda. If +this is not done, corrosion continues slowly even after oil cleaning +and may ultimately put the gun out of action.</p> + +<p>After a gas attack, S.A.A. should be carefully examined. All rounds +affected by gas must be replaced by new cartridges immediately and the +old ones cleaned and expended as soon as possible.</p> + +<p>All hand and rifle grenades exposed to the gas should have their +safety-pins and working parts cleaned and re-oiled.</p> + +<p>All bright parts of light trench mortars, together with all +accessories and spare parts exposed to the gas, must be cleaned and +wiped dry as soon as possible after the <a name="Page_370" id="Page_370"></a>attack and in any case within +24 hours, after which they should be thoroughly coated afresh with +oil. The same applies to ammunition which may have been exposed to the +gas.</p> + +<p>Ammunition which, for any reason, had not been oiled, must be cleaned +and oiled and expended as soon as possible.</p> + +<p>For details regarding the cleaning of guns and artillery ammunition +and signal equipment, see paragraphs 116 and 123.</p> + +<p class="sc">6. Treatment Of Shell Holes:</p> + +<p>In the neighborhood of shelters or battery positions where gas from +shell holes is causing annoyance, the holes and the ground round them +should be covered with at least a foot of fresh earth. Shell holes so +treated should not be disturbed, as the chemical is not thereby +destroyed and only disappears slowly.</p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Concealment From Aerial Observers.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .1em;">A.</p> + +<ol class="indent7" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li>An aeroplane cannot conduct reconnaissance at a height of less + than 5,000 feet without being within easy range of + anti-aircraft artillery; nor of less than 2,000 feet without + coming into range of machine-gun and rifle fire.</li> +<li>To be observed from such heights, objects on the ground must be + distinguished by: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>Motion.</li> + <li>Color contrast.</li> + <li>Line contrast, or</li> + <li>Shadows.</li> + </ol> +</li> +</ol> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .1em;">B. Concealment:</p> + +<ol class="indent7" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em;"> +<li> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>On warning of hostile aircraft, troops on the march should + withdraw to the side of the road (if possible, into shade), + or lie down flat in the road and remain motionless.</li> + <li>If it is necessary to continue the march, this should be<a name="Page_371" id="Page_371"></a> + done in broken detachments, which are far less distinct + than continuous column.</li> + <li>Troops in a trench should crouch down in the shadowy side + and remain motionless.</li> + <li>Faces should never be turned up, as the high lights on + cheek-bones and foreheads then show up distinctly.</li> + <li>Bright metal on arms, equipment and headgear must be kept + covered.</li> + </ol> + +</li> +<li>Artillery wagon-trains, etc., should if possible be halted + promptly on warning. When halted, their neutral coloring + protects them.</li> +<li>Trenches are best concealed: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em"> + <li>By avoiding, in construction, a too regular outline, and + following as far as possible the contours of the ground.</li> + <li>By coloring the parapet and parados to match the ground. + This may be done most quickly by painted canvas; if the + latter is not available, by planting or strewing the loose + earth with surrounding herbage. In this work care must be + taken not to make the covering itself too conspicuous by + brightness or monotony of coloring.</li> + <li>By covering the trench itself, where convenient, with a thin + material, colored like the parapet and parados.</li> + <li>By avoiding all overt movement of troops in the trenches + under observation.</li> + </ol> + +</li> +<li>Buildings, <i>e.g.</i>, ammunition dumps, hangars, etc., can be + completely concealed by being painted the color of the + ground they stand on and fitted with canvas curtains, + similarly painted and stretched from the eaves to the + <a name="Page_372" id="Page_372"></a>ground at a horizontal angle of 35 degrees. These curtains + completely eliminate shadows.</li> +<li>Success in each work of concealment by camouflage is best + assured by the assistance of an aeroplane observer to test + and correct it.</li> +</ol> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .5em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Orders Governing Intrenchment Problems at Second Plattsburg Training +Camp.</p> + +<p class="sc" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: .5em"> +Headquarters Plattsburg Training Camp,<br /> +Plattsburg Barracks, New York.<br /> +September 22, 1917.</p> + +<p class="sc" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Divisional Entrenching Problem.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: 0em;">General Situation:</p> + +<p>The Salmon river forms the boundary line between two states, the +"Blue" on the north and the "Red" on the south. War has been declared +and the Red Army is mobilizing near Keeseville. Mobilization by the +first Blue Army at Plattsburg has been completed.</p> + +<p>Special Situation, Blue:</p> + +<p>Our advanced troops are holding the line of the Salmon river against +strong detachments of the Red Army. The commanding general of the Blue +Army has decided to establish a second position on the line, <i>Bluff +Point to the bend</i> (248) <i>in the Saranac river</i>.</p> + +<p>The following order is issued by the Division Commander:</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 5em; margin-right: 5em;"> + <p class="sc" style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;">Headquarters, 101st Div.,<br /> + Plattsburg, N.Y. <br /> + 23 Sept., '17, 9:00 a.m. </p> + + + <p class="sc">Field Orders,<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">No. 1.</span></p> + + <p>1. Our advanced troops are holding the line of the Salmon river.</p> + + <p>2. This division and 1 Brigade 102 Division will entrench along the + line: <i>Bluff Point</i>—<i>Chateaugay Branch Railroad</i>—<i>Saranac River</i> + (248).</p> + + <p><a name="Page_373" id="Page_373"></a>3. (a) The Chief of Artillery will prepare the positions, and lines of + communication for his Brigade, determine his sectors, and submit his + plan of action.</p> + + <p>(b) The 1st Brig. and 2 Bns. 267th Inf. will entrench the sector, + <i>Saranac River</i> (248) to <i>Sand Road</i>, exclusive. The 2nd Brig. will + entrench the sector <i>Sand Road to Bluff Point</i>, both inclusive. The + supports will entrench on the line, <i>Saranac River</i> (182)—<i>Cliff + Haven</i>.</p> + + <p>(c) The Reserve—1 Brig. 102 Div. less 2 Bns., will construct + crossings on the <i>Saranac River</i>—under direction of the Chief of + Engineers, and prepare them for defense.</p> + + <p>(d) The Chief of Engineers will supply tools for entrenching and lay + out the lines of entrenchments. He will repair the following trunk + roads: <i>Peru Road</i>, <i>Sand Road</i>, <i>Lake-Shore Road</i>; and construct a + transverse trunk line road from <i>Pulp Mill to O'Connell's Farm</i>, and + the necessary tram lines. The Engineer Depot for stores and material + will be established at <i>Plattsburg Barracks</i>.</p> + + <p>(e) The Chief Signal Officer will establish necessary lines of + communication, utilizing equipment at <i>Plattsburg Barracks, Central + Station</i>. Aero Squadron at <i>Chazy</i>.</p> + + <p>4. (a) The Chief Medical Officer will establish his dressing stations + in the <i>Butts</i> of the rifle range and in ravine on <i>O'Connell's Farm</i>. + A field hospital will be established at the <i>Lozier Works</i>.</p> + + <p>(b) Ammunition train and supply train will be parked in the <i>Fair + Ground</i>. Ammunition distributing stations at railroad spurs, + <i>Plattsburg Barracks</i>, and <i>O'Connell's Farm</i>. The Division Ordnance + Officer will locate the Ammunition Dumps along transverse trunk line + road.</p> + + <p>(c) Field trains, until further orders, at north end of <i>Plattsburg + Barracks Reservation</i>. Distributing point, <i>Plattsburg Railroad + Station</i>—Regimental <a name="Page_374" id="Page_374"></a>Supply Stations: <i>Saranac River</i> 182; + intersection <i>Peru Road</i> and <i>Rifle Range Road</i>, <i>Sand Hole</i> in <i>Rifle + Range</i>, <i>Sand Road on O'Connell's Farm</i>, <i>Ravine on O'Connell's Farm</i>.</p> + + <p>(d) The commander of trains will establish traffic regulations for all + roads.</p> + + <p>5. Messages to <i>Statistical Office</i>.</p> + + <p style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;"><span class="sc" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">Wolf,</span><br /> + Major General.</p> + + <p style="margin-left: 1em;">Official copy:<br /> + <span class="sc" style="margin-left: 3em;">J.A. Baer,</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 5em;">Genl. Staff,</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 7em;">Chief of Staff.</span></p> + + <br /> + + <p style="margin-left: 1em;">Copies to:<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">Brig. and Regt. Commanders.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C. of E.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">Div. Q.M.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.S.O.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.M.O.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">Div. O.O.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C. of Tr.</span></p> + +</div> + +<hr style='width: 15%;' /> + +<div style="margin-left: 5em; margin-right: 5em;"> + <p class="sc" style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;">Headquarters, 1st Brigade, 101st Division,<br /> + Plattsburg Barracks, N.Y. <br /> + 23rd Sept., 1917, 6 p.m. </p> + + <p class="sc">Field Orders,<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">No. 1.</span></p> + + <p>1. Strong detachments of the Red Army, now mobilizing at <i>Keeseville</i>, + are south of the <i>Salmon River</i>. Our advance troops are holding the + line of the <i>Salmon River</i>.</p> + + <p>2. Our division and one brigade, 102nd Division, will entrench and + occupy the line <i>Bluff Point-Chateaugay Branch (D. & H.R.R.), Saranac + River</i> (248). This brigade, reinforced by two Battalions, 267th + Infantry, will entrench and occupy the sector, <i>Saranac River</i> (248), + <i>Sand Road</i>, exclusive.</p> + + <p>3. (a) The 1st and 2nd Battalions, 267th infantry will entrench and + occupy the sector from the <i>Saranac River</i> to a point 600 yards east.</p> + + <p><a name="Page_375" id="Page_375"></a>(b) The 266th Infantry, the sector from a point 600 yards east of the + <i>Saranac River</i>, connecting with the trenches of the 267th Infantry, + to a point 100 yards east of <i>Peru Road</i>.</p> + + <p>(c) The 265th Infantry, the sector from a point 100 yards east of the + <i>Peru Road</i>, and connecting with the trenches of the 266th Infantry, + to the <i>Sand Road</i> exclusive.</p> + + <p>(d) The Brigade Machine Gun Battalion will organize and maintain + strong points along line regimental reserves. The C.O. of this + organization will, at once, consult with the regimental commanders + relative to preparation of machine gun emplacements and probable need + for re-enforcements within their respective sectors.</p> + + <p>(e) The Brigade Signalmen will establish telephonic communications + between Brigade and Regimental Headquarters.</p> + + <p>4. (a) The regimental commanders and senior officers of the two + battalions, 267th Infantry, will at once report to the Chief Engineer + of the Division for plan of entrenchments in their respective sectors.</p> + + <p>(b) Tools and materials for entrenching will be supplied at the trench + sites.</p> + + <p>5. Messages to Brigade Headquarters near <i>Peru Road</i>, east Savoy + Hotel.</p> + + <p style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;"> + <span class="sc" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">Goodrich,</span><br /> + Brigadier General, Commanding.</p> + + <p style="margin-left: 1em;">Official copy:<br /> + <span class="sc" style="margin-left: 3em;">Wm. Kirby,</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 5em;">Major of Cavalry, U.S.R.,</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 7em;">Adjutant.</span></p> + + <p style="margin-left: 1em;">Copies to:<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., 265th Infantry.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., 266th Infantry.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., 1st and 2nd Battalions, 267th Infantry.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., Brigade M.G. Co.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">Headquarters, 101st Division.</span></p> + +</div> + +<hr style='width: 15%;' /> + +<div style="margin-left: 5em; margin-right: 5em;"> + <p class="sc" style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;"> + Headquarters, 1st Battalion, 265th Infantry<a name="Page_376" id="Page_376"></a><br /> + Plattsburg Barracks, N.Y. <br /> + Oct. 16, 1917. </p> + + <p class="sc">Field Orders,<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">No. 1.</span></p> + + <p>Blue print of trenches; scale 24 inches equals 1 mile.</p> + + <p>1. The enemy strongly occupies a line of trenches immediately <i>South</i> + of the <i>Chateaugay Branch Railroad</i>, the center of their line being + about opposite the center sector of our first line of trench, <i>Sand + Road-Target Range Fence</i>, their line of trenches being within 50 yards + of the railroad at that point, and then retiring slightly from the + railroad to the <i>East</i> and <i>West</i>.</p> + + <p>The 264th Infantry occupies the section of trenches directly to the + East of us and the 266th Infantry occupies the section of trenches + directly to the West of us.</p> + + <p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">2. This battalion will take up a defensive position in the nearly + completed line of trenches, <i>Sand Road-Target Range Fence</i>, and as + rapidly as possible complete the trench system in the following order + of work:</p> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;"> + <li>Deepen all trenches to at least three feet.</li> + <li>Construct latrines.</li> + <li>Provide cover.</li> + <li>Revet work previously done.</li> + </ol> + + <p>3. a. Front lines, <i>i.e.</i>, fire, communicating and support trenches: + Company "B" will occupy the <i>East</i> sector, <i>i.e.</i>, <i>Sand Road</i> to + <i>Belgium Boyau</i>, inclusive, including <i>Slum Boyau</i> and the salient at + <i>South</i> end Reserve Trench immediately in rear of <i>East</i> end of + Support trench.</p> + + <p>Company "C" will occupy the <i>Central</i> sector, <i>i.e.</i>, from <i>East</i> + sector (<i>Belgium Boyau</i>, exclusive), to <i>Cardona Boyau</i>, inclusive, + including <i>Poire Boyau</i>.</p> + + <p>Company "A" will occupy the <i>West</i> sector, <i>i.e.</i>, from <i>Central</i> + sector (<i>Cardona Boyau</i>, exclusive), to and including salient near + <i>Southwest</i> corner of <i>Target Range Fence</i>.</p> + + <p><a name="Page_377" id="Page_377"></a>b. Reserve Line: Company "D" will occupy the line from the <i>Target + Range Fence</i> on the <i>West</i> to a point 165 yards <i>East</i> of the <i>Verdun + Salient</i>, one-half of the Company occupying the sector, <i>Target Range + Fence</i>, to a point 75 yards <i>East</i> of the <i>Rams Horn Boyau</i>, including + <i>Rams Horn Boyau</i>, and the other half of the Company occupying the + sector from a point 75 yards <i>East</i> of the <i>Rams Horn Boyau</i> to a + point 165 yards <i>East</i> of the <i>Verdun Salient</i>.</p> + + <p>c. Machine Guns: Headquarters, 1st Platoon and 1st Platoon Machine Gun + Company, will report to the Commanding Officer, Company "A," for + assignment to the shell craters (converted) and dugouts (constructed + for machine guns), four in all, in the <i>West</i> sector.</p> + + <p>Headquarters, 2nd Platoon and Third Section (2nd Platoon) Machine Gun + Company, will report to the Commanding Officer, Company "C," for + assignment to the shell crater (converted), and dugout (constructed + for machine gun), two in all, in the <i>Central</i> sector. Fourth section + (2nd Platoon), Machine Gun Company, will report to the Commanding + Officer, Company "B," for assignment to the shell crater (converted), + two in all, in the <i>East</i> sector.</p> + + <p>d. Trench Mortars: Two trench mortars have been assigned to the + <i>Central</i> sector and the Commanding officer, Company "C," is charged + with the construction of emplacements therefor and the manning of + them.</p> + + <p>4. a. Dressing stations have been established in the <i>Butts</i> of the + rifle range and in ravine on <i>O'Connell's Farm</i>.</p> + + <p>b. Ammunition distributing points are located at <i>Plattsburg Barracks</i> + and <i>O'Connell's Farm</i>.</p> + + <p>c. Regimental supply stations are located at <i>Saranac River</i> (182), + intersection <i>Peru Road</i> and <i>Rifle Range Road</i>, <i>Sand Hole in Rifle + Range</i>, <i>Sand Road</i> on <i>O'Connell's Farm</i>, and <i>Ravine</i> on + <i>O'Connell's Farm</i>.</p> + + <p>5. Battalion Headquarters are located in dugout in <i>Support</i> trench + (West Tremont), midway between <a name="Page_378" id="Page_378"></a><i>Rams Horn</i> and <i>Poire Boyaux</i>, to + which place messages will be sent.</p> + + <p style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;"> + <span class="sc" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">Boschen,</span><br /> + Captain, 56th Infantry, Commanding.</p> + + <p style="margin-left: 1em;">Copies to:<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., 265th Infantry.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., Companies A, B, C and D.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., M.G. Company.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., Headquarters Company.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">R.S.O.</span></p> + +</div> + +<hr style='width: 15%;' /> + +<div style="margin-left: 5em; margin-right: 5em;"> + <p class="sc" style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;">Hdqtrs. 1st Batt., 265th Infty.,<br /> + Plattsburg Bcks., N.Y., <i>Oct. 17, 1917.</i> </p> + + <p class="sc">Field Orders,<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">No. 2</span></p> + + <ol class="indent5" style="list-style-type: decimal"> + <li>Dispositions: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>The assignment of companies to sectors is as announced in + Field Orders No. 1, these headquarters.</li> + <li>Company commanders are charged with the details of occupation + of the trenches and the proper disposition of the + "specialists" (bombers, grenadiers, auto-riflemen, etc.), + directing particular attention to the active and passive + areas of their sectors.</li> + </ol> + + </li> + <li><span class="sc">Fields Of Fire</span>: Company commanders must arrange for and obtain + the best fields of fire in their own sectors, and provide + for protection of visible areas in adjoining sectors by + lateral fire.</li> + <li><span class="sc">Improvements Or Changes In Trenches</span>: Company commanders before + making any changes or improvements in trenches will render to + battalion headquarters brief recommendations of changes + desired. These recommendations will be submitted at 11.00 + a.m. and 3.00 p.m., after which hours the <a name="Page_379" id="Page_379"></a>battalion + commander will inspect and if deemed necessary will be + ordered. </li> + <li><span class="sc">Organization For Watching And Observation:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Each company commander will organize a system for watching + the enemy by day and will establish look-out posts for this + purpose; this system will be augmented at night by patrols + if necessary.</li> + <li>The watching of the enemy must be continuous and long + occupation of the sector will not warrant any laxity.</li> + </ol> + +</li> +<li><span class="sc">Organization For Supply</span>: + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Company commanders will make the necessary details for + obtaining supplies; these details to be in charge of Mess or + Supply Sergeants and will not exceed three squads for each + lettered company.</li> + <li><i>Food</i>: Machine guns details and members of the Medical Corps + assigned to each sector are attached to the lettered + companies for rations.</li> + <li>Cooked food will be at the <i>Food Station</i> at 6.00 a.m., 11.50 + a.m. and 5.00 p.m. daily, and will be distributed at that + point.</li> + <li>Company commanders will detail the Mess Sergeant, with an + appropriate detail (about 2 squads) to proceed to <i>Food + Station</i>, which is located at the wire entanglement on the + <i>west</i> side of the <i>Target Range</i> about 400 yards <i>north of + Brigade Headquarters</i>.</li> + <li>The details mentioned above will proceed via trenches, + leaving same at junction of <i>Tipperary</i> trench and <i>Rams + Horn</i> boyau in the following order: + + <ul style="list-style-type: none"> + <li style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Co. D: Detail will clear junction <i>Rams Horn</i> boyau and + <i>Tipperary</i> trench at 5.40 a.m., 11.10 a.m. and 4.40 p.m.</li> + <li style="margin-bottom: .2em;"> + <a name="Page_380" id="Page_380"></a>Co. A: Detail will clear junction <i>Tremont</i> trench, and + <i>Rams Horn</i> boyau at 5.30 a.m., 11.00 a.m. and 4.30 p.m., + proceeding via <i>Rams Horn</i> boyau.</li> + <li style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Co. B: Detail will clear junction <i>Tremont</i> trench, and + <i>Poire</i> boyau at 5.35 a.m., 11.05 a.m. and 4.55 p.m., + proceeding via <i>Poire</i> boyau and <i>Tipperary</i> trench.</li> + <li style="margin-bottom: .2em;">Co. C: Detail will clear junction <i>Tremont</i> trench and <i>Slum</i> + boyau at 5.40 a.m., 11.10 a.m. and 4.40 p.m., proceeding via + <i>Slum</i> boyau and <i>Tipperary</i> trench.</li> + </ul> + + </li> + <li>These details will return to their respective sectors via + the indicated routes, moving in reverse order at five-minute + intervals, and company commanders will make necessary + arrangements for distribution of food within their + respective sectors.</li> + <li>Company commanders will cause the necessary police after each + meal to insure sanitary condition of trenches.</li> + <li>Food containers will be held in company until the next meal + hour when they will be returned to the <i>Food Station</i>.</li> + <li><i>Water</i>: Water wagon will be at the <i>Food Station</i> from 10.00 + a.m. to 4.30 p.m. daily.</li> + <li>Containers for water will be furnished by Regimental Supply + Officer at the <i>Food Station</i>.</li> + <li>All men will carry full canteens of water when entering the + trenches.</li> + <li>Company commanders will detail the Mess Sergeant, with an + appropriate detail (about 2 squads), to proceed to the <i>Food + Station</i> to procure water in containers; these details will + proceed via the routes indicated in paragraph 5, section "e": + Co. D, 2.00 p.m.; Co. A, 2.05 p.m.; Co. B, 2.10 p.m.; Co. C, + 2.15 p.m.</li> + <li><a name="Page_381" id="Page_381"></a>These details will return to their respective sectors in + reverse order at five-minute intervals.</li> + <li><i>Miscellaneous</i>: Details for obtaining tools, ammunition, + trench supplies, etc., will be arranged for as required.</li> + <li>Requisitions for miscellaneous supplies required will be + submitted by company commanders to the Regimental Supply + Officer not later than 3.00 p.m., October 17, 1917.</li> + </ol> + + </li> + <li><span class="sc">Organization For Liaison:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>The Signal Officer will establish necessary telephonic + communications.</li> + <li>Each organization will detail one runner to report to the + battalion commander at regimental headquarters at 8.00 a.m.</li> + <li>Four runners will be detailed for duty with each company + headquarters and one runner will be detailed for duty with + each platoon headquarters. These runners should be lightly + equipped and wear a distinctive mark.</li> + <li>At least two men per section must be able to act as guides to + all company headquarters of the battalion.</li> + <li>Verbal messages will not be sent by runners; all messages + must be written.</li> + <li>Company commanders, or their representatives, will report + daily at battalion headquarters at 5.00 p.m.</li> + <li>There must be accurate communication between platoons in + company, and companies in battalion, in order to insure + co-ordinated action.</li> + </ol> + + </li> + <li><span class="sc">Defense:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Immediately after the occupation of the trenches, company + commanders will make a careful estimate of all tactical + situations presented in their sectors and will plan for a + stubborn defense. Care must be exercised in <a name="Page_382" id="Page_382"></a>providing for + defense in depth and lateral defense. The front line + trenches of each sector will be held until actually entered + by the enemy, and no sector will be abandoned until the + occupants are actually forced out.</li> + <li>The main line of resistance will be the support trenches + (<i>Tremont</i>) and special attention must be given to the + preparation for defense. If the front line trenches of any + sector be captured by the enemy there will be no withdrawal + from any other sector of the front line trenches for the + purpose of establishing a continuous line in the support + trench.</li> + <li>The company commander of the reserve will organize parties + for counterattacks and these parties will be held in + readiness at convenient points to insure prompt movement to + the front.</li> + <li>Continuous occupation of the trenches without fire action + must not cause a feeling of security and result in being + surprised by the enemy.</li> + </ol> + + </li> + <li><span class="sc">Stand To</span>: "Stand to" will take place at 5.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m., + daily. At this formation every available man will be + present. Rifles, ammunition, equipment, clothing, etc., will + be inspected. Rapid loading will be practiced. The firing + position of every man will be tested to see whether he can + hit the bottom edge of our wire. Gas helmets and respirators + will be inspected if worn. After "stand to" in the morning + and before "stand to" in the evening rifles will be + thoroughly cleaned and oiled.</li> + <li><span class="sc">Trench Orders:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Current "Trench Standing Orders" recently published from + Brigade Headquarters are in force.</li> + <li><a name="Page_383" id="Page_383"></a>During the occupation of the trenches it will be assumed + that, the trenches are under the observation and fire of the + enemy and all movement in the trenches will be conducted + accordingly. All movements of troops, either individuals or + groups, will be via the trenches at all times.</li> + <li>No one will be allowed to go overland between trenches or to + enter the trenches by the flank. All persons will enter the + trenches from the reserve trenches and no visitors will be + allowed in the trenches except on passes issued from the + Regimental Headquarters.</li> + <li>Commanding officers, Companies A and B, are responsible for + the posting of the necessary sentinels along the flanks of + the position (during the day), with instructions covering the + provisions contained in paragraph 9, sections "b" and "c."</li> + </ol> + + </li> + <li><span class="sc">Reports:</span> + + <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha"> + <li>Company commanders will submit by 1.00 p.m., October 18, + 1917, a report showing the dispositions and plan of defense + of their respective sectors.</li> + <li>Frequent reports of information obtained and any change of + conditions at the front will be made to battalion + headquarters when necessary.</li> + </ol> + + </li> + </ol> + + <p style="text-align: right; margin-right: 3em;"> + <span class="sc" style="margin-right: 2.5em;">Boschen,</span><br /> +<i>Captain, 56th Infantry, Commanding.</i></p> + + <p style="margin-left: 1em;">Copies to:<br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O. 265th Infty.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O. Cos, A, B, C and D.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O. M.G. Co.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">C.O., Hdq. Co.</span><br /> + <span style="margin-left: 3em;">R.S.O.</span></p> + +</div> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_384" id="Page_384"></a>Company Organization (in Detail):</p> + +<p style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Company Headquarters:</p> + +<div class="indent4"> +<p style="text-indent: 0em;">1 Captain, commanding company,<br /> +1 First Lieutenant (senior), second in command,<br /> +1 First Sergeant, armed with pistol,<br /> +1 Mess Sergeant, armed with rifle,<br /> +1 Supply Sergeant, armed with rifle,<br /> +1 Corporal, company clerk, armed with rifle,<br /> +4 Mechanics, armed with rifle,<br /> +5 Wagoners (from Supply Company),<br /> +4 Cooks, armed with rifle,<br /> +2 Buglers, armed with pistol,<br /> +4 Privates, first class, company agent and signalmen.</p> + + <div class="indent4"> + <p style="text-indent: -1em;"><i>Equipment</i>: 15 rifles, 5 pistols, 8 automatic rifles (for + replacement), 40 trench knives (to be distributed as needed), 2 + bicycles. Following from Supply Company: 1 rolling kitchen, + 4-mule; 1 combat wagon, 4-mule; 1 ration and baggage wagon, + 4-mule; 1 ration cart, 2-mule; 1 water cart, 2-mule; 16 mules, + draft.</p> + </div> +</div> + +<p><i>4 Platoons, each organized as follows</i> (numbered 1 to 4 in company):</p> +<br /> + +<p style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Headquarters:</p> + +<div class="indent4"> +<p style="text-indent: -1em;">1 First Lieutenant; 1st and 4th Platoons commanded by First + Lieutenants; 2nd and 3rd Platoons commanded by Second + Lieutenants, armed with pistol.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: -1em;">1 Sergeant, assistant to platoon commander, armed with pistol and + rifle.</p> + +<p><i>Equipment</i>: 1 rifle, 2 pistols.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: -1em;">1st <span class="sc">Section</span>: Bombers and rifle grenadiers:</p> + +<p>1 Sergeant, armed with pistol and rifle,</p> + +<p>3 Corporals, armed with pistol and rifle, 1 trained as rifle + grenadier; remainder trained as bombers,</p> + +<p><a name="Page_385" id="Page_385"></a>6 Privates, first class, 2 armed with pistol and rifle, and + remainder with rifle only; 1 trained as rifle grenadier, and + remainder as bombers.</p> + +<p>12 Privates, armed with rifles; 4 trained as rifle grenadiers, + remainder trained as bombers. </p> + +<p><i>Equipment</i>: 22 rifles, 6 pistols.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: -1em;">2nd <span class="sc">Section</span>: Riflemen:</p> +<p style="text-indent: 0em;">2 Corporals, armed with pistols and rifles,<br /> +3 Privates, first class, armed with rifle,<br /> +7 Privates, armed with rifle,<br /> +<i>Equipment</i>: 12 rifles, 2 pistols.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: -1em;">3rd <span class="sc">Section</span>: Riflemen:</p> +<p style="text-indent: 0em;">2 Corporals, armed with pistol and rifle,<br /> +3 Privates, first class, armed with rifle,<br /> +7 Privates, armed with rifle.<br /> +<i>Equipment</i>: 12 rifles, 2 pistols.</p> + +<p style="text-indent: -1em;">4th <span class="sc">Section</span>: Auto-riflemen:</p> +<p style="text-indent: 0em;">1 Sergeant, armed with pistol and rifle,<br /> +1 Corporal, armed with pistol and rifle,<br /> +3 Privates, first class; 1 armed with rifle, 2 armed with pistols; +auto-rifle gunners, including 1 extra,<br /> +6 Privates, armed with rifle.<br /> +<i>Equipment</i>: 9 rifles, 4 pistols, 2 auto-rifles.</p> + +</div> + +<p><span class="sc">Note</span>.—Sections numbered from 1 to 16 in company.</p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Personnel:</p> + +<p style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Commissioned:</p> + +<div class='indent4' style="line-height: 1em;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="30%" summary="Commissioned Officers"> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" width="75%">Captain</td> + <td class="tdright" width="25%"> 1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">First Lieutenants</td> + <td class="tdright">3</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" valign="top" style="height: .5em;">Second Lieutenants</td> + <td class="tdright"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> 2</span></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Total</td> + <td class="tdright"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> 6</span></td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Enlisted:<a name="Page_386" id="Page_386"></a></p> + +<div class='indent4' style="line-height: 1em;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="30%" summary="Enlisted"> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" width="75%">First Sergeant</td> + <td class="tdright" width="15%">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Mess Sergeant</td> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Supply Sergeant</td> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Sergeants</td> + <td class="tdright">12</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Corporals</td> + <td class="tdright">33</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Mechanics</td> + <td class="tdright">4</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Wagoners (from Supply Company)</td> + <td class="tdright">(5)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Cooks</td> + <td class="tdright">4</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Buglers</td> + <td class="tdright">2</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Privates, first class</td> + <td class="tdright">64</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Privates</td> + <td class="tdright"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> 128</span></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft">Total</td> + <td class="tdright"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> 250</span></td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Equipment:</p> + +<div class='indent4' style="line-height: 1em;"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" width="40%" summary="Equipment"> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" colspan="2">Rifles</td> + <td class="tdright" width="15%">239</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" colspan="2">Pistols</td> + <td class="tdright">69</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" colspan="2">Auto rifles</td> + <td class="tdright">16</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" colspan="2">Trench knives</td> + <td class="tdright">40</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" colspan="2">Bicycles</td> + <td class="tdright">2</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdleft" colspan="3">From Supply Company:</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td width="5%"> </td> + <td class="tdleft" width="70%">Rolling kitchen, 4-mule</td> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright" width="5%"> </td> + <td class="tdleft">Combat wagon, 4-mule</td> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft">Ration and baggage wagon, 4-mule</td> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft">Ration cart, 2-mule</td> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft">Water cart, 2-mule</td> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> </td> + <td class="tdleft">Mules, draft</td> + <td class="tdright"> + <span style="text-decoration: underline;"> 16</span></td> + </tr> + </table> + +</div> + +<br /><br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +Trench Standing Orders.</p> + +<p>1. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Duties.</span>—A. One officer per company and one non-commissioned +officer per platoon will always be on duty. During their tour of duty +they will not be in their dugouts. They will frequently visit all +trenches occupied by their units. Every listening post will be visited +at least once by an officer during his tour of duty.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_387" id="Page_387"></a>B. The officer and non-commissioned officer on duty will, when his +tour of duty is completed, turn over to the officer or +non-commissioned officer relieving him all orders, a report of the +work in progress, if any, and any other information of use.</p> + +<p>C. At night the officer and non-commissioned officer on duty will +frequently patrol the trench line, to see that the sentries are alert +and to receive any reports they may desire to make.</p> + +<p>D. The-non-commissioned officer coming on duty will go round and post +new sentinels with the non-commissioned officer coming off duty.</p> + +<p>E. The length of the tour of duty will depend upon the number of +officers and non-commissioned officers on duty. Normally each tour +should be, by night, two hours; by day, four hours. This may be +modified, however, so that all officers and non-commissioned officers +will have an equal amount of this duty while in the trenches.</p> + +<p>F. Non-commissioned officers, after posting sentinels, will report +"all is well" or otherwise to the officers on duty.</p> + +<p>G. No man will be detailed for a duty in the trench without being +given suitable warning of this duty and be informed at which hour he +will come on duty.</p> + +<p>H. The Company Commander will be responsible for sending any report +required by Battalion Headquarters.</p> + +<p>2. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Sentries.</span>—A. +The number of sentry posts required will depend on +the assumed propinquity or distance of the enemy, strength of +obstacles, ease with which sentry posts can be re-enforced and other +local conditions. Normally by day this should be one sentinel for each +platoon and at night three double sentinels for each platoon. There +must be sentries enough to insure alarm being given promptly in case +of attack and that local resistance is sufficient until help can +arrive.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_388" id="Page_388"></a>B. The next relief will remain within an easy distance of the sentry +on post, usually in shelters provided for this purpose.</p> + +<p>C. Every sentry is to be regularly posted by a non-commissioned +officer who will explain to him his duties and ascertain that the +sentry is aware of the position of the section and platoon commanders +and of the sentries on either side, and whether there are any patrols +or working parties out in front.</p> + +<p>D. Every sentinel will report when an officer passes his post, "All is +well," or otherwise.</p> + +<p>E. Every sentinel by day will be provided with a head-cover to blend +with the ground (this may be improvised), and while observing the +ground to the front will remain perfectly still. An empty sand bag or +some other suitable material may be utilized for this purpose.</p> + +<p>3. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Patrols.</span>—A. +It is the duty of all the troops holding the front +lines to establish a command of the ground in front of their parapet +up to the enemy's wire. This can be done by extended and constant +patrolling by night and reconnaissance by day so that the ground is +thoroughly well known to as large a portion as possible of officers +and men and so no enemy can move or remain in his front by night or +day without detection. One of the particular duties of these patrols +is to observe the condition of the wire entanglements.</p> + +<p>B. Every patrol must have definite orders as to its mission; broadly +speaking, patrols may be divided into two classes: (1) reconnoitering +patrols, (2) fighting patrols.</p> + +<p>C. The first duty of reconnoitering patrols is to obtain the +information for which they are sent out. They fight only in +self-defense or if any especially favorable opportunity arises to +inflict loss upon the enemy without prejudice to their mission. They +usually consist of two to six men, under an officer or +non-commissioned officer.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_389" id="Page_389"></a>D. Fighting patrols are sent out for the express purpose of causing +loss or damage to the enemies by such means as engaging the enemy's +patrols or working parties, or by raiding saps, listening posts or +trenches. For identification purposes they should always endeavor to +secure at least one prisoner. Their strength depends upon the +resistance they are likely to meet with.</p> + +<p>E. Company commanders are responsible for the orders given to patrols, +subject to any instructions which may be issued by higher authority. +They are also responsible that all troops, whom it concerns, including +companies on both flanks, are warned when and where patrols will be +out, length of time they will be out, and of the points to which they +will return.</p> + +<p>F. Information gained by patrols is of little value unless transmitted +quickly to those whom it concerns. Patrol reports will be made out by +the commander of the patrol immediately upon his return and sent at +once to the company commander unless orders to the contrary have been +given.</p> + +<p>4. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Stand To.</span>—A. +"Stand to" will take place one-half hour after a +relief has been posted and one-half hour before being relieved. At +this parade every available man will be present. Rifles, equipment, +clothing, etc., will be inspected. Firing steps will be tested as soon +as practicable after reliefs have been posted to see that each man can +fire on the foot of the nearest part of the wire entanglement which he +is required to cover by his fire. The same procedure will be gone +through at the "stand to" one-half hour before being relieved. Other +"stand tos" may be ordered in the discretion of the company commander. +These should be sufficiently often to insure that every man turns out +promptly and knows his place in case of attack.</p> + +<p>5. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Machine Guns.</span>—A. +The concealment of machine gun emplacements is +important. Consequently, it is only at night or in case of attack that +machine gun <a name="Page_390" id="Page_390"></a>crews will occupy their defense emplacements. At night +guns should take up other position than their defense emplacements and +fire a stated number of rounds in order to test out the guns and +mislead the enemy as to their numbers and real emplacements, after +which they will at once go back to their defense emplacements.</p> + +<p>B. The guns and their crews will be tactically under the orders of the +company commander in whose sector they are located, but no alteration +will be made by him in their disposition or arcs of fire; he will, +however, bring before the senior machine gun instructor any +suggestions for improvements in machine gun dispositions for defense.</p> + +<p>C. Two men per gun will always be on duty with the guns.</p> + +<p>D. Range cards will be prepared and kept with each gun.</p> + +<p>E. Officers and non-commissioned officers in charge of guns will +remain in close proximity to the guns. They will frequently inspect +their guns, emplacements, etc. They are responsible for cleanliness +and maintenance of the emplacements.</p> + +<p>F. Machine gun commanders are responsible for guns always being ready +for action, and that emplacements are clear of all material except +such as is required for the service of the guns; that embrasures or +loopholes are kept clear of all obstructions which may interfere with +fire or view.</p> + +<p>6. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Reliefs.</span>—A. +Reconnaisance. Prior to taking over the line of +trenches the company commander, accompanied by his senior First +Lieutenant and First Sergeant, will reconnoiter the trenches.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">B. Points to be noted by the company commanders. The following points +will be specially noted by company commanders before taking over +trenches:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Plan of occupation (number of men holding lines to be taken + over, their distribution and duties).</li> +<li><a name="Page_391" id="Page_391"></a>Shelter accommodations.</li> +<li>Work being done and proposed.</li> +<li>Conditions of the wire and defenses generally.</li> +<li>Information as to the enemy, his habits, snipers, and the work + he is doing, etc.</li> +<li>Water supply.</li> +<li>Artillery support.</li> +<li>Communications.</li> +<li>Danger points.</li> +<li>Location and condition of stores.</li> +<li>Liaison.</li> +</ol> + +<p>7. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Guides.</span>—A. +Arrangements will be made between the company +commanders of the incoming and outgoing companies as to the rendezvous +where guides will be provided by the latter to conduct the incoming +troops to the trenches.</p> + +<p>B. One guide per platoon, one for each company and one for battalion +headquarters will be provided. These guides must know the exact spot +where they will meet the relief troops and the best way to conduct the +units to the particular section of the trench they will occupy.</p> + +<p>8. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Smoking and Talking.</span>—A. +After leaving the rendezvous there will +be no smoking and talking until arrival in trenches. Strictest march +discipline will be enforced on the way to and from the trenches.</p> + +<p>9. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Procedure on Arrival at Trenches.</span>—A. +The troops being relieved +will not leave the trenches until the relieving troops are in position +and the new sentries have been posted, all trench stores have been +handed over and receipted for, and orders to move have been received +from the Company Commander.</p> + +<p>B. Platoon commanders will at once personally see that all sentinels +are properly posted, that the non-commissioned officer is on duty, +that every man knows his place in case of attack, and that both flanks +of his platoon are in liaison with the adjoining platoon.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_392" id="Page_392"></a>C. When reliefs are completed, Platoon Commanders will report to that +effect to the Company Commander.</p> + +<p>D. Men will not be dismissed until the Company Commander has received +the reports from all of his Platoon Commanders that everything is in +order.</p> + +<p style="margin-bottom: .2em;">10. +<span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Log Books.</span>—A. +Each Company Commander will keep a log book in +which will be entered:</p> + +<ol class="indent1" style="list-style-type: decimal; margin-top: .2em"> +<li>Work done.</li> +<li>Number of men working.</li> +<li>Hours worked.</li> +<li>Any information obtained from sentries, patrols, or other + sources.</li> +</ol> + +<p>They will also enter in this book a list of any trench stores that +come into their possession.</p> + +<p>11. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Equipment.</span>—A. +Equipment will be worn in the front trenches. +Haversacks, packs, and trench tools need not be worn, these will be +left in the shelters. In support and reserve trenches, they will be +worn at the discretion of the Company Commander.</p> + +<p>B. Ration and carrying parties will wear equipment and carry rifles +unless otherwise ordered.</p> + +<p>C. Pieces will be assumed to be loaded and locked at all times.</p> + +<p>D. In the firing trenches bayonets will be fixed at night.</p> + +<p>E. Non-commissioned officers and men of the firing line will at all +times be in possession of their rifles and bayonets. The rifles of men +in the support and reserve trenches or dugouts will be where they can +be quickly seized, even in the dark.</p> + +<p>12. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Stretcher Bearers.</span>—A. +Stretcher bearers will be stationed at a +point designated by the Company Commander.</p> + +<p>13. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Discipline.</span>—A. +Sleeping in the firing trenches will not be +permitted.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_393" id="Page_393"></a>B. No man will enter the firing trench, except in discharge of his +duty, unless so ordered by his Company or Platoon Commander.</p> + +<p>C. Sentries will remain standing unless the height of the parapet +renders this impossible.</p> + +<p>D. Saluting and standing at attention, etc., will be as carefully +adhered to as when in camp except that sentinel will not let this +interfere with their duties.</p> + +<p>14. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Rations and Cooking.</span>—A. +Cooking will be done in the rear of the +reserve at a point to be designated.</p> + +<p>B. Company Quartermaster Sergeants will accompany ration parties, +which will be limited in size to the actual needs for bringing up +cooked rations from the point where cooking is done, to the trenches. +At no time should this exceed ten per cent of the effective strength +of the unit from which sent.</p> + +<p>C. Care will be taken that as little noise as possible be made by +these carrying parties.</p> + +<p>15. <span style="font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;">Sanitation.</span>—A. +The importance of strict attention to sanitation +will be impressed upon all ranks.</p> + +<p>B. The commanding officer of each unit is responsible for sanitation +in his sector. He will make frequent inspections of latrines, refuse +pits and trenches to ascertain that no unsanitary conditions exist.</p> + +<p>C. Latrines will be constructed in the trenches, excreta kept covered +at all times and such disinfectants as may be provided will be used at +regular intervals. When filled within eighteen inches of the top, pits +will be filled with earth and labeled.</p> + +<p>D. Urinal cans will be provided and men required to use these cans and +contents will be emptied as often as necessary into deep pits at least +one hundred yards from the trenches. Empty tin cans, particles of food +and other refuse will be collected in receptacles kept in the trenches +for that purpose and carried to the rear and buried in pits. This is +usually done at night.</p> + +<br /> + +<p style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold;"> +<a name="Page_394" id="Page_394"></a>Emergency Dumps for Companies (Material).</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 5em; margin-right: 5em;"> + +<p>1. Any large shell crater will do for these or holes can be dug 10' x +10' x 5' deep.</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Contents Of Dump.</p> + +<div class="indent1"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="50%" summary="Contents of Dump"> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdright">10</td> + <td width="95%" class="tdleft"> rolls barbed wire.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">8</td> + <td class="tdleft"> coils French accordion wire.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">30</td> + <td class="tdleft"> long screw stakes.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">50</td> + <td class="tdleft"> short screw stakes.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">4</td> + <td class="tdleft"> prepared wire blocks (gooseberries).</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Stores For Company.</p> + +<div class="indent1"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="50%" summary="Contents of Dump"> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdright">100</td> + <td width="95%" class="tdleft"> very flares.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">6</td> + <td class="tdleft"> S.O.S. rockets.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">2</td> + <td class="tdleft"> verminal sprayers.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + <td class="tdleft"> strombos horn. (gas alarm)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright"> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> rubber boots.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright"> </td> + <td class="tdleft"> periscopes.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">200</td> + <td class="tdleft"> revolver ammunition.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + <td class="tdleft"> log book.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + <td class="tdleft"> set maps.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + <td class="tdleft"> set air photos.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">1</td> + <td class="tdleft"> defense scheme.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +<br /> + +<p>2. These are taken over and signed for. Each dugout must have a gas +blanket and some form of gas alarm (usually empty shell case.)</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Stores At Battalion Headquarters.</p> + +<div class="indent1"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="50%" summary="Contents of Dump"> + <tr> + <td width="5%" class="tdright">1</td> + <td width="95%" class="tdleft"> strombos horn.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">2</td> + <td class="tdleft"> verminal sprayers.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">300</td> + <td class="tdleft"> very flares.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">20</td> + <td class="tdleft"> S.O.S. rockets.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">500</td> + <td class="tdleft"> revolver ammunition.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td class="tdright">50</td> + <td class="tdleft"> ground flares.</td> + </tr> + </table> +</div> + +</div> + +<br /> + +<div class="img" style="width: 60%;"> +<a href="images/plate28.png"> +<img border="0" src="images/plate28.png" width="90%" alt="Plate 28: Firing Trench" /></a> +</div> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<a name="Conclusion" id="Conclusion"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<br /> + +<h2><a name="Page_396" id="Page_396"></a>Conclusion.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<p>The present army of the United States had its inception at Plattsburg +in 1915. The first regiment of the Business Mens' Training Camp will +go down in history as the first chapter of preparedness.</p> + +<p>The training camps of 1916, not only at Plattsburg, but at various +other places throughout the United States, constituted the second +chapter.</p> + +<p>We are just finishing chapter three in the officers' training camps of +1917.</p> + +<p>This book brings together the essential points of the instruction +given at the second and probably the last of the officers' training +camps at Plattsburg, in such a way that an officer may refresh his +memory when he is about to take up with his men any of the subjects +covered.</p> + +<p>It is hardly necessary to add that no attempt has been made to cover +fully any branch of the work. The bibliography provides for further +study and the books in it should be at every officer's command.</p> + +<p>As the war progresses many changes will be made; not only will methods +change but some branches now considered essential may be cast aside as +useless.</p> + +<p>Nothing but work can make the pages of any military book have real +meaning. This book gives what are now considered the essentials of +military training. If it has brought to the conscientious officer +points he might otherwise have forgotten to the detriment of his +command, it will have served its purpose.</p> + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + +<a name="Bibliography" id="Bibliography"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<br /> + +<h2><a name="Page_397" id="Page_397"></a>Bibliography.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter II. I.D.R.</p> + +<p class="noindent">Balck "Tactics" Vol. 1. Infantry.</p> + +<p class="noindent">Howell "Lectures on the Swiss Army."</p> + +<p class="noindent">Bjornstadt "Lectures on the German Army."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Drill and Field Training" (English)—Imperial Army Series.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Instructions on the Offensive Conduct of Small Units." War +Department, May, 1917.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on the methods of attack and defense to meet the Conditions +of Modern Warfare." Army War College, April, 1917.</p> + +<p class="noindent">Privates Manual. (Moss.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Instructions for assembling the Infantry Pack," Ordnance +Department. Pamphlet No. 1717 Manual of Military Training. (Moss.)</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter III. Physical Training.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual of Physical Training." (Koehler.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Field Physical Training of the Soldier." Special Regulation No. +23.</p> + +<p class="noindent">Voice Culture. (Robert Lloyd.) (In lecture form.)</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter IV. Small Arms Firing Manual.</p> + +<p class="noindent">Bull's Eye Scorebook.</p> + +<p class="noindent">U.S. Marines Scorebook.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"How to Shoot." (Moss.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on training for Rifle Fire in Trench Warfare." Army War +Coll., April, 1917.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"The Rifle in War." (Eames.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Suggestions to Military Riflemen." (Whelen.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Musketry" sheets from First Camp, Plattsburg, New York.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Control of the Firing Line." Army Service School.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Musketry Training." (Pickering.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"<a name="Page_398" id="Page_398"></a>A Synopsis of the Rifle in War." Army Service Schools.</p> + +<p class="noindent">British—"Aids in Musketry." "Fire Problems." (Pilcher.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Fire Orders"—"Direction and Control"—"Musketry"—Imperial Army +Series.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Lecture and Lessons on Musketry and Instructions for Officers and +N.C.O.S. Musketry Diagrams." (Clutterbuck.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on Bayonet Training." Army War College, March, 1917.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"British Manual of the Bayonet." Ordnance Pamphlet No. 1715 and No. +1866. (Pistol.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on Bombing." (McClintock.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on Grenade Training"—Plattsburg Training Camp.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on Grenade Warfare." Army War College. </p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter V. Military Sketching And Map Heading.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Military Map Reading." (Sherrill.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Military Sketching and Map Reading." (Grieves.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"An Officer's Notes" (Parker.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Topography." (Sherrill.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">Engineers Field Manual.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual of Infantry Training." (Moss.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Training Manual in Topography, Map Reading and Reconnaissance." +(By Major Spalding, U.S.A.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Military Sketching and Map Reading." (Capt. Barnes.)</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter VI. Articles Of War.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"A Guide to the Articles of War." (Professor Eugene Waumbaugh.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">Manual of Courts Martial. </p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +<a name="Page_399" id="Page_399"></a>Chapter VII. Army Regulations.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual for Commanders of Infantry Platoons." Translated from the +French by the Army War College, 1917, War Department Document No. +626. a.r., 1913.</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter VIII. (Field Work.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on Field Fortification." Army Service Schools, 1916.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"E.F.M." and Addendum thereto.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Elements of Trench Warfare." (Waldron.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Field Entrenchments." (Solano.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Scouting and Patrolling." (Waldron.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Scout Instruction." (McKenney.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Scout's Handwork." (McKenney.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"The 2nd Matabele War." (Baden Powell.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Aids to Scouting." (Baden Powell.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual of Military Training." (Moss.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Small Problems in Infantry." (Bjornstadt.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"S.M. Tactics."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"A Military Primer." (Marshall & Simonds.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Technique of Modern Tactics." (Von Allen.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Night Movements." (Burnett.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Night Operations for Infantry." (Dawkins.)</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter IX. (Feeding Men.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual for Army Cooks."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Mess Sergeant's Handbook." (Holbrook.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Mess Officer's Assistant."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Mess Account Book." (Frink.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Handling the Straight Army Ration." (Holbrook.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual of Military Training." (Moss.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Field Service." (Moss.)</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter X. (Personal Hygiene And First Aid.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual of Military Training." (Moss.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Lectures on Military Sanitation and Management of Sanitation +Service," Army Service Schools.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"<a name="Page_400" id="Page_400"></a>Lectures" delivered at Plattsburg Training Camp, 1917.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Elements of Military Hygiene." (Ashburn.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Red Cross Pamphlet on First Aid."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual for Non-Coms. and Privates." </p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter Xi. (Signaling.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"United States Signal Book."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Infantry Drill Regulations."</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter XII. (Guard Duty.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Manual of Interior Guard Duty."</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter XIII. (Company Administration.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Company Administration." (Waldron.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Army Paper Work." (Perrin-Smith Pub. Co.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on Organizations." (Waldron.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Synopsis of Work Done at 1st Plattsburg Camp." (Farley.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Army Paper Work." (Moss.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Army Regulations."</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter XIV. (Conferences. Study. S.p.i. Examinations.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Examinations in Military Science," Harvard University, 1917.</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em"> +Chapter Xv. (Trench Warfare.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Field Fortifications." (Lt. Henri Poire.) Plattsburg, N.Y., 1917.</p> + +<p class="noindent">"The French Automatic Rifle." (Capt. Gene Loriot.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on Liaison in Modern Warfare."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Notes on the Method of Attack and Defense to Meet the Conditions +of Modern Warfare."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"<a name="Page_401" id="Page_401"></a>Machine Gun Tactics." (Applin.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Grenades, Hand and Rifle." (Solano.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Training for the Trenches." (Vickers.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Studies in Leading Troops." (Vernois.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Tactical Decisions and Orders." (Buddecke.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Problems in Leading Troops—Army Service Schools."</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Battle Orders." (Von Kiesling.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"70 Problems." (Morrison.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Tactical Principles and Problems." (Hanna.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Technique of Modern Tactics." (Bond and McDonough.)</p> + +<p class="noindent">"Estimating Tactical Situations." (Fitch.)</p> + +<br /> + +<p class="noindent">The Book Department, Army Service Schools, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, +or the United States Infantry Association, Washington, D.C., will get +any books available.</p> +<a name="Page_402" id="Page_402"></a> + + +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> +<br /> + + + +<a name="INDEX" id="INDEX"></a><hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<br /> +<h2><a name="Page_403" id="Page_403"></a>INDEX.</h2><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">ToC</a></span> +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 1.</p> + + +<ul><li>Schedules; <a href='#Page_1'>1</a></li> +</ul> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 2.</p> + + +<ul><li>Infantry drill regulations; <a href='#Page_31'>31</a> + <ul><li>School of the soldier; <a href='#Page_31'>31</a> + <ul><li>Instruction without arms; <a href='#Page_31'>31</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Attention; <a href='#Page_32'>32</a> + <ul><li>Position of; <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> + <li>Heels together and on a line; <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> + <li>Feet turned out equally, forming angle of 45 degrees; <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> + <li>Knees extended without stiffness; <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> + <li>Trunk erect upon hips; <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> + <li>Shoulders falling naturally; <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> + <li>Arms hanging naturally; <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></li> + <li>Head erect, chin raised; <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Rests; <a href='#Page_33'>33</a> + <ul><li>Position of rest and at ease; <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></li> + <li>Fall out; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Rest; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>At ease; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Parade rest; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Eyes right; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Right face; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Right half face; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>About face; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Hand salute; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Forward march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Double time, march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Mark time, march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Half step, march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Right step, march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Squad, halt; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>By right flank, march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>To the rear, march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + <li>Change step, march; <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Manual of arms; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a> + <ul><li>Purpose; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Commands and cautions; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a> + <ul><li>Order, arms; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Present, arms; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Port, arms; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Right shoulder, arms; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Left shoulder, arms; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Parade, rest; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Trail, arms; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Rifle salute; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Fix bayonet; <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> + <li>Unfix bayonet; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> + <li>Inspection arms; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>School of the squad; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a> + <ul><li>Object; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> + <li>Composition of squad; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> + <li>Fall in; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> + <li>Fall out; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> + <li>Count off; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> + <li>Inspection arms—right dress, front; <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> + <li>Guide right; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>Take interval; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>To reform; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>Take distance; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>Assemble, march; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>Stack arms; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>Take arms; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>Oblique, march; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>In place, halt; <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> + <li>Resume march; <a href='#Page_38'>38</a></li> + <li>Right turn; <a href='#Page_38'>38</a></li> + <li>Right half turn; <a href='#Page_38'>38</a></li> + <li>Squads right; <a href='#Page_38'>38</a></li> + <li>Squad right about; <a href='#Page_38'>38</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>School of the company; <a href='#Page_38'>38</a> + <ul><li>Object; <a href='#Page_38'>38</a></li> + <li>Composition; <a href='#Page_39'>39</a></li> + <li>Fall in; <a href='#Page_39'>39</a></li> + <li>Platoon movements; <a href='#Page_40'>40</a> + <ul><li>Leading platoon; <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></li> + <li>Rear platoon; <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Questions which come up in daily military life; <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></li> + <li>Answers; <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></li> + <li>Insignia; <a href='#Page_41'>41</a> + <ul><li>For second lieutenants; <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Company right, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Platoons right, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Squads right, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Right turn, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Column right, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Platoons, column right, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Squads right, column right, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Squads right, platoons, column right, march; <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + <li>Squads right about, march; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>Right into line, march; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>Right front into line, march; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>Platoons, right front into line, march; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>Route step, march; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>Right by twos, march; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>Squads right front into line, march; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>Dismiss the company; <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + <li>To fall in company when it cannot be formed by squads; <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> + <li>For muster; <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> + <li>In aligning company; <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> + <li>To march squad without unnecessary commands; <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> + <li>As skirmishers, march; <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> + <li>Assemble, march; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Kneel; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Lie down; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Rise; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Loadings and firings; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Arming; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Sight-setting announced; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Fire at will; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Clip fire; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Unload; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + <li>Extended order; <a href='#Page_45'>45</a> + <ul><li>Corporal cautions; <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li> + <li>Left face; <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li> + <li>Company right; <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Deployments; <a href='#Page_46'>46</a> + <ul><li>As skirmishers, guide right, march; <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li> + <li>To deploy from column or squad; <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li> + <li>Assemble, march; <a href='#Page_47'>47</a></li> + <li>Platoons, assemble; <a href='#Page_47'>47</a></li> + <li>Platoons, columns; <a href='#Page_47'>47</a></li> + <li>Squad columns; <a href='#Page_47'>47</a></li> + <li>No. 1's forward, march; <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> + <li>Captain points out new line; <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> + <li>Disadvantage; <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> + <li>Advantage; <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Being in skirmish line; <a href='#Page_48'>48</a> + <ul><li>By platoon; <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Commands; <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>School of the Battalion; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a> + <ul><li>Basis; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + <li>Arrangement; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + <li>Number; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + <li>Center; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + <li>Band; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + <li>Dressing; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>To form the battalion; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a> + <ul><li>Other than ceremonies; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + <li>For ceremonies; <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + <li>To dismiss the battalion; <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> + <li>To rectify the alignment; <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> + <li>To rectify the column; <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> + <li>Helpful hints to beginners; <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> + <li>In column of squads; <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> + <li>In column of companies; <a href='#Page_51'>51</a></li> + <li>Line of companies; <a href='#Page_53'>53</a></li> + <li>In battalion line; <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Inspections; <a href='#Page_55'>55</a> + <ul><li>Special points of company; <a href='#Page_55'>55</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Battalion inspection; <a href='#Page_56'>56</a></li> + <li>Regimental inspection; <a href='#Page_56'>56</a></li> + <li>Ceremonies; <a href='#Page_56'>56</a> + <ul><li>Battalion review; <a href='#Page_56'>56</a></li> + <li>Battalion parade; <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> + <li>Regimental parade; <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> + <li>Regimental review; <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Fire direction; <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> + <li>Fire control; <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> + <li>Fire discipline; <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> + <li>The colonel; <a href='#Page_59'>59</a> + <ul><li>Position; <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>The major; <a href='#Page_60'>60</a> + <ul><li>Position; <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>The general; <a href='#Page_61'>61</a> + <ul><li>Duties; <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> + <li>Special; <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Battalion staff; <a href='#Page_63'>63</a> + <ul><li>Positions; <a href='#Page_63'>63</a></li> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></li> + <li>Position; <a href='#Page_65'>65</a></li> + <li>Duties: + <ul><li>before fire action; <a href='#Page_65'>65</a></li> + <li>during the action; <a href='#Page_65'>65</a></li></ul> + </li></ul> + </li> + <li>Buglers; <a href='#Page_66'>66</a> + <ul><li>Position; <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> + <li>Must be proficient in; <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Range estimators; <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li> + <li>Platoon leader; <a href='#Page_68'>68</a> + <ul><li>Position; <a href='#Page_68'>68</a></li> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_68'>68</a></li> + <li>Thereafter; <a href='#Page_69'>69</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>First sergeant; <a href='#Page_70'>70</a></li> + <li>Guides; <a href='#Page_70'>70</a> + <ul><li>General rules; <a href='#Page_70'>70</a> + <ul><li>Equipment; <a href='#Page_70'>70</a></li> + <li>Close order; <a href='#Page_71'>71</a></li> + <li>Taking intervals and distances; <a href='#Page_71'>71</a></li> + <li>To form the company; <a href='#Page_72'>72</a></li> + <li>Alignments; <a href='#Page_72'>72</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Exercise for; <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></li> + <li>Result; <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Platoon Guides; <a href='#Page_75'>75</a> + <ul><li>Position; <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Corporal; <a href='#Page_76'>76</a> + <ul><li>Position; <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> + <li>Thereafter; <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>The private; <a href='#Page_78'>78</a> + <ul><li>Position; <a href='#Page_78'>78</a></li> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Packs; <a href='#Page_81'>81</a> + <ul><li>Cartridge belt; <a href='#Page_81'>81</a></li> + <li>To attach first-aid pouch; <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> + <li>To attach canteen cover; <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> + <li>To attach pack carrier to haversack; <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> + <li>To attach cartridge belt to haversack; <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> + <li>To attach bayonet scabbard to haversack; <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> + <li>To attach intrenching tool carrier to haversack; <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> + <li>To assemble the full equipment (without rations); <a href='#Page_84'>84</a> + <ul><li>To make the pack; <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></li> + <li>To assemble the pack; <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>To assemble the full equipment (with rations); <a href='#Page_86'>86</a> + <ul><li>To make the pack; <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></li> + <li>To assemble the pack; <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></li> + <li>To adjust to the soldier; <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>To assemble full equipment, less the pack (with rations); <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> + <li>To assemble full equipment, less the pack (without rations); <a href='#Page_88'>88</a></li> + <li>To discard pack without removing equipment from body; <a href='#Page_88'>88</a></li> + <li>Care of equipment; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a> + <ul><li>Leather; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> + <li>Woolen clothes; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> + <li>Mending; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> + <li>Cloth equipment—dry cleaning; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> + <li>Washing; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Instructions on making packs; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a> + <ul><li>Methods; <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li>Adjusting cartridge belt; <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></li> + <li>Distribution of intrenching tools in the squad; <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></li></ul> +</li> +</ul> +</li> +</ul> + + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 3.</p> + + +<ul> +<li>Physical training; <a href='#Page_91'>91</a> +<ul><li> Physical training; <a href='#Page_91'>91</a></li> +<li> Bayonet training; <a href='#Page_91'>91</a></li> +<li> Time schedule; <a href='#Page_91'>91</a></li> +<li> Formations; <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></li> +<li> Second formation; <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></li> +<li> Commands; <a href='#Page_93'>93</a> + <ul><li> Kinds of and how given; <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></li> + <li> First lesson; <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></li> + <li> Second lesson; <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></li> + <li> Third lesson; <a href='#Page_96'>96</a></li> + <li> Fourth lesson; <a href='#Page_98'>98</a></li> + <li> Fifth lesson; <a href='#Page_99'>99</a></li></ul> +</li></ul> +</li> +<li>Voice culture; <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 4.</p> + + +<ul> +<li>Use of modern arms; <a href='#Page_105'>105</a> + <ul> + <li> Small arms firing; <a href='#Page_106'>106</a> + <ul> + <li> Slow fire; <a href='#Page_109'>109</a></li> + <li> Rapid fire; <a href='#Page_109'>109</a></li></ul> + </li> + <li> Pistol; <a href='#Page_112'>112</a> + <ul> + <li> Nomenclature and care; <a href='#Page_112'>112</a></li> + <li> Manual for the pistol; <a href='#Page_112'>112</a></li> + <li> Position; <a href='#Page_116'>116</a> + <ul> +<li> The grip; <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></li> +<li> The trigger squeeze; <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></li> +<li> Position and aiming drills; <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></li> +<li> Quick fire; <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></li></ul> + </li> +<li> Classes of fire; <a href='#Page_118'>118</a> + <ul> +<li> Slow fire; <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></li> +<li> Quick fire; <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></li> +<li> Automatic fire; <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></li> +<li> Trench; <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></li> +<li> Score; <a href='#Page_119'>119</a></li></ul> + </li> +<li> Course; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a> + <ul> +<li> Slow fire; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li> +<li> Quick fire; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li> +<li> Automatic fire; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li> +<li> Trench fire; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li></ul> + </li></ul> + </li> +<li> Bayonet training; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a> + <ul> +<li> Functions of; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li> +<li> General practice; <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li> +<li> Technique of bayonet combat; <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> +<li> Manual of the bayonet; <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></li> +<li> Progressive exercises; <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></li></ul> + </li> +<li> Machine guns; <a href='#Page_128'>128</a> + <ul> +<li> Mode of action; <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> +<li> Fire; <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> +<li> Inconspicuousness; <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> +<li> Offensive reinforcement of a front momentarily stationary; <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> +<li> Defensive; <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> +<li> General rules for installation; <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> +<li> Employment of fire and instruction; <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> +<li> Resume; <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> +<li> Points before firing; <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li> +<li> Points during firing; <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li> +<li> Points after firing; <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li></ul> + </li> +<li> Grenade instruction; <a href='#Page_134'>134</a> + <ul> +<li> Introduction; <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> +<li> Working of grenades in use; <a href='#Page_136'>136</a></li> +<li> Instruction in throwing; <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></li> +<li> Instruction in grenade organization; <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></li> +<li> Points to remember; <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></li></ul> + </li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 5.</p> + + +<ul> +<li>Map sketching; <a href='#Page_143'>143</a> + <ul> + <li>Class room—map reading; <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> + <li>Taking up map scales; <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> + <li>Field work—strict scale map making; <a href='#Page_145'>145</a> + <ul> + <li>Road sketch; <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> + <li>Area sketch; <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> + <li>Problem; <a href='#Page_150'>150</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Class room—problem; <a href='#Page_150'>150</a></li> + <li>Field work—problem; <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></li> + <li>Class room—problem; <a href='#Page_155'>155</a></li> + <li>Field work—problem; <a href='#Page_157'>157</a> + <ul> + <li>problem; <a href='#Page_158'>158</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> +</li> +<li>Map reading; <a href='#Page_159'>159</a></li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 6.</p> + +<ul> +<li>Helpful references to the articles of war; <a href='#Page_161'>161</a> + <ul> + <li>Military law; <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></li> + <li>Article 1; <a href='#Page_161'>161</a> + <ul> + <li>Definitions; <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 2; <a href='#Page_161'>161</a> + <ul> + <li>Persons subject to military law; <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Articles 3-18; <a href='#Page_162'>162</a> + <ul> + <li>Courts martial classified; <a href='#Page_162'>162</a></li> + <li>Method of entering a charge against a man; <a href='#Page_163'>163</a></li> + <li>Specification; <a href='#Page_164'>164</a></li> + <li>General remarks; <a href='#Page_164'>164</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 31; <a href='#Page_164'>164</a> + <ul> + <li>Order of voting; <a href='#Page_164'>164</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 39; <a href='#Page_164'>164</a> + <ul> + <li>Limit upon prosecutions; <a href='#Page_164'>164</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 54; <a href='#Page_165'>165</a> + <ul> + <li>Fraudulent enlistment; <a href='#Page_165'>165</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 58; <a href='#Page_165'>165</a> + <ul> + <li>Desertion; <a href='#Page_165'>165</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 61; <a href='#Page_166'>166</a> + <ul> + <li>Absence without leave; <a href='#Page_166'>166</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 62; <a href='#Page_166'>166</a> + <ul> + <li>Disrespect toward President and others; <a href='#Page_166'>166</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 63; <a href='#Page_166'>166</a> + <ul> + <li>Disrespect toward a superior officer; <a href='#Page_166'>166</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 64; <a href='#Page_167'>167</a> + <ul> + <li>Assaulting or wilfully disobeying superior officer; <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 65; <a href='#Page_167'>167</a> + <ul> + <li>Insubordinate conduct toward a non-commissioned officer; <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 68; <a href='#Page_167'>167</a> + <ul> + <li>Disorders; <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 69; <a href='#Page_168'>168</a> + <ul> + <li>Breaking arrest; <a href='#Page_168'>168</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 75; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a> + <ul> + <li>Misbehavior before the enemy; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 83; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a> + <ul> + <li>Neglect of military property; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 84; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a> + <ul> + <li>Waste or unlawful disposal of property issued to soldiers; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 85; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a> + <ul> + <li>Drunk on duty; <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 86; <a href='#Page_170'>170</a> + <ul> + <li>Misbehavior of sentinel; <a href='#Page_170'>170</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 92; <a href='#Page_170'>170</a> + <ul> + <li>Murder or rape; <a href='#Page_170'>170</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 93; <a href='#Page_170'>170</a> + <ul> + <li>Various crimes; <a href='#Page_170'>170</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 94; <a href='#Page_171'>171</a> + <ul> + <li>Frauds against the government; <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 95; <a href='#Page_171'>171</a> + <ul> + <li>Conduct unbecoming an officer and a gentleman; <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Article 96; <a href='#Page_171'>171</a> + <ul> + <li>General articles, the catch all; <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></li> + <li>Examples; <a href='#Page_172'>172</a> + <ul> + <li>Problem 1; <a href='#Page_172'>172</a></li> + <li>Problem 2; <a href='#Page_172'>172</a></li> + <li>Problem 3; <a href='#Page_172'>172</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 7.</p> + +<ul><li>Notes on army regulations; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a> + <ul> + <li>Authority exercised; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Abusive language; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Respect to superiors; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Remarks by officers; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Furloughs; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Men on furloughs; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Men in foreign countries; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>No payments; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Desertion; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Abandoned clothes; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Reward; <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> + <li>Costs of apprehension; <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + <li>No pay or clothes; <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + <li>Will be restored; <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + <li>Absent without leave; <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + <li>Discharge of enlisted men; <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + <li>Final statements; <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + <li>Certificate; <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + <li>Loss of discharge certificate; <a href='#Page_177'>177</a></li> + <li>Physical disability certificate; <a href='#Page_177'>177</a></li> + <li>Death of soldier; <a href='#Page_177'>177</a></li> + <li>Effects; <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> + <ul> + <li>Will be delivered; <a href='#Page_177'>177</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Medal of honor; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Certificate of merit; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Quarters; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Saturday; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Neglect of rooms; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Destruction of tableware; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Chiefs of squads; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Premises; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Company commanders; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Arms; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> + <li>Accountability and responsibility; <a href='#Page_178'>178</a> + <ul> + <li>Example; <a href='#Page_179'>179</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Loss of public property; <a href='#Page_179'>179</a></li> + <li>Ration; <a href='#Page_179'>179</a></li> + <li>Forfeiture; <a href='#Page_179'>179</a></li> + <li>Pay; <a href='#Page_179'>179</a></li> + <li>Allotments; <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> + <ul> + <li>Class A; <a href='#Page_180'>180</a></li> + <li>Class B; <a href='#Page_180'>180</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Compensation for death or disability; <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></li> + <li>Additional insurance; <a href='#Page_182'>182</a></li> + <li>Deposits; <a href='#Page_182'>182</a></li> + <li>A lost deposit book; <a href='#Page_182'>182</a></li> + <li>Payment; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Withdrawal of deposits; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Interest; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Forfeiture; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Officers and men; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Furloughed to reserve; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Transportation; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Discharged soldier; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Transfer of claims; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + <li>Notes on the laws of war; <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 8.</p> + +<ul> +<li>Practice marches; <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> +<li>Field work; <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> + <ul> + <li>An order; <a href='#Page_188'>188</a></li> + <li>Do not deploy too early; <a href='#Page_188'>188</a></li> + <li>Fire direction; <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> + <li>The troops; <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> + <li>Defense; <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></li> + <li>Leadership; <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></li> + <li>Communications; <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></li> + <li>Night operations; <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></li> + <li>Patrols; <a href='#Page_191'>191</a> + <ul> + <li>Leader; <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></li> + <li>Conduct of; <a href='#Page_192'>192</a></li> + <li>Report; <a href='#Page_192'>192</a></li> + <li>Return; <a href='#Page_193'>193</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Advance guard; <a href='#Page_193'>193</a></li> + <li>Rear guard; <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></li> + <li>Flank guard; <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></li> + <li>Camps; <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></li> + <li>March outpost; <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></li> + <li>Outpost; <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></li> + <li>Outline of field service regulations; <a href='#Page_197'>197</a> + <ul> + <li>Land forces of U.S.; <a href='#Page_197'>197</a></li> + <li>Military information; <a href='#Page_197'>197</a></li> + <li>Transmission of information; <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></li> + <li>Questions and answers on; <a href='#Page_206'>206</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 9.</p> + +<ul> +<li>Feeding men; <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> + <ul> + <li>In camp; <a href='#Page_213'>213</a></li> + <li>On the march; <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></li> + <li>For individual cooking; <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></li> + <li>In the trenches; <a href='#Page_215'>215</a></li> + <li>Rations and cooking; <a href='#Page_215'>215</a></li> + </ul> +</li> +<li>Camping and camp sanitation; <a href='#Page_216'>216</a> + <ul> + <li>General principles; <a href='#Page_216'>216</a></li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 10.</p> + + +<ul> +<li>Personal hygiene and first aid; <a href='#Page_221'>221</a> + <ul> + <li>Personal hygiene; <a href='#Page_221'>221</a></li> + <li>Bathing; <a href='#Page_221'>221</a></li> + <li>Sexual indulgence; <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></li> + <li>Exercise; <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></li> + <li>Cleanliness of surroundings; <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></li> + <li>Preventable diseases; <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></li> + <li>Typhoid fever; <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></li> + <li>Dysentery; <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></li> + <li>Malaria; <a href='#Page_224'>224</a></li> + <li>Tonsilitis and colds; <a href='#Page_224'>224</a></li> + <li>Measles; <a href='#Page_224'>224</a></li> + <li>First aid; <a href='#Page_224'>224</a></li> + <li>Grounds; <a href='#Page_224'>224</a></li> + <li>Poisoned wounds; <a href='#Page_225'>225</a></li> + <li>Diagnosis tag; <a href='#Page_225'>225</a></li> + <li>Treatment of wounds; <a href='#Page_225'>225</a></li> + <li>Bleeding wounds; <a href='#Page_225'>225</a></li> + <li>Fainting, heat exhaustion and shock; <a href='#Page_226'>226</a></li> + <li>Sunstroke; <a href='#Page_226'>226</a></li> + <li>Burns and scalds; <a href='#Page_226'>226</a></li> + <li>Freezing and frostbites; <a href='#Page_226'>226</a></li> + <li>Fractures; <a href='#Page_226'>226</a> + <ul> + <li>Treatment; <a href='#Page_227'>227</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Artificial respiration; <a href='#Page_227'>227</a></li> + <li>Trench foot; <a href='#Page_227'>227</a></li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 11.</p> + + +<ul> +<li>Signaling; <a href='#Page_229'>229</a> + <ul> + <li>Semaphore; <a href='#Page_229'>229</a> + <ul> + <li>First cycle; <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></li> + <li>Second cycle; <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></li> + <li>Third cycle; <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></li> + <li>Fourth cycle; <a href='#Page_230'>230</a></li> + <li>Doubles; <a href='#Page_230'>230</a></li> + <li>Instructing; <a href='#Page_230'>230</a></li> + <li>Second step; <a href='#Page_230'>230</a></li> + <li>Third step; <a href='#Page_230'>230</a></li> + <li>Fourth step; <a href='#Page_230'>230</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Wig wag; <a href='#Page_232'>232</a></li> + <li>Points to remember; <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></li> + <li>Letter codes; <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></li> + <li>Arm signals; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a> + <ul> + <li>Forward, march; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>Halt; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>Double time, march; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>Squads right, march; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>Squads left, march; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>Squads right about, march; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>Change direction or column right, march; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>As skirmishers, march; <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></li> + <li>As skirmishers, guide center, march; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>As skirmishers, guide right, march; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>Assemble, march; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>Range, or change elevation; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>What range are you using?; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>Are you ready?; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>Commence firing; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>Fire faster; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>Fire slower; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>To swing the cone of fire; <a href='#Page_235'>235</a></li> + <li>Fix bayonet; <a href='#Page_236'>236</a></li> + <li>Suspend firing; <a href='#Page_236'>236</a></li> + <li>Cease firing; <a href='#Page_236'>236</a></li> + <li>Platoon; <a href='#Page_236'>236</a></li> + <li>Squad; <a href='#Page_236'>236</a></li> + <li>Rush; <a href='#Page_236'>236</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 12.</p> + +<ul> +<li>Guard duty; <a href='#Page_237'>237</a> + <ul> + <li>Guards; <a href='#Page_237'>237</a></li> + <li>Formal guard mounting; <a href='#Page_238'>238</a></li> + <li>Ceremony; <a href='#Page_238'>238</a> + <ul> + <li>First detail; <a href='#Page_239'>239</a></li> + <li>Other details; <a href='#Page_239'>239</a></li> + <li>Sergeant major; <a href='#Page_239'>239</a></li> + <li>Adjutant; <a href='#Page_239'>239</a>, <a href='#Page_240'>240</a>, <a href='#Page_241'>241</a></li> + <li>Officer of the guard; <a href='#Page_240'>240</a></li> + <li>New officer of the day; <a href='#Page_240'>240</a></li> + <li>Commander of the guard; <a href='#Page_241'>241</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Guard duty in the trenches; <a href='#Page_241'>241</a></li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 13.</p> + + +<ul> +<li>Company administration; <a href='#Page_245'>245</a> + <ul> + <li>Notes on organization; <a href='#Page_245'>245</a> + <ul> + <li>Prepare in advance to receive men; <a href='#Page_245'>245</a> + <ul> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_245'>245</a></li> + <li>If in cantonments; <a href='#Page_246'>246</a></li> + <li>If in tents; <a href='#Page_246'>246</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Men reporting; <a href='#Page_246'>246</a></li> + <li>Issue of equipment; <a href='#Page_247'>247</a></li> + <li>Organization; <a href='#Page_248'>248</a></li> + <li>Day's routine; <a href='#Page_249'>249</a> + <ul> + <li>Reveille; <a href='#Page_250'>250</a></li> + <li>Mess; <a href='#Page_250'>250</a>, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + <li>Sick call; <a href='#Page_250'>250</a>, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + <li>Morning instruction; <a href='#Page_250'>250</a></li> + <li>Afternoon instruction; <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + <li>Retreat; <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + <li>School call; <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + <li>Tattoo; <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + <li>Call to quarters; <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + <li>Taps; <a href='#Page_251'>251</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Sundays and holidays; <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></li> + <li>Details; <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></li> + <li>Paper work; <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></li> + <li>Military correspondence; <a href='#Page_253'>253</a></li> + <li>Morning report; <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></li> + <li>Ration return; <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></li> + <li>Sick report; <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></li> + <li>Duty roster; <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></li> + <li>Monthly return; <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></li> + <li>Service record; <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></li> + <li>Discharge; <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></li> + <li>Final statement; <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></li> + <li>Muster roll; <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></li> + <li>Pay roll; <a href='#Page_256'>256</a></li> + <li>Names; <a href='#Page_257'>257</a></li> + <li>Losses; <a href='#Page_257'>257</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 14.</p> + +<ul> +<li>Conferences; <a href='#Page_259'>259</a> + <ul> + <li>Study; <a href='#Page_259'>259</a></li> + <li>Syllabus: Small problems for infantry; <a href='#Page_261'>261</a></li> + <li>Examinations; <a href='#Page_269'>269</a></li> + <li>Military science and tactics; <a href='#Page_275'>275</a></li> + <li>Minor tactics; <a href='#Page_275'>275</a></li> + </ul> +</li> +</ul> + +<br /> + +<p class="sc2" style="text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em">Chapter 15.</p> + +<ul> +<li>Trench warfare; <a href='#Page_287'>287</a> + <ul> + <li>General principles; <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></li> + <li>Instructions to be issued by battalion commander; <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></li> + <li>Attack of a defensive position; <a href='#Page_289'>289</a></li> + <li>Attacking from trenches; <a href='#Page_291'>291</a></li> + <li>Defense of trenches; <a href='#Page_296'>296</a> + <ul> + <li>Liaison; <a href='#Page_298'>298</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Trench orders; <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></li> + <li>Selection of site; <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></li> + <li>Trench construction; <a href='#Page_303'>303</a>, <a href='#Page_307'>307</a> + <ul> + <li>General arrangement; <a href='#Page_303'>303</a></li> + <li>System of laying out trenches; <a href='#Page_307'>307</a></li> + <li>Revettments; <a href='#Page_308'>308</a></li> + <li>Sod; <a href='#Page_310'>310</a></li> + <li>Sand bags; <a href='#Page_310'>310</a></li> + <li>Concrete work; <a href='#Page_310'>310</a></li> + <li>Gabions; <a href='#Page_310'>310</a></li> + <li>Trench armament; <a href='#Page_311'>311</a></li> + <li>Loopholes; <a href='#Page_311'>311</a></li> + <li>Trench bottoms; <a href='#Page_311'>311</a></li> + <li>Communication trench; <a href='#Page_313'>313</a></li> + <li>Latrines; <a href='#Page_315'>315</a></li> + <li>Shelters; <a href='#Page_315'>315</a></li> + <li>Dugouts; <a href='#Page_317'>317</a></li> + <li>Sentries; <a href='#Page_317'>317</a></li> + <li>Position; <a href='#Page_317'>317</a></li> + <li>Entrances; <a href='#Page_317'>317</a></li> + <li>Galleries; <a href='#Page_318'>318</a></li> + <li>Bomb-traps; <a href='#Page_318'>318</a></li> + <li>Interior; <a href='#Page_318'>318</a></li> + <li>Depots for supplies; <a href='#Page_318'>318</a></li> + <li>Telephones; <a href='#Page_319'>319</a></li> + <li>Departure parallel; <a href='#Page_319'>319</a></li> + <li>Machine gun emplacements; <a href='#Page_319'>319</a></li> + <li>Listening posts; <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></li> + <li>Wire entanglements; <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></li> + <li>High entanglements; <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></li> + <li>Tracing entanglements; <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></li> + <li>Low entanglements; <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></li> + <li>Loose wire; <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Criticisms by Lieut Henri Poire; <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></li> + </ul> +</li> +<li>Occupation; <a href='#Page_325'>325</a> + <ul> + <li>Two main classes of relief; <a href='#Page_325'>325</a></li> + <li>General principles of relief; <a href='#Page_325'>325</a></li> + <li>Mechanism of relief; <a href='#Page_325'>325</a> + <ul> + <li>Attack during the march; <a href='#Page_328'>328</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>The stay in the trenches; <a href='#Page_329'>329</a> + <ul> + <li>Four objects of a trench commander; <a href='#Page_329'>329</a></li> + <li>His plan of defense; <a href='#Page_329'>329</a></li> + <li>Organization of defense; <a href='#Page_329'>329</a></li> + <li>Liaison; <a href='#Page_331'>331</a></li> + <li>Observation; <a href='#Page_331'>331</a></li> + <li>Trench work; <a href='#Page_333'>333</a></li> + <li>Offensive operations; <a href='#Page_334'>334</a></li> + <li>Rule of the trench commander; <a href='#Page_335'>335</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Duties of the company commander; <a href='#Page_335'>335</a></li> + <li>Duties of platoon leaders as officers on duty; <a href='#Page_339'>339</a></li> + <li>Duties of platoon leaders; <a href='#Page_339'>339</a></li> + <li>In front line trenches; <a href='#Page_340'>340</a></li> + <li>Duties of non-commissioned officer on duty; <a href='#Page_341'>341</a></li> + <li>Patrols; <a href='#Page_342'>342</a></li> + <li>Sentinels; <a href='#Page_342'>342</a></li> + <li>Machine guns; <a href='#Page_342'>342</a></li> + <li>Snipers; <a href='#Page_343'>343</a></li> + <li>Organization of a platoon; <a href='#Page_344'>344</a></li> + <li>Deployments; <a href='#Page_346'>346</a></li> + <li>Normal battalion formation in attack; <a href='#Page_347'>347</a></li> + <li>General principles of the platoon formation in assault of + <ul> + <li>fortified positions; <a href='#Page_349'>349</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Remarks regarding forming of wave from close order; <a href='#Page_353'>353</a></li> + <li>Some questions a platoon commander should ask himself; <a href='#Page_354'>354</a></li> + <li>Defensive measure against gas attacks; <a href='#Page_356'>356</a> + <ul> + <li>General considerations; <a href='#Page_356'>356</a></li> + <li>Nature of gas attacks; <a href='#Page_356'>356</a> + <ul> + <li>Gas clouds; <a href='#Page_356'>356</a></li> + <li>Gas projectiles; <a href='#Page_358'>358</a></li> + <li>Tear or lachrymatory shells; <a href='#Page_359'>359</a></li> + <li>Poison shells; <a href='#Page_359'>359</a></li> + <li>Smoke; <a href='#Page_359'>359</a></li> + <li>Mine and explosion gases; <a href='#Page_359'>359</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Protection of shelters; <a href='#Page_360'>360</a> + <ul> + <li>Methods of protection; <a href='#Page_360'>360</a></li> + <li>Shelters which should be protected; <a href='#Page_361'>361</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Protection of weapons and equipment; <a href='#Page_361'>361</a> + <ul> + <li>Small arms and S.A.A.; <a href='#Page_362'>362</a></li> + <li>Hand and rifle grenades; <a href='#Page_362'>362</a></li> + <li>Light trench mortars; <a href='#Page_362'>362</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Action to be taken in trenches on gas alarm; <a href='#Page_363'>363</a></li> + <li>Action to be taken in billets and back areas; <a href='#Page_363'>363</a></li> + <li>Action during gas attack; <a href='#Page_364'>364</a> + <ul> + <li>Protective measures; <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></li> + <li>Tactical measures; <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Precautions against gas shells; <a href='#Page_365'>365</a></li> + <li>Action subsequent to a gas attack; <a href='#Page_367'>367</a> + <ul> + <li>General; <a href='#Page_367'>367</a></li> + <li>Movement; <a href='#Page_367'>367</a></li> + <li>Clearing dugouts and other shelters; <a href='#Page_367'>367</a></li> + <li>Ventilation; <a href='#Page_368'>368</a> + <ul> + <li>Natural; <a href='#Page_368'>368</a></li> + <li>By fire; <a href='#Page_368'>368</a></li> + <li>By fanning; <a href='#Page_369'>369</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Cleaning arms and ammunition; <a href='#Page_369'>369</a></li> + <li>Treatment of shell holes; <a href='#Page_370'>370</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Concealment from aerial observers; <a href='#Page_370'>370</a></li> + <li>Orders governing intrenchment problems; <a href='#Page_372'>372</a></li> + <li>Company organization; <a href='#Page_384'>384</a> + <ul> + <li>Company headquarters; <a href='#Page_384'>384</a></li> + <li>Headquarters; <a href='#Page_384'>384</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Personnel; <a href='#Page_385'>385</a> + <ul> + <li>Commissioned; <a href='#Page_385'>385</a></li> + <li>Enlisted; <a href='#Page_386'>386</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Equipment; <a href='#Page_386'>386</a></li> + <li>Trench standing orders; <a href='#Page_386'>386</a> + <ul> + <li>Duties; <a href='#Page_386'>386</a></li> + <li>Sentries; <a href='#Page_387'>387</a></li> + <li>Patrols; <a href='#Page_388'>388</a></li> + <li>Stand to; <a href='#Page_389'>389</a></li> + <li>Machine guns; <a href='#Page_389'>389</a></li> + <li>Reliefs; <a href='#Page_390'>390</a></li> + <li>Guides; <a href='#Page_391'>391</a></li> + <li>Smoking and talking; <a href='#Page_391'>391</a></li> + <li>Procedure on arrival at trenches; <a href='#Page_391'>391</a></li> + <li>Log books; <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></li> + <li>Equipment; <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></li> + <li>Stretcher bearers; <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></li> + <li>Discipline; <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></li> + <li>Rations and cooking; <a href='#Page_393'>393</a></li> + <li>Sanitation; <a href='#Page_393'>393</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Emergency dumps for companies (material); <a href='#Page_394'>394</a> + <ul> + <li>Contents of dump; <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></li> + <li>Stores for company; <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></li> + <li>Stores at battalion headquarters; <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> +</li> +<li>Conclusion; <a href='#Page_396'>396</a></li> +<li>Bibliography; <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></li> +</ul> + +<br /> +<br /> +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14625 ***</div> +</body> +</html> |